UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

¨ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended                     .

OR

þ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from November 1, 2014 to October 2, 2015

Commission file number 1-6357

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

13-2595091

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

500 108th Avenue N.E., Bellevue, Washington 98004

(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (425) 453-9400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange
on which registered

Common Stock ($.20 par value)

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer .   See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act .

 

Large accelerated filer

 

þ

  

Accelerated filer

 

¨

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No þ

As of November 23, 2015, 29,571,387 shares of the Registrant’s common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of shares of common stock held by non-affiliates as of May 1, 2015, was $3,429,704,787 (based upon the closing sales price of $111.09 per share).

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Part III incorporates information by reference to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended October 2, 2015.

 

 

 

 


 

PART I

This Report includes a number of forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s current views with respect to future events and financial performance.  Please refer to the section addressing forward-looking information on page 10 for further discussion.  In this report, “we,” “our,” “us,” “Company,” and “Esterline” refer to Esterline Technologies Corporation and subsidiaries, unless otherwise noted or context otherwise indicates.

 

Explanatory Note Regarding the Transition Report

We changed our fiscal year to the twelve months ending the last Friday in September, effective beginning with the year ending on September 30, 2016.  As a result, our current fiscal period was shortened from twelve months to an eleven-month transition period ended on October 2, 2015.  We reported our first fiscal quarter as the three months ended January 30, 2015, second fiscal quarter as the three months ended May 1, 2015, and third fiscal quarter as the three months ended July 31, 2015, followed by a two-month transition period ended October 2, 2015.

When financial results for the 2015 transition period are compared with financial results for the prior-year period, the results compare the eleven-month periods ended October 2, 2015, and September 26, 2014.  When financial results for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 are compared with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the results compare the two-month periods ended October 2, 2015, and September 26, 2014.  The results for the eleven-month period and two-month period ended September 26, 2014, are unaudited.  When financial results for fiscal 2014 are compared with financial results for fiscal 2013, the results compare our previous fiscal years, or the twelve-month periods ended October 31, 2014, and October 25, 2013.  The following tables show the months included in the various comparison periods:

 

Fiscal 2015 (11-month) Results Compared with Fiscal 2014 (11-month recast, unaudited)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2015 (11-month)

 

Fiscal 2014 (11-month recast, unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

November 2014 - September 2015

 

November 2013 - September 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2015 (2-month, unaudited) Results

Compared with Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2014 (2-month recast, unaudited)

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2015 (2-month, unaudited)

 

Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2014 (2-month recast, unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

August 2015 - September 2015

 

August 2014 - September 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014 Results Compared with Fiscal 2013

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

November 2013 - October 2014

 

November 2012 - October 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.  Business

General Development of Business

Esterline, a Delaware corporation formed in 1967, is a leading specialized manufacturing company principally serving aerospace and defense customers.  We design, manufacture and market highly engineered products and systems for application within the industries we serve.

Our current business and strategic plan focuses on continued development of our products principally for aerospace and defense markets in three key technology segments:  Avionics & Controls, Sensors & Systems, and Advanced Materials.  Our products are often mission critical, which have been designed into particular military and commercial platforms, and in certain cases can only be replaced by products of other manufacturers following a formal certification process.  We are concentrating our efforts to expand our capabilities in these markets, anticipate the global needs of our customers and respond to such needs with comprehensive solutions.  These efforts focus on continuous research and new product development, acquisitions, and strategic realignment of operations to expand our capabilities as a more comprehensive supplier to our customers across our entire product offering.  Such expansion included the January 2015 acquisition of the defense, aerospace and training display (DAT) business of Belgium-based Barco N.V. (Barco) and the December 2013 acquisition of the Sunbank Family of

3


 

Companies, LLC (Sunbank ) .  These acquisitions are described in more detail in the “Overview” section of Management’s Discu ssion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Continuing Operations cont ained in Item 7 of this report.

In December 2013, we announced the acceleration of our plans to consolidate certain facilities and create cost efficiencies through shared services in sales, general and administrative and support functions.  We incurred costs of $11.7 million in fiscal 2015 and $17.4 million in fiscal 2014 associated with these activities.  The costs include severance, relocation of facilities, and losses from the write off of certain property, plant and equipment.  

In March 2014, we entered into a Consent Agreement with the U.S. Department of State’s Directorate of Defense Trade Controls Office of Defense Trade Controls Compliance (DDTC) to resolve alleged International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) civil violations.  Among other things, the Consent Agreement requires us to pay a $20 million penalty, of which $10 million was suspended and eligible for offset credit based upon verified expenditures for past and future actions, and to continue to implement ongoing compliance measures and to implement additional remedial measures related to ITAR compliance activities.  Compliance expense associated with these measures was $18.3 million in fiscal 2015 compared with $8.3 million in fiscal 2014.  More information about the Consent Agreement is set forth in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this report.

In September 2014, our board of directors approved the plan to sell certain non-core business units including Eclipse Electronic Systems, Inc. (Eclipse), a manufacturer of embedded communication intercept receivers for signal intelligence applications; Wallop Defence Systems, Ltd. (Wallop), a manufacturer of flare countermeasure devices; Pacific Aerospace and Electronics Inc. (PA&E), a manufacturer of hermetically sealed electrical connectors; and a small distribution business.  These businesses are reported as discontinued operations.  We recorded an estimated after-tax loss of $49.5 million in fiscal 2014 on the assets held for sale in discontinued operations.

On June 5, 2015, we sold Eclipse for $7.9 million.  We retained ownership of the land, building and building improvements, which are being held for sale.  In addition, on July 20, 2015, we sold PA&E for $22.3 million.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we approved a plan to sell a small manufacturing business included in our Avionics & Controls segment, which is reported as discontinued operations in all periods presented.  We recorded an estimated after-tax loss of $31.2 million in fiscal 2015 on assets held for sale in discontinued operations.

Our products have a long history in the aerospace and defense industry and are found on most military and commercial aircraft, helicopters, and land-based systems.  For example, our products are used on the majority of active and in-production U.S. military aircraft and on every Boeing commercial aircraft platform manufactured in the past 75 years.  In addition, our products are supplied to Airbus, many of the major regional and business jet manufacturers, and the major aircraft engine manufacturers.  We work closely with OEMs on new, highly engineered products with the objective of such products becoming designed into our customers’ platforms; this integration often results in sole-source positions for OEM production and aftermarket business.  We broadly categorize our commercial and military aerospace aftermarket sales as retrofit, repair services, and spare parts.  Spare parts alone made up approximately 7.5% of total sales in fiscal 2015. Retrofit and repair services, which represent 4% of total sales in fiscal 2015, carry higher margins than OEM sales but lower margins than spare parts sales.  In many cases, our aftermarket sales span the entire life of an aircraft.

We differentiate ourselves through our engineering and manufacturing capabilities and our reputation for safety, quality, on-time delivery, reliability, and innovation – all embodied in the Esterline Operating System, our way of approaching business that helps ensure all employees are focused on continuous improvement.  In fiscal 2015, we formally reintroduced to the leadership across our businesses the Esterline Operating System, which retains continuous improvement, teamwork, culture and safe work environment as the basis of the program.  Safety of our operations is a critical factor in our business, and accordingly, we incorporate applicable regulatory guidance in the design of our facilities and train our employees using a behavior-based approach that focuses on safety-designed work habits and on-going safety audits.  Our industries are highly regulated, and compliance with applicable regulations, including export control and anti-bribery regulations, is an important focus in our business.  For example, we have a global code of business conduct and ethics that covers compliance with laws, and we provide training on this code to our worldwide employees.  In addition, we maintain local ethics advisors and export control specialists in our business units to support our compliance efforts.  In fiscal 2015, we continued our significant efforts to build and strengthen our trade compliance program, driven in large part by the requirements of the Consent Agreement discussed above.

Our sales are diversified across three broad markets:  defense, commercial aerospace, and general industrial.  For fiscal 2015, approximately 30% of our sales were from the defense market, 50% from the commercial aerospace market, and 20% from the general industrial market.

4


 

Financial Info r mation About Industry Segments

A summary of net sales to unaffiliated customers, operating earnings and identifiable assets attributable to our business segments for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013 is reported in Note 17 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this report.

Description of Business

Avionics & Controls

Our Avionics & Controls business segment includes avionics systems, control and communication systems, and interface technologies capabilities.  Avionics systems designs and develops cockpit systems integration and avionics solutions for commercial and military applications.  Control and communication systems designs and manufactures technology interface systems for military and commercial aircraft and land- and sea-based military vehicles.  Additionally, control and communication systems designs and manufactures military audio and data products for severe battlefield environments and communication control systems to enhance security and aural clarity in military applications.  Our recently acquired DAT business, which will be integrated into our avionics systems and control and communication systems capabilities, develops and manufactures visualization solutions for a variety of demanding defense and commercial aerospace applications.  Interface technologies manufactures and develops custom control panels and input systems for medical, industrial, military and gaming industries.  We are a market leader in global positioning systems (GPS), head-up displays, enhanced vision systems, and electronic flight management systems that are used in a broad variety of control and display applications.  In addition, we develop, manufacture and market sophisticated, highly reliable technology interface systems for commercial and military aircraft.  These products include lighted push-button and rotary switches, keyboards, lighted indicators, panels and displays.  Our products have been integrated into many existing aircraft designs, including every Boeing commercial aircraft platform currently in production.  Our large installed base provides us with an ongoing source of spare parts and retrofit business.  We are a Tier 1 supplier on the Boeing 787 program to design and manufacture all of the cockpit overhead panels and embedded software for these systems.  We manufacture control sticks, grips and wheels, as well as specialized switching systems.  In this area, we primarily serve commercial and military aviation and airborne and ground-based military equipment manufacturing customers.  For example, we are a leading manufacturer of pilot control grips for most types of military fighter jets and helicopters.  Additionally, our software engineering center supports our customers’ needs with such applications as primary flight displays, flight management systems, air data computers and engine control systems.

Our proprietary products meet critical operational requirements and provide customers with significant technological advantages in such areas as night vision compatibility and active-matrix liquid-crystal displays (a technology enabling pilots to read display screens in a variety of light conditions as well as from extreme angles).  Our products are incorporated in a wide variety of platforms ranging from military helicopters, fighters and transports, to commercial wide- and narrow-body, regional and business jets.  In fiscal 2015, some of our largest customers for these products included Airbus, BAE Systems, The Boeing Company, Hawker Beechcraft, Honeywell, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, Rockwell Collins, Sikorsky, and Thales.

In addition, we design and manufacture ruggedized military personal communication equipment, primarily headsets, handsets and field communications.  We are the sole supplier of Active Noise Reduction (ANR) headsets to the British Army’s tracked and wheeled vehicle fleets under the Bowman communication system program.  We supply ANR headsets to the U.S. Army’s tracked and wheeled vehicle fleets, including Mine-Resistant Ambush Protected (MRAPs) and MRAP All-Terrain Vehicle (M-ATVs) through the Vehicle Intercom System (VIS) and VIS-X programs comprising over 200,000 vehicles.  We are the sole supplier to the U.S. Marine Corps for their MRAP and M-ATV fleets.  We are also the sole ANR headset supplier to the Canadian Army.  We have a long-standing relationship with armies around the world, including forces in Australia, India, Saudi Arabia, and Spain.  In fiscal 2015, some of our largest customers for these products included Aselsan Elektronik, BAE Systems, The Boeing Company, the British Ministry of Defence (MoD), L-3 Communications, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, Sierra Nevada, and Simex Defence.

We also manufacture a full line of keyboard, switch and input technologies for specialized medical equipment, high-tech gaming applications, and communication systems for military applications.  These products include custom keyboards, keypads, and input devices that integrate cursor control devices, barcode scanners, displays, video, and voice activation.  We also produce instruments that are used for point-of-use and point-of-care diagnostics.  We have developed a wide variety of technologies, including plastic and vinyl membranes that protect high-use switches and fully depressible buttons, and backlit elastomer switch coverings that are resistant to exposure from harsh chemicals.  These technologies now serve as the foundation for a small but growing portion of our product line.  In fiscal 2015, some of our largest customers for these products included Ainsworth Game Technology, Alere, Aristocrat Technologies, General Electric, Inspired Gaming, International Gaming, Nuance, Philips, Quidel, Roche, Siemens and Stat Diagnostic.

5


 

Sensors & Systems

Our Sensors & Systems business segment includes power systems, connection technologies and advanced sensors capabilities.  We develop and manufacture high-precision temperature, pressure and speed sensors principally for aerospace customers, electrical interconnection systems for severe environments for aerospace, defense, geophysics & marine, and nuclear customers, as well as electrical power switching, control and data communication devices, and other related systems principally for aerospace and defense customers.  We are the OEM sole-source and aftersales supplier of temperature probes for use on all versions of the General Electric/Snecma CFM-56 jet engine.  The CFM-56 jet engine has an installed base of 28,000, is standard equipment on the current generation Boeing 737 aircraft, and was selected as the engine for approximately 60% of all Airbus single-aisle aircraft delivered to date.  We manufacture sensors for the environmental control system for Boeing 787 aircraft, and provide the primary power distribution assembly for the Airbus A400M military transport.  Additionally, we have a Tier 1 position with Rolls-Royce for a large suite of sensors for the engines that power the A400M and A350.  We design and manufacture micro packaging, planet probe interconnectors, launcher umbilicals, and composite connectors for the Boeing 787. Unique electrical interconnection products account for a significant portion of our connection technologies sales.  The principal customers for our products in this business segment are jet engine manufacturers, airframe and industrial manufacturers.  In fiscal 2015, some of our largest customers for these products included Airbus, The Boeing Company, DCNS, Flame, General Electric, Heilind, Honeywell, Jupitor Corporation, Labinal, Rolls-Royce, Snecma, TTI, Inc., and United Technology Corporation Aerospace Systems (UTAS).

Advanced Materials

Our Advanced Materials business segment includes engineered materials and defense technologies capabilities.  We develop and manufacture high-performance elastomer products used in a wide range of commercial aerospace, space and military applications, and highly engineered thermal components for commercial aerospace and industrial applications.  We also develop and manufacture combustible ordnance and countermeasures for military applications.

Specialized High-Performance Applications . We specialize in the development of proprietary formulations for silicone rubber and other elastomer products.  Our elastomer products are engineered to address specific customer requirements where superior performance in high temperature, high pressure, caustic, abrasive and other difficult environments is critical.  These products include clamping devices, thermal fire barrier insulation products, sealing systems, tubing and coverings designed in custom-molded shapes.  Some of the products include proprietary elastomers that are specifically designed for use on or near a jet engine.  We are a leading U.S. supplier of high-performance elastomer products to the aerospace industry, with our primary customers for these products being jet and rocket engine manufacturers, commercial and military airframe manufacturers, as well as commercial airlines.  In fiscal 2015, some of the largest customers for these products included The Boeing Company, General Electric, KAPCO, KLX Aerospace Solutions, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, Orbital ATK, Pattonair, Spirit AeroSystems, UTAS and Wesco Aircraft.

We also develop and manufacture high temperature, lightweight metallic insulation systems for aerospace and marine applications.  Our commercial aerospace programs include the Boeing 737, A320, and A380 series aircraft and the V2500 and BR710 engines.  Our insulation material is used on diesel engine manifolds for earthmoving and agricultural applications.  In addition, we specialize in the development of thermal protection for fire, nuclear, and petro-chemical industries.  We design and manufacture high temperature components for industrial and marine markets.  Our manufacturing processes consist of cutting, pressing, and welding stainless steel, inconel, and titanium fabrications.  In fiscal 2015, some of the largest customers of these products included Airbus, BAE Systems, Babcock, GKN Aerospace, Rolls-Royce, Short Brothers, and Spirit AeroSystems.

Ordnance and Countermeasure Applications . We develop and manufacture combustible ordnance and warfare countermeasure devices for military customers. We manufacture molded fiber cartridge cases, mortar increments, igniter tubes and other combustible ordnance components primarily for the U.S. Department of Defense.  Safety of our operations is a critical factor in manufacturing ordnance and countermeasures, and accordingly, we incorporate applicable regulatory guidance in the design of our facilities and in the training of our employees.  As part of our behavior-based approach to training, employees learn safety-designed work habits and perform on-going safety audits.  We also monitor safety metrics to ensure compliance.  We are currently the sole supplier of combustible casings utilized by the U.S. Armed Forces.  Sales are made either directly to the U.S. Department of Defense or through prime contractors, Alliant Techsystems and General Dynamics.  These products include the combustible case for the U.S. Army’s new generation 155mm Modular Artillery Charge System, the 120mm combustible case used with the main armament system on the U.S. Army and Marine Corps’ M1-A1/2 tanks, and the 60mm, 81mm and 120mm combustible mortar increments.  We are one of two suppliers to the U.S. Army of infrared decoy flares used by aircraft to help protect against radar and infrared guided missiles.  We are currently the only supplier to the U.S. Army of countermeasures against radar based threats.

6


 

A summary of product lines contributing sales of 10% or more of total sales for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013 is reported in Note 1 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this report .

Marketing and Distribution

We believe that a key to continued success is our ability to meet customer requirements both domestically and internationally.  We have and will continue to improve our world-wide sales and distribution channels in order to provide wider market coverage and to improve the effectiveness of our customers’ supply chain.  For example, our medical device assembly operation in Shanghai, China, serves our global medical customers, our service center in Singapore improves our capabilities in Asia for our temperature sensor customers, and our marketing representative office in Bangalore, India, facilitates marketing opportunities in India.  Other enhancements include combining sales and marketing forces of our operating units where appropriate, cross-training our sales representatives on multiple product lines, and cross-stocking our spares and components.

In the technical and highly engineered product segments in which we compete, relationship selling is particularly appropriate in targeted marketing segments where customer and supplier design and engineering inputs need to be tightly integrated.  Participation in industry trade shows is an effective method of meeting customers, introducing new products, and exchanging technical specifications.  In addition to technical and industry conferences, our products are supported through direct internal international sales efforts, as well as through manufacturer representatives and selected distributors.  As of October 2, 2015, 384 sales people, 283 representatives, and 306 distributors supported our operations.

Backlog

Backlog was $1.2 billion at October 2, 2015, and $1.1 billion at October 31, 2014.  We estimate that approximately $300 million of backlog is scheduled to be shipped after fiscal 2016.

Backlog is subject to cancellation until delivered, and therefore, we cannot assure that our backlog will be converted into revenue in any particular period or at all.  Backlog does not include the total contract value of cost-plus reimbursable contracts, which are funded as we incur the costs.  Except for the released portion, backlog also does not include fixed-price multi-year contracts.

Competition

Our products and services are affected by varying degrees of competition.  We compete with other companies in most markets we serve.  Many of these companies have far greater sales volumes and financial resources than we do.  Some of our competitors are also our customers on certain programs.  The principal competitive factors in the commercial markets in which we participate are product performance, on-time delivery, service and price.  Part of product performance requires expenditures in research and development that lead to product improvement.  The market for many of our products may be affected by rapid and significant technological changes and new product introductions.  Our principal competitors include Astronautics, BAE, Bose, Eaton, Elbit, EMS, GE Aerospace, Honeywell, IAI, L-3, Otto Controls, RAFI, Rockwell Collins, SELEX, Telephonics, Thales, Ultra Electronics, Universal Avionics Systems Corporation, and Zodiac in our Avionics & Controls segment; Ametek, Amphenol, Eaton, Meggitt, STPI-Deutsch, TE Connectivity, and Zodiac in our Sensors & Systems segment; and Chemring, Doncasters, Hi-Temp, J&M, JPR Hutchinson, Kmass, Meggitt (including Dunlop Standard Aerospace Group), Rheinmetall, Trelleborg, ULVA, UTAS, UMPCO, and Woodward Products in our Advanced Materials segment.

Research and Development

Our product development and design programs utilize an extensive base of professional engineers, technicians and support personnel, supplemented by outside engineering and consulting firms when needed.  In fiscal 2015, we expended $91.5 million for research, development and engineering, compared with $97.6 million in fiscal 2014 and $89.0 million in fiscal 2013.  Research and development expense has averaged 4.9% of sales per year for the three years ended October 2, 2015.  We believe continued product development is key to our long-term growth, and consequently, we consistently invest in research and development.  Examples include research and development projects relating to avionics control panels, A350 engine sensors, high temperature, low observable material for military applications, and spectral countermeasure flares for military applications.  We actively participate in customer-funded research and development programs, including applications on C-130 cockpit upgrades, P-8 aircraft and power systems for the HH-47 Chinook helicopter and A400M.

Foreign Operations

Our foreign operations consist of manufacturing facilities located in Belgium, Canada, China, the Dominican Republic, France, Germany, India, Japan, Mexico, Morocco, and the United Kingdom, and include sales and service operations located in Brazil,

7


 

China, and Singapore .   For further information regarding foreign operations, see Note 1 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this report .

U.S. Government Contracts and Subcontracts

As a contractor and subcontractor to the U.S. government (primarily the U.S. Department of Defense), we are subject to various laws and regulations that are more restrictive than those applicable to private sector contractors.  Approximately 3% of our sales was made directly to the U.S. government in fiscal 2015.  In addition, we estimate that our subcontracting activities to contractors for the U.S. government accounted for approximately 16% of sales during fiscal 2015.  In total, we estimate that approximately 19% of our sales during the fiscal year were subject to U.S. government contracting regulations.  Such contracts may be subject to termination, reduction or modification in the event of changes in government requirements, reductions in federal spending, and other factors.

Historically, our U.S. government contracts and subcontracts have been predominately fixed-price contracts.  Generally, fixed-price contracts offer higher margins than cost-plus contracts in return for accepting the risk that increased or unexpected costs may reduce anticipated profits or cause us to sustain losses on the contracts.  The accuracy and appropriateness of certain costs and expenses used to substantiate our direct and indirect costs for the U.S. government under both cost-plus and fixed-price contracts are subject to extensive regulation and audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency, an arm of the U.S. Department of Defense.  The contracts and subcontracts to which we are a party are also subject to profit and cost controls and standard provisions for termination at the convenience of the U.S. government.  Upon termination, other than for our default, we will normally be entitled to reimbursement for allowable costs and to an allowance for profit.  To date, none of our material fixed-price contracts has been terminated.

Trade Compliance Regulations

We are subject to U.S. export laws and regulations, including the ITAR, that generally restrict the export of defense products, technical data, and defense services.  On March 5, 2014, the Company entered into a Consent Agreement with the DTCC to resolve alleged ITAR civil violations.  The Consent Agreement settled the pending ITAR compliance matter with the DTCC previously reported by the Company that resulted from voluntary reports the Company filed with DTCC that disclosed possible technical and administrative violations of the ITAR.  The Consent Agreement has a three-year term and provides for:  (i) a payment of $20 million, $10 million of which is suspended and eligible for offset credit based on verified expenditures for past and future remedial compliance measures; (ii) the appointment of an external Special Compliance Official to oversee compliance with the Consent Agreement and the ITAR; (iii) two external audits of the Company’s ITAR compliance program; and (iv) continued implementation of ongoing compliance measures and additional remedial compliance measures related to automated systems and ITAR compliance policies, procedures, and training.

The settlement amount in the Consent Agreement was consistent with the amount proposed by DTCC in August 2013, for which the Company estimated and recorded a $10 million charge in the fiscal quarter ended July 26, 2013.  The $10 million portion of the settlement that is not subject to suspension will be paid in installments, with $4 million paid in March 2014, $2 million paid in February 2015, and $2 million to be paid in each of March 2016 and 2017.  The Company expects that some part of recent investments made in our ITAR compliance program will be eligible for credit against the suspended portion of the settlement amount, which includes:  additional staffing, ongoing implementation of a new software system, employee training, and establishment of a regular compliance audit program and corrective action process.  The Company expects recent and future investments in remedial compliance measures will be sufficient to cover the $10 million suspended payment.

Our trade activities are also subject to customs and border control regulations, anti-bribery and anti-corruption regulations, and regulations that apply to supply chain activities, such as those relating to conflict minerals and the registration, evaluation, authorization and restriction of chemicals as well as the defense federal acquisition regulations.  Our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in penalties, loss, or suspension of contracts, breach of contract claims, or other consequences, and the costs to maintain compliance with these regulations may be higher than we anticipate.  Any of these consequences could adversely affect our operations or financial condition.

Intellectual Property

Although we hold a number of patents and licenses, we do not believe that our operations are dependent on our patents and licenses.  We have trademark registrations on our important business names and/or product names filed in key jurisdictions where our businesses operate and sell products.  In general, we rely on technical superiority, continual product improvement, exclusive product features, lean manufacturing and operational excellence, including superior lead-time, on-time delivery performance and quality, and customer relationships to maintain competitive advantage.

8


 

Seasonality

The timing of our revenues is impacted by the purchasing patterns of our customers, and as a result we do not generate revenues evenly throughout the year.  Moreover, our first fiscal quarter, November through January, includes significant holiday vacation periods in both Europe and North America.  This leads to decreased order and shipment activity; consequently, first quarter results are typically weaker than other quarters and not necessarily indicative of our performance in subsequent quarters.  We changed our fiscal year to the twelve months ended the last Friday in September to better align with the aerospace industry’s business cycle.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials and Components

The sources and availability of certain raw materials and components are not as critical as they would be for manufacturers of a single product line, due to our vertical integration and diversification.  However, certain components, supplies and raw materials for our operations are purchased from single sources.  In such instances, we strive to develop alternative sources and design modifications to minimize the effect of business interruptions.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and ordinances that (i) govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water, as well as handling and disposal practices for solid and hazardous waste, and (ii) impose liability for the costs of cleaning up, and certain damages resulting from, sites or past spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous substances.

At various times we have been identified as a potentially responsible party pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), and analogous state environmental laws, for the cleanup of contamination resulting from past disposals of hazardous wastes at certain sites to which we, among others, sent wastes in the past.  CERCLA requires potentially responsible persons to pay for cleanup of sites from which there has been a release or threatened release of hazardous substances.  Courts have interpreted CERCLA to impose strict, joint and several liability on all persons liable for cleanup costs.  As a practical matter, however, at sites where there are multiple potentially responsible persons, the costs of cleanup typically are allocated among the parties according to a volumetric or other standard.

We have accrued liabilities for environmental remediation costs expected to be incurred.  Environmental exposures are provided for at the time they are known to exist or are considered reasonably probable and estimable.

Employees

We had 13,290 employees at October 2, 2015, of which 5,122 were based in the United States, 4,684 in Europe, 1,072 in Canada, 988 in Mexico, 585 in Morocco, 393 in Asia, 293 in India, and 153 in the Dominican Republic.  Approximately 12.5% of the U.S.-based employees were represented by labor unions.  Our European operations are subject to national trade union agreements and to local regulations governing employment.

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

See risk factor below entitled “Political and economic changes in foreign countries and markets, including foreign currency fluctuations, may have a material effect on our operating results” under Item 1A of this report and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this report.

Available Information About the Registrant

You can access financial and other information on our Web site, www.esterline.com .  We make available through our Web site, free of charge, copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material electronically or otherwise furnishing it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).  The SEC also maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov , which contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding public companies, including Esterline.  Any reports filed with the SEC may also be obtained from the SEC’s Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.  Our Corporate Governance Guidelines and required charters for our board committees are available on our Web site, www.esterline.com on the Corporate Governance tab, and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which includes a code of ethics applicable to our accounting and financial employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is available on our Web site at www.esterline.com on the Corporate Governance tab.  Each of these documents is also available in print (at no charge) to any shareholder upon request.  Our Web site and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

9


 

Execu tive Officers of the Registrant

The names and ages of all executive officers of the Company and the positions and offices held by such persons as of November 25, 2015, are as follows:

 

Name

 

Position with the Company

 

Age

 

 

 

 

 

Curtis C. Reusser

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

55

Robert D. George

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Development

 

59

Paul P. Benson

 

Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

 

51

Marcia J. Mason

 

Vice President and General Counsel

 

63

Roger A. Ross

 

President, Sensors & Systems Segment

 

47

Albert S. Yost

 

President, Avionics & Controls and Advanced Materials Segments

 

50

 

Mr. Reusser has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2014.  Prior to that time, he was President and Chief Executive Officer from October 2013 to March 2014.  Previously, he was President, Aircraft Systems of UTC Aerospace Systems for United Technologies Corporation, a provider of a broad range of high-technology products and services to the global aerospace and building systems industries, from July 2012 to October 2013.  Prior to that time, he was President of the Electronic Systems segment of Goodrich Corporation, an aerospace and defense company that was acquired by UTC in July 2012, from January 2008 to July 2012.  Mr. Reusser has a B.S. degree in Industrial and Mechanical Engineering from the University of Washington and a Certificate in Business Management from the University of San Diego.

Mr. George has been Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Development since October 2012.  From July 2011 to October 2012, he was Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Development and Secretary.  Prior to that time, he was Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer since July 1999.  Mr. George has an M.B.A. from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University and a B.A. degree in Economics from Drew University.

Mr. Benson has been Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since April 2015.  Prior to that time, he was Vice President, Human Resources from December 2014 to March 2015 and Senior Director, Human Resources from November 2014 to December 2014.  Prior to that time, he was Senior Human Resources Director at Hewlett Packard Company, a technology products and services company, from 2006 to November 2014.  Mr. Benson has an M.B.A. from Arizona State University and a B.A. degree in Business from St. Martin’s College.

Ms. Mason has been Vice President and General Counsel since September 2013.  Prior to that time she was General Counsel and Vice President, Administration from August 2012 to September 2013, and Vice President, Human Resources from March 1993 to July 2012.  Ms. Mason has a J.D. degree from Northwestern University School of Law and a B.A. degree in Political Science from Portland State University.

Mr. Ross has been President, Sensors & Systems Segment since August 2015.  Prior to that time, he was Senior Vice President, Actuation & Propeller Systems, at UTC Aerospace Systems for United Technologies Corporation, a provider of a broad range of high-technology products and services to the global aerospace and building systems industries, from January 2014 to July 2015.  From January 2010 to December 2013, he was Vice President, Aerostructures Aftermarket at UTC Aerospace Systems for United Technologies Corporation.  Mr. Ross has an M.B.A. from the University of Colorado, an M.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Colorado State University and a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Colorado State University.

Mr. Yost has been President, Avionics & Controls and Advanced Materials Segments since August 2015.  Prior to that time, he was President, Advanced Materials Segment since March 2015 and President, Advanced Materials and Treasurer from March 2014 to February 2015.  From July 2011 to February 2014, he was Group Vice President and Treasurer, and from November 2009 to June 2011 he was Group Vice President.  Mr. Yost has an M.B.A. from Utah State University and a B.A. degree in Economics from Brigham Young University.

Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements.  These statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should” or “will” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology.  In particular, statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this report under the headings “Risks Relating to Our Business and Our Industry,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Continuing Operations” and “Business” are forward-looking statements.

10


 

We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections .   While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only predic tions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control .   These and other important factors, including those discussed in this report under the headings “Risks Relating to Our Business and Our Industry,” “Managemen t’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Continuing Operations” and “Business” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements .   Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to di ffer from our expectations are:

 

A significant reduction in defense spending;

 

Loss of a significant customer or defense program;

 

Our ability to comply with the complex laws and regulations that affect our business;

 

Our inability to execute on our accelerated integration plans or otherwise integrate acquired operations or complete acquisitions;

 

A significant downturn in the aerospace industry; and

 

A decrease in demand for our products as a result of competition, technological innovation or otherwise.

Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.  The forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference into this report are made only as of the date hereof.  We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update any such statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any such statements to reflect future events or developments.

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Our Business and Our Industry

Reductions in defense spending could adversely affect our business.

Approximately 30% of our business is dependent on defense spending.  The defense industry is dependent upon the level of equipment expenditures by the armed forces of countries throughout the world, and especially those of the United States, which represents a significant portion of world-wide defense expenditures.  While the 2015 Department of Defense budget provides for increased spending in 2016 and beyond, continued reductions in defense spending are possible which could have significant future consequences to our business and industry, including termination or disruption of programs and personnel reductions that could impact our manufacturing operations and engineering capabilities.

The loss of a significant customer or defense program could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Some of our operations are dependent on a relatively small number of customers and aerospace and defense programs, which change from time to time.  Significant customers in fiscal 2015 included The Boeing Company, Flame, General Electric, Hawker Beechcraft, Honeywell, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, Rolls-Royce, UTAS, and the U.S. Department of Defense.  There can be no assurance that our current significant customers will continue to buy our products at current levels.  The loss of a significant customer or the cancellation of orders related to a sole-source defense program could have a material adverse effect on our operating results if we were unable to replace the related sales.

We are subject to numerous regulatory requirements, which could adversely affect our business.

Among other things, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from bribing foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment.  In particular, we may be held liable for actions taken by our strategic or local partners even though our partners are not subject these laws.  Any determination that we have violated the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act or similar laws could result in sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject to a variety of international laws, as well as U.S. export laws and regulations, such as the ITAR, which generally restrict the export of defense products, technical data and defense services.  We have filed voluntary reports that disclosed certain technical and administrative violations of the ITAR with the DDTC Office of Defense Trade Controls Compliance (DDTC Office of Compliance).  As further described in this report under “Item 1,” we recorded a $10 million charge as of July 26, 2013, for penalties proposed by the DDTC Office of Compliance associated with our earlier handling of ITAR-controlled transactions, including the substance of our prior voluntary disclosures and other aspects of ITAR compliance errors.  Our failure to comply with these regulations could result in penalties, loss, or suspension of contracts or other consequences.  In addition, we may need to hold shipments or expend significant resources to re-work, re-design or re-certify

11


 

our products, to achieve compliance with applicable export control regulations.  If we are required to take any o f these measures, we may lose revenue opportunities and/or be exposed to late-delivery penalties or other claims from our customers.   Any of these could adversely affect our operations and financial condition .

We may be unable to realize expected benefits from our business integration efforts and our profitability may be hurt or our business otherwise might be adversely affected.

In 2014, we began to consolidate certain facilities to create greater cost efficiencies through shared services in sales, general administration and support functions across our segments.  We have never before pursued integration initiatives to this extent, and there is no assurance that our efforts will be successful.  These integration activities are intended to generate operating expense savings through direct and indirect overhead expense reductions as well as other savings and realizing these savings may be difficult.  If we do not successfully manage our current integration activities, or any other similar activities that we may undertake in the future, expected efficiencies and benefits might be delayed or not realized, and our operations and business could be disrupted.  Risks associated with these actions include inability to complete or delay in the planned transfer of business activities to other locations due to dependency on third-party agreements or certification of projects affected by the transfer, unanticipated costs in implementing the initiatives, delays in implementation of anticipated workforce reductions, adverse effects on employee morale, creation of customer or supplier uncertainty that may impact our business, and the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of employees.  If any of these risks are realized, our ability to achieve anticipated cost reductions may be impaired or our business may otherwise be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

Implementing our acquisition strategy involves risks, and our failure to successfully implement this strategy could have a material adverse effect on our business.

One of our key strategies is to grow our business by selectively pursuing acquisitions.  Since 1996 we have completed over 30 acquisitions, and we are continuing to actively pursue additional acquisition opportunities, some of which may be material to our business and financial performance.  Although we have been successful with this strategy in the past, we may not be able to grow our business in the future through acquisitions for a number of reasons, including:

 

Encountering difficulties identifying and executing acquisitions;

 

Increased competition for targets, which may increase acquisition costs;

 

Consolidation in our industry reducing the number of acquisition targets;

 

Competition laws and regulations preventing us from making certain acquisitions; and

 

Acquisition financing not being available on acceptable terms or at all.

In addition, there are potential risks associated with growing our business through acquisitions, including the failure to successfully integrate and realize the expected benefits of an acquisition.  For example, with any past or future acquisition, there is the possibility that:

 

The business culture of the acquired business may not match well with our culture;

 

Technological and product synergies, economies of scale and cost reductions may not occur as expected;

 

Management may be distracted from overseeing existing operations by the need to integrate acquired businesses;

 

We may acquire or assume unexpected liabilities;

 

Unforeseen difficulties may arise in integrating operations and systems;

 

We may fail to retain and assimilate employees of the acquired business;

 

We may experience problems in retaining customers and integrating customer bases; and

 

Problems may arise in entering new markets in which we may have little or no experience.

Failure to continue implementing our acquisition strategy, including successfully integrating acquired businesses, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future operating results could be impacted by sanctions against Russia.

In 2014, the U.S. and other countries expanded the sanctions against Russia, which increased the restrictions on sales of certain products, including aviation products, to Russia and to specified restricted parties in or affiliated with Russia.  Our Avionics & Controls and Sensors & Systems segments have programs with Russian customers.  We evaluated the impact of these sanctions and determined the impact from Canadian, European Union and U.S. sanctions against Russia on our sales to Russia was not material; however, increased sanctions could have a material impact on our sales to Russia in future periods.

12


 

We may have exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities a nd a higher effective tax rate.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions.  Our effective tax rate is influenced by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, modification on tax policy, interpretation of existing tax laws, and our ability to sustain our reporting positions on examination.  Any adverse changes in those factors could have a negative effect on our effective tax rate and financial results.

Our future financial results could be adversely impacted by asset impairment charges.

We are required to test both acquired goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis based upon a fair value approach, rather than amortizing them over time.  We have chosen to perform our annual impairment reviews of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.  We also are required to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce our enterprise fair value below its book value.

As we have grown through acquisitions, we have accumulated $1.0 billion of goodwill, $39.4 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets, and $412.7 million of definite-lived intangible assets, out of total assets of $3.0 billion at October 2, 2015.  As a result, the amount of any annual or interim impairment could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken.

We performed our annual impairment review for fiscal 2015 as of August 1, 2015, and our review indicates that no impairment of goodwill or other indefinite-lived assets exists at any of our reporting units.

The amount of debt we have outstanding, as well as any debt we may incur in the future, could have an adverse effect on our operational and financial flexibility.

As of October 2, 2015, we had approximately $881.4 million of long-term debt outstanding.  Under our existing secured credit facility, we have a $500 million revolving line of credit and a $250.0 million term loan (U.S. Term Loan).  The credit facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, and interest is based on standard inter-bank offering rates.  In addition, we have unsecured foreign currency credit facilities that have been extended by foreign banks for up to $50.6 million.  Available credit under the above credit facilities was $370.2 million at October 2, 2015, reflecting bank borrowings of $160.0 million and letters of credit of $20.4 million.

We also have outstanding €330.0 million 3.625% Senior Notes due in April 2023 (2023 Notes).  The indentures governing those notes and other debt agreements limit the amount of additional debt we may incur.

Our level of debt could have significant consequences to our business, including the following:

 

Depending on interest rates and debt maturities, a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations could be dedicated to paying principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for our acquisition strategy, capital expenditures or other purposes, including our plan to repurchase up to $400 million of outstanding shares of common stock, depending on market conditions, share price and other factors;

 

A significant amount of debt could make us more vulnerable to changes in economic conditions or increases in prevailing interest rates;

 

Our ability to obtain additional financing for acquisitions, capital expenditures or for other purposes could be impaired;

 

The increase in the amount of debt we have outstanding increases the risk of non-compliance with some of the covenants in our debt agreements which require us to maintain specified financial ratios; and

 

We may be more leveraged than some of our competitors, which may result in a competitive disadvantage.

Our revenues are subject to fluctuations that may cause our operating results to decline.

Our business is susceptible to seasonality and economic cycles, and as a result, our operating results have fluctuated widely in the past and are likely to continue to do so.  Our revenue tends to fluctuate based on a number of factors, including domestic and foreign economic conditions and developments affecting the specific industries and customers we serve.  For example, it is possible that a global recession could occur and result in a more severe downturn in commercial aviation and defense.

It is also possible that in the future our operating results in a particular quarter or quarters will not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, causing the market price of our common stock or senior notes to decline.  We believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results are not a good indication of our future performance and should not be relied upon to predict our future performance.

13


 

A global recession may adversely affect our business operations and results , capital, and cost of capital.

In the event of a global recession, our customers may choose to delay or postpone purchases from us until the economy and their businesses strengthen.  Decisions by current or future customers to forgo or defer purchases and/or our customers’ inability to pay for our products may adversely affect our earnings and cash flow.  A recession could also adversely affect our future cost of debt and equity.  Any inability to obtain adequate financing from debt and equity sources could force us to self-fund strategic initiatives or even forgo some opportunities, potentially harming our financial position, results of operations, and liquidity.

Our operations depend on our production facilities throughout the world. These production facilities are subject to physical and other risks that could disrupt production.

Our production facilities could be damaged or disrupted by a natural disaster, labor strike, war, political unrest, terrorist activity or a pandemic.  Several of our production facilities are located in California, and thus are in areas with above average seismic activity and may also be at risk of damage in wildfires.  Although we have obtained property damage and business interruption insurance for our production facilities, a major catastrophe such as an earthquake or other natural disaster at any of our sites, or significant labor strikes, work stoppage, political unrest, war or terrorist activities in any of the areas where we conduct operations, could result in a prolonged interruption of our business.  Any disruption resulting from these events could cause significant delays in shipments of products and the loss of sales and customers.  We cannot assure you that we will have insurance to adequately compensate us for any of these events.

Political and economic changes in foreign countries and markets, including foreign currency fluctuations, may have a material effect on our operating results.

Foreign sales originating from non-U.S. locations were approximately 50% of our total sales in fiscal 2015, and we have manufacturing facilities in a number of foreign countries.  A substantial portion of our Avionics & Controls operations is based in Belgium, Canada and the U.K., and a substantial portion of our Sensors & Systems operations is based in the U.K. and France.  We also have manufacturing operations in China, the Dominican Republic, Germany, India, Japan, Mexico, and Morocco.  Doing business in foreign countries is subject to numerous risks, including political and economic instability, restrictive trade policies of foreign governments, changes in the local labor-relations climate, economic conditions in local markets, health concerns, inconsistent product regulations or unexpected changes in regulatory and other legal requirements by foreign agencies or governments, the imposition of product tariffs and the burdens of complying with a wide variety of international and U.S. export laws and differing regulatory requirements.  To the extent that foreign sales are transacted in a foreign currency, we are subject to the risk of losses due to foreign currency fluctuations.  In addition, we have substantial assets denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar, U.K. pound and euro, that are not offset by liabilities denominated in those foreign currencies.  These net foreign currency investments are subject to material changes in the event of fluctuations in foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar.

A downturn in the aircraft market could adversely affect our business.

The aerospace industry is cyclical in nature and affected by periodic downturns that are beyond our control.  The principal customers for manufacturers of commercial aircraft are the commercial and regional airlines, which can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including a recession, increasing fuel and labor costs, intense price competition, outbreak of infectious disease and terrorist attacks, as well as economic cycles, all of which can be unpredictable and are outside our control.  Any decrease in demand resulting from a downturn in the market could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to compete effectively.

Our products and services are affected by varying degrees of competition.  We compete with other companies and divisions and units of larger companies in most markets we serve, many of which have greater sales volumes or financial, technological or marketing resources than we do.  Our principal competitors include: Astronautics, BAE, Bose, Eaton, ECE, Elbit, EMS, GE Aerospace, Honeywell, IAI, L-3, Otto Controls, RAFI, Rockwell Collins, SELEX, Telephonics, Thales, Ultra Electronics, and Universal Avionics Systems Corporation in our Avionics & Controls segment; Ametek, Amphenol, Eaton, ECE, MPC Products, Meggitt, STPI-Deutsch, and TE Connectivity in our Sensors & Systems segment; and Chemring, Doncasters, Hi-Temp, J&M, JPR Hutchinson, Kmass, Meggitt (including Dunlop Standard Aerospace Group), Rheinmetall, Trelleborg, ULVA, UTAS, and UMPCO in our Advanced Materials segment.  The principal competitive factors in the commercial markets in which we participate are product performance, service and price.  Maintaining product performance requires expenditures in research and development that lead to product improvement and new product introduction.  Companies with more substantial financial resources may have a better ability to make such expenditures.  We cannot assure that we will be able to continue to successfully compete in our markets, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

14


 

Our backlog is subject to modifi cation or termination, which may redu ce our sales in future periods.

We currently have a backlog of orders based on our contracts with customers.  Under many of our contracts, our customers may unilaterally modify or terminate their orders at any time.  In addition, the maximum contract value specified under a government contract awarded to us is not necessarily indicative of the sales that we will realize under that contract.  For example, we are a sole-source prime contractor for many different military programs with the U.S. Department of Defense.  We depend heavily on the government contracts underlying these programs.  Over its lifetime, a program may be implemented by the award of many different individual contracts and subcontracts.  The funding of government programs is subject to congressional appropriation.

Changes in defense procurement models may make it more difficult for us to successfully bid on projects as a prime contractor and limit sole-source opportunities available to us.

In recent years, the trend in combat system design and development appears to be evolving toward the technological integration of various battlefield components, including combat vehicles, command and control network communications, advanced technology artillery systems and robotics.  If the U.S. military procurement approach continues to require this kind of overall battlefield combat system integration, we expect to be subject to increased competition from aerospace and defense companies which have significantly greater resources than we do.

We may lose money or generate less than expected profits on our fixed-price contracts.

Our customers set demanding specifications for product performance, reliability and cost.  Some of our government contracts and subcontracts provide for a predetermined, fixed price for the products we make regardless of the costs we incur.  Therefore, we must absorb cost overruns, notwithstanding the difficulty of estimating all of the costs we will incur in performing these contracts and in projecting the ultimate level of sales that we may achieve.  Our failure to accurately scope the statement of work, anticipate technical problems, estimate costs accurately, integrate technical processes effectively or control costs during performance of a fixed-price contract may reduce the profitability of a fixed-price contract or cause a loss.  While we believe that we have recorded adequate provisions in our financial statements for losses on our fixed-price contracts as required under GAAP, we cannot assure that our contract loss provisions will be adequate to cover all actual future losses.  Therefore, we may incur losses on fixed-price contracts that we had expected to be profitable, or such contracts may be less profitable than expected.

Our business is subject to government contracting regulations, and our failure to comply with such laws and regulations could harm our operating results and prospects.

We estimate that approximately 19% of our sales in fiscal 2015 were attributable to contracts in which we were either the prime contractor to, or a subcontractor to a prime contractor to, the U.S. government.  As a contractor and subcontractor to the U.S. government, we must comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of federal government contracts that affect how we do business with our customers and may impose added costs to our business.  For example, these regulations and laws include provisions that contracts we have been awarded are subject to:

 

Protest or challenge by unsuccessful bidders; and

 

Unilateral termination, reduction or modification in the event of changes in government requirements.

The accuracy and appropriateness of certain costs and expenses used to substantiate our direct and indirect costs for the U.S. government under both cost-plus and fixed-price contracts are subject to extensive regulation and audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency, an arm of the U.S. Department of Defense.  Responding to governmental audits, inquiries or investigations may involve significant expense and divert management attention.  Our failure to comply with these or other laws and regulations could result in contract termination, suspension or debarment from contracting with the federal government, civil fines and damages, and criminal prosecution and penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

15


 

A significant portion of our business depends on U.S. government contracts, which are o ften subject to competitive bidding, and a failure to compete effectively or accurately anticipate the success of future projects could adversely affect our business.

We obtain many of our U.S. government contracts through a competitive bidding process that subjects us to risks associated with:

 

The frequent need to bid on programs in advance of the completion of their design, which may result in unforeseen technological difficulties and/or cost overruns;

 

The substantial time and effort, including design, development and marketing activities, required to prepare bids and proposals for contracts that may not be awarded to us; and

 

The design complexity and rapid rate of technological advancement of defense-related products.

In addition, in order to win the award of developmental programs, we must be able to align our research and development and product offerings with the government’s changing concepts of national defense and defense systems.  The government’s termination of, or failure to fully fund, one or more of the contracts for our programs would have a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition.  Furthermore, we serve as a subcontractor on several military programs that, in large part, involve the same risks as prime contracts.

Overall, we rely on key contracts with U.S. government entities for a significant portion of our sales and business.  A substantial reduction in these contracts would materially adversely affect our operating results and financial position.

The market for our products may be affected by our ability to adapt to technological change.

The rapid change of technology is a key feature of all of the markets in which our businesses operate.  To succeed in the future, we will need to design, develop, manufacture, assemble, test, market, and support new products and enhancements to our existing products in a timely and cost-effective manner.  Historically, our technology has been developed through internal research and development expenditures, as well as customer-sponsored research and development programs.  There is no guarantee that we will continue to maintain, or benefit from, comparable levels of research and development in the future.  In addition, our competitors may develop technologies and products that are more effective than those we develop or that render our technology and products obsolete or noncompetitive.  Furthermore, our products could become unmarketable if new industry standards emerge.  We cannot assure that our existing products will not require significant modifications in the future to remain competitive or that new products we introduce will be accepted by our customers, nor can we assure that we will successfully identify new opportunities, continue to have the needed financial resources to develop new products in a timely or cost-effective manner or execute on a research and development program effectively to yield expected or any return on investment.

The airline industry is heavily regulated and if we fail to comply with applicable requirements, our results of operations could suffer.

Governmental agencies throughout the world, including the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), prescribe standards and qualification requirements for aircraft components, including virtually all commercial airline and general aviation products, as well as regulations regarding the repair and overhaul of aircraft engines.  Specific regulations vary from country to country, although compliance with FAA requirements generally satisfies regulatory requirements in other countries.  We include, with the replacement parts that we sell to our customers, documentation certifying that each part complies with applicable regulatory requirements and meets applicable standards of airworthiness established by the FAA or the equivalent regulatory agencies in other countries.  In order to sell our products, we and the products we manufacture must also be certified by our individual OEM customers.  If any of the material authorizations or approvals qualifying us to supply our products is revoked or suspended, then the sale of the subject product would be prohibited by law, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, the FAA or equivalent regulatory agencies in other countries propose new regulations or changes to existing regulations, which are usually more stringent than existing regulations.  If these proposed regulations are adopted and enacted, we may incur significant additional costs to achieve compliance, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on the continued contributions of our executive officers and other key management, each of whom would be difficult to replace.

Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our senior management and our ability to attract and retain other highly qualified management personnel.  We face competition for management from other companies

16


 

and organizati ons .   Therefore, we may not be able to retain our existing management personnel or fill new management positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover at our existing compensation levels .   Although we have entered into change of control agreements with members of senior management, we do not have employment contracts with our key executives, nor have we purchased “key-person” insurance on the lives of any of our key officers or management personnel to reduce the impact to our company that the loss o f any of them would cause .   Specifically, the loss of any of our executive officers would disrupt our operations and divert the time and attention of our remaining officers .   Additionally, failure to attract and retain highly qualified management personnel would damage our business prospects .

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, the value of our products could be diminished.

Our success is dependent in part on obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our proprietary rights and our ability to avoid infringing on the proprietary rights of others.  While we take precautionary steps to protect our technological advantages and intellectual property and rely in part on patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright laws, we cannot assure that the precautionary steps we have taken will completely protect our intellectual property rights.  Because patent applications in the United States are maintained in secrecy until either the patent application is published or a patent is issued, we may not be aware of third-party patents, patent applications and other intellectual property relevant to our products that may block our use of our intellectual property or may be used in third-party products that compete with our products and processes. In the event a competitor successfully challenges our products, processes, patents or licenses or claims that we have infringed upon their intellectual property, we could incur substantial litigation costs defending against such claims, be required to pay royalties, license fees or other damages or be barred from using the intellectual property at issue, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition to our patent rights, we also rely on unpatented technology, trade secrets and confidential information.  Others may independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques or otherwise gain access to or disclose our technology.  We may not be able to protect our rights in unpatented technology, trade secrets and confidential information effectively.  We require each of our employees and consultants to execute a confidentiality agreement at the commencement of an employment or consulting relationship with us.  However, these agreements may not provide effective protection of our information or, in the event of unauthorized use of disclosure, they may not provide adequate remedies.

Future asbestos claims could harm our business.

We are subject to potential liabilities relating to certain products we manufactured containing asbestos.  We had insurance coverage for asbestos exposures in products prior to November 1, 2003.  Commencing November 1, 2003, insurance coverage for asbestos claims has been unavailable.  Our policy coverage for exposures prior to November 1, 2003, declines ratably, by formula, as the number of years increases since coverage expired.  Accordingly, we continue to have partial insurance coverage for exposure to asbestos contained in our products prior to November 1, 2003.  To date, asbestos claims have not been material to our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

As a result of the termination of the NASA Space Shuttle program, manufacturing of rocket engine insulation material containing asbestos ceased in July 2010.  In December 2011, we dismantled our facility used to manufacture the asbestos-based insulation for the Space Shuttle program.  We have an agreement for indemnification for certain losses we may incur as a result of asbestos claims relating to a product we previously manufactured, but we cannot assure that this indemnification agreement will fully protect us from losses arising from asbestos claims.

To the extent we are not insured or indemnified for losses from asbestos claims relating to our products, asbestos claims could adversely affect our operating results and our financial condition.

Environmental laws and regulations may subject us to significant liability.

Our business and our facilities are subject to a number of federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and ordinances governing, among other things, the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials and certain waste products.  Among these environmental laws are rules by which a current or previous owner or operator of land may be liable for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous materials at such property.  In addition, these laws typically impose liability regardless of whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of any hazardous materials.  Persons who arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous materials may be liable for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of such substances at the disposal or treatment site, regardless of whether the affected site is owned or operated by them.

Because we own and operate, and previously owned and operated, a number of facilities that use, manufacture, store, handle or arrange for the disposal of various hazardous materials, we may incur costs for investigation, removal and remediation, as well as capital costs, associated with compliance with environmental laws.  At the time of our asset acquisition of the Electronic

17


 

Warfare Passive Expendables Division o f BAE Systems North America (BAE), certain environmental remedial activities were required under a Part B Permit issued to the infrared decoy flare facility by the Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality under the Federal Resource Conservation and Rec overy Act. The Part B Permit was transferred to our subsidiary, Armtec, along with the remedial obligations .   Under the terms of the asset purchase agreement, BAE agreed to perform and pay for these remedial obligations at the infrared decoy flare facilit y up to a maximum amount of $25.0 million .   BAE is currently conducting monitoring activities as required under the asset purchase agreement .  

At the end of fiscal 2015, we had a $1.6 million liability related to environmental remediation at a previously sold business for which the Company provided indemnification.

Although environmental costs have not been material in the past, we cannot assure that these matters, or any similar liabilities that arise in the future, will not exceed our resources, nor can we completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials.

An accident at our combustible ordnance or flare countermeasure operations could harm our business.

We are subject to potential liabilities in the event of an accident at our combustible ordnance and flare countermeasure operations.  Our products are highly flammable during certain phases of the manufacturing process.  Accordingly, our facilities are designed to isolate these operations from direct contact with employees.  Our overall safety infrastructure is compliant with regulatory guidelines.  In addition, we utilize hazard detection and intervention systems.  Our employees receive safety training and participate in internal safety demonstrations.  We continuously track safety effectiveness in relation to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, OSHA, and the HSE in the U.K. to help ensure performance is within industry standards.  In addition, we perform on-going process safety hazard analyses, which are conducted by trained safety teams to identify risk areas that arise.  We monitor progress through review of safety action reports that are produced as part of our operations.  Although we believe our safety programs are robust and our compliance with our programs is high, it is possible for an accident to occur.  We have had incidents in the past, including an accident at our Arkansas plant in 2014 that caused one serious injury.  We are insured in excess of our deductible on losses from property, loss of business, and for personal liability claims from an accident; however, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage in the future at an acceptable cost.  Significant losses not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be required to defend lawsuits or pay damages in connection with the alleged or actual harm caused by our products.

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in harm to others or to property.  For example, our operations expose us to potential liabilities for personal injury or death as a result of the failure of an aircraft component that has been designed, manufactured or serviced by us.  We may incur significant liability if product liability lawsuits against us are successful.  While we believe our current general liability and product liability insurance is adequate to protect us from future product liability claims, we cannot assure that coverage will be adequate to cover all claims that may arise.  Additionally, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage in the future at an acceptable cost.  Significant losses not covered by insurance or for which third-party indemnification is not available could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by information technology business disruptions.

Our business may be impacted by information technology attacks or failures.  Cybersecurity attacks, in particular, are evolving and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data, and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information and corruption of data.  We have experienced cybersecurity attacks in the past and may experience them in the future, potentially with more frequency.  We have taken measures to mitigate potential risks to our technology and our operations from these information technology-related potential disruptions.  For example, we utilize third-party software and tools at many domestic operating locations to scan incoming e-mail for viruses and other harmful content and to scan networks maintained by certain of our domestic operating units that exclusively perform U.S. defense work.  However, given the unpredictability of the timing, nature and scope of such disruptions, we could potentially be subject to production downtimes, operational delays, other detrimental impacts on our operations or ability to provide products and services to our customers, the compromising of confidential or otherwise protected information, destruction or corruption of data, security breaches, or other manipulation or improper use of our systems or networks.  We may also experience financial losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability under contracts or pursuant to regulations that require us to maintain confidential and other data securely, and/or damage to our reputation.  Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

 

 

18


 

Item 2.  Properties

The following table summarizes our properties that are greater than 100,000 square feet or related to a principal operation, including identification of the business segment, as of October 2, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

 

or

 

Location

 

Type of Facility

 

Business Segment

 

Footage

 

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brea, CA

 

Office & Plant

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

329,000

 

 

Owned

 

Stillington, U.K.

 

Office & Plant

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

287,000

 

 

Owned

 

East Camden, AR

 

Office & Plant

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

276,000

 

 

Leased

 

Montréal, Canada

 

Office & Plant

 

Avionics & Controls

 

 

272,000

 

 

Owned

 

Everett, WA

 

Office & Plant

 

Avionics & Controls

 

 

216,000

 

 

Leased

 

Champagné, France

 

Office & Plant

 

Sensors & Systems

 

 

191,000

 

 

Owned

 

Coeur d'Alene, ID

 

Office & Plant

 

Avionics & Controls

 

 

140,000

 

 

Leased

 

Coachella, CA

 

Office & Plant

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

140,000

 

 

Owned

 

Kortrijk, Belgium

 

Office & Plant

 

Avionics & Controls

 

 

130,000

 

 

Leased

 

Marolles, France

 

Office & Plant

 

Sensors & Systems

 

 

128,000

 

 

Owned

 

Buena Park, CA

 

Office & Plant

 

Sensors & Systems

 

 

110,000

 

 

Owned*

 

Bourges, France

 

Office & Plant

 

Sensors & Systems

 

 

109,000

 

 

Owned

 

Farnborough, U.K.

 

Office & Plant

 

Sensors & Systems

 

 

103,000

 

 

Leased

 

Kent, WA

 

Office & Plant

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

103,000

 

 

Owned

 

Hampshire, U.K.

 

Office & Plant

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

102,000

 

 

Owned

 

Sylmar, CA

 

Office & Plant

 

Avionics & Controls

 

 

96,000

 

 

Leased

 

Valencia, CA

 

Office & Plant

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

88,000

 

 

Owned

 

Gloucester, U.K.

 

Office & Plant

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

77,000

 

 

Leased

 

 

*  The building is located on a parcel of land covering 16.1 acres that is leased by the Company.

In total, we own approximately 2,300,000 square feet and lease approximately 2,400,000 square feet of manufacturing facilities and properties.

 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.  We believe that adequate reserves for these liabilities have been made and that there is no litigation pending that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part 1, Item 8 of this report for information regarding legal proceedings.

 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

 

19


 

PART II

 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Price of Esterline Common Stock

In Dollars

 

For Fiscal Years

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

$

120.71

 

 

$

98.70

 

 

$

109.96

 

 

$

78.17

 

 

Second

 

 

120.45

 

 

 

103.31

 

 

 

113.06

 

 

 

97.12

 

 

Third

 

 

114.22

 

 

 

85.95

 

 

 

122.52

 

 

 

104.56

 

 

Fourth

 

 

89.15

 

 

 

69.77

 

 

 

120.50

 

 

 

102.65

 

 

Principal Market – New York Stock Exchange

At the end of fiscal 2015, there were approximately 257 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.  On November 23, 2015, there were 256 holders of record of our common stock.

On June 19, 2014, our board of directors approved a $200 million share repurchase program.  On March 11, 2015, our board of directors approved an additional $200 million for the share repurchase program.  Under the program, we are authorized to repurchase up to $400 million of outstanding shares of common stock from time to time, depending on market conditions, share price and other factors.  We made no repurchases of common stock during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.  There is $110.2 million available for purchase under our share repurchase program.  

No cash dividends were paid during fiscal 2015 and 2014.  Our current secured credit facility restricts the amount of dividends we can pay.  We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The following graph shows the performance of the Company’s common stock compared to the S&P 500 Index, the S&P MidCap 400 Index, and the S&P 400 Aerospace & Defense Index for a $100 investment made on October 29, 2010.

 

 

 

20


 

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

Selected Financial Data

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

 

Eleven Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

For Fiscal Years

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Results 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

1,774,449

 

 

$

1,801,127

 

 

$

2,029,471

 

 

$

1,866,659

 

 

$

1,853,467

 

 

$

1,603,400

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

1,185,056

 

 

 

1,176,413

 

 

 

1,314,762

 

 

 

1,168,632

 

 

 

1,182,959

 

 

 

1,041,013

 

 

Selling, general and

   administrative

 

346,781

 

 

 

323,957

 

 

 

361,190

 

 

 

364,149

 

 

 

346,024

 

 

 

277,462

 

 

Research, development and

   engineering

 

91,491

 

 

 

88,656

 

 

 

97,591

 

 

 

88,982

 

 

 

99,560

 

 

 

89,623

 

 

Restructuring charges

 

6,639

 

 

 

12,103

 

 

 

13,642

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Gain on sale of product line

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,264

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Gain on settlement of

   contingency

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(11,891

)

 

 

-

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,454

 

 

 

52,169

 

 

 

-

 

 

Other income

 

(12,503

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,263

)

 

 

(6,853

)

 

Operating earnings from

   continuing operations

 

156,985

 

 

 

199,998

 

 

 

242,286

 

 

 

243,706

 

 

 

185,909

 

 

 

202,155

 

 

Interest income

 

(578

)

 

 

(501

)

 

 

(555

)

 

 

(535

)

 

 

(463

)

 

 

(1,602

)

 

Interest expense

 

30,090

 

 

 

29,986

 

 

 

33,010

 

 

 

39,637

 

 

 

46,227

 

 

 

40,633

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

11,451

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

831

 

 

Earnings from continuing

   operations before

   income taxes

 

116,022

 

 

 

169,980

 

 

 

209,298

 

 

 

203,658

 

 

 

140,145

 

 

 

162,293

 

 

Income tax expense

 

18,956

 

 

 

35,759

 

 

 

43,716

 

 

 

32,803

 

 

 

27,073

 

 

 

26,588

 

 

Earnings from continuing

   operations including

   noncontrolling interests

 

97,066

 

 

 

134,221

 

 

 

165,582

 

 

 

170,855

 

 

 

113,072

 

 

 

135,705

 

 

Earnings (loss) from

   discontinued operations

   attributable to Esterline,

   net of tax

 

(37,053

)

 

 

(59,240

)

 

 

(62,611

)

 

 

(4,391

)

 

 

503

 

 

 

(2,208

)

 

Net earnings attributable

   to Esterline

 

59,612

 

 

 

74,454

 

 

 

102,418

 

 

 

164,734

 

 

 

112,535

 

 

 

133,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit as a percent

   of sales

 

33.2

%

 

 

34.7

%

 

 

35.2

%

 

 

37.4

%

 

 

36.2

%

 

 

35.1

%

 

Selling, general and

   administrative as a

   percent of sales

 

19.5

%

 

 

18.0

%

 

 

17.8

%

 

 

19.5

%

 

 

18.7

%

 

 

17.3

%

 

Research, development and

   engineering as a percent

   of sales

 

5.2

%

 

 

4.9

%

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

5.4

%

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Esterline - diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

$

3.10

 

 

$

4.12

 

 

$

5.09

 

 

$

5.33

 

 

$

3.58

 

 

$

4.34

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

(1.19

)

 

 

(1.83

)

 

 

(1.93

)

 

 

(0.14

)

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

(0.07

)

 

Earnings (loss) per share

   attributable to

   Esterline - diluted

 

1.91

 

 

 

2.29

 

 

 

3.16

 

 

 

5.19

 

 

 

3.60

 

 

 

4.27

 

 

 

 

21


 

Selected Financial Data

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

For Fiscal Years

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Structure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

3,007,030

 

 

$

3,193,467

 

 

$

3,262,112

 

 

$

3,227,117

 

 

$

3,378,586

 

 

Credit facilities

 

160,000

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

130,000

 

 

 

240,000

 

 

 

360,000

 

 

Long-term debt, net

 

707,786

 

 

 

509,720

 

 

 

537,859

 

 

 

598,060

 

 

 

660,028

 

 

Total Esterline shareholders' equity

 

1,537,467

 

 

 

1,887,817

 

 

 

1,873,605

 

 

 

1,610,481

 

 

 

1,562,835

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

   outstanding - diluted

 

31,215

 

 

 

32,448

 

 

 

31,738

 

 

 

31,282

 

 

 

31,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Selected Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows provided (used) by

   operating activities

$

144,295

 

 

$

216,364

 

 

$

250,772

 

 

$

194,171

 

 

$

192,429

 

 

Cash flows provided (used) by

   investing activities

 

(173,568

)

 

 

(89,851

)

 

 

(93,721

)

 

 

(48,502

)

 

 

(869,021

)

 

Cash flows provided (used) by

   financing activities

 

967

 

 

 

(55,208

)

 

 

(141,023

)

 

 

(167,820

)

 

 

436,420

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

(46,789

)

 

 

58,966

 

 

 

18,503

 

 

 

(24,360

)

 

 

(237,085

)

 

EBITDA from continuing

   operations 2

 

245,674

 

 

 

342,342

 

 

 

339,616

 

 

 

277,137

 

 

 

274,513

 

 

Capital expenditures 3

 

49,341

 

 

 

45,678

 

 

 

55,335

 

 

 

49,446

 

 

 

49,507

 

 

Interest expense

 

30,090

 

 

 

33,010

 

 

 

39,637

 

 

 

46,227

 

 

 

40,633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

   from continuing operations

 

88,689

 

 

 

100,056

 

 

 

95,910

 

 

 

91,228

 

 

 

72,358

 

 

Ratio of debt to EBITDA 4

 

3.5

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

1

Operating results reflect the segregation of continuing operations from discontinued operations.  See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Operating results include the acquisitions of DAT in January 2015, Sunbank in December 2013, Gamesman in February 2013, and Souriau in July 2011.  See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

2

EBITDA from continuing operations is a measurement not calculated in accordance with GAAP.  We define EBITDA from continuing operations as operating earnings from continuing operations plus depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt issuance costs).  We do not intend EBITDA from continuing operations to represent cash flows from continuing operations or any other items calculated in accordance with GAAP, or as an indicator of Esterline’s operating performance.  Our definition of EBITDA from continuing operations may not be comparable with EBITDA from continuing operations as defined by other companies.  We believe EBITDA is commonly used by financial analysts and others in the aerospace and defense industries and thus provides useful information to investors. Our management and certain financial creditors use EBITDA as one measure of our leverage capacity and debt servicing ability, and is shown here with respect to Esterline for comparative purposes.  EBITDA is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses by us.  EBITDA includes goodwill impairment charges of $3,454 and $52,169 in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The following table reconciles operating earnings from continuing operations to EBITDA from continuing operations:

 

  In Thousands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   For Fiscal Years

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Operating earnings from

     continuing operations

$

156,985

 

 

$

242,286

 

 

$

243,706

 

 

$

185,909

 

 

$

202,155

 

 

  Depreciation and amortization

     from continuing operations

 

88,689

 

 

 

100,056

 

 

 

95,910

 

 

 

91,228

 

 

 

72,358

 

 

  EBITDA from continuing

     operations

$

245,674

 

 

$

342,342

 

 

$

339,616

 

 

$

277,137

 

 

$

274,513

 

 

 

3

Excludes capital expenditures accounted for as a capitalized lease obligation of $2,753 and $11,691 in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.

4

We define the ratio of debt to EBITDA as total debt divided by EBITDA.

22


 

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes in Item 8 of this report.  This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions.  Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section in Item 1 of this report and the “Risk Factors” section in Item 1A of this report.

We changed our fiscal year to the twelve months ending the last Friday in September, effective beginning with the year ending on September 30, 2016.  As a result, our current fiscal period was shortened from twelve months to an eleven-month transition period ended on October 2, 2015.  We reported our first fiscal quarter as the three months ended January 30, 2015, second fiscal quarter as the three months ended May 1, 2015, and third fiscal quarter as the three months ended July 31, 2015, followed by a two-month transition period ended October 2, 2015.

When financial results for the 2015 transition period are compared to financial results for the prior-year period, the results compare the eleven-month periods ended October 2, 2015, and September 26, 2014.  When financial results for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 are compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the results compare the two-month periods ended October 2, 2015, and September 26, 2014.  The results for the eleven-month period and two-month period ended September 26, 2014, are unaudited.  When financial results for fiscal 2014 are compared with financial results for fiscal 2013, the results compare our previous fiscal years, or the twelve-month periods ended October 31, 2014, and October 25, 2013.  The following tables show the months included in the various comparison periods:

 

Fiscal 2015 (11-month) Results Compared with Fiscal 2014 (11-month recast, unaudited)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2015 (11-month)

 

Fiscal 2014 (11-month recast, unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

November 2014 - September 2015

 

November 2013 - September 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2015 (2-month, unaudited) Results

Compared with Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2014 (2-month recast, unaudited)

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2015 (2-month, unaudited)

 

Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2014 (2-month recast, unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

August 2015 - September 2015

 

August 2014 - September 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014 Results Compared with Fiscal 2013

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

November 2013 - October 2014

 

November 2012 - October 2013

 

 

 

 

 

OVERVIEW

We operate our businesses in three segments:  Avionics & Controls, Sensors & Systems and Advanced Materials.  Our segments are structured around our technical capabilities.  All segments include sales to domestic, international, defense and commercial customers.

The Avionics & Controls segment includes avionics systems, control and communication systems, and interface technologies capabilities.  Avionics systems designs and develops cockpit systems integration and avionics solutions for commercial and military applications.  Control and communication systems designs and manufactures technology interface systems for military and commercial aircraft and land- and sea-based military vehicles.  Additionally, control and communication systems designs and manufactures military audio and data products for severe battlefield environments and communication control systems to enhance security and aural clarity in military applications.  Defense, aerospace and training display (DAT), which will be integrated into our avionics systems and control and communication systems capabilities, develops and manufactures visualization solutions for a variety of demanding defense and commercial aerospace applications.  Interface technologies manufactures and develops custom control panels and input systems for medical, industrial, military and gaming industries.

The Sensors & Systems segment includes power systems, connection technologies and advanced sensors capabilities.  Power systems develops and manufactures electrical power switching and other related systems, principally for aerospace and defense

23


 

customers.  Conne ction technologies develops and manufactures highly engineered connectors for harsh environments and serves the aerospace, defense & space, power generation, rail and industrial equipment markets.  Advanced sensors develops and manufactures high precision temperature and pressure sensors for a erospace and defense customers.

The Advanced Materials segment includes engineered materials and defense technologies capabilities.  Engineered materials develops and manufactures thermally engineered components and high-performance elastomer products used in a wide range of commercial aerospace and military applications.  Defense technologies develops and manufactures combustible ordnance components and warfare countermeasure devices for military customers.

Our current business and strategic plan focuses on the continued development of products and solutions principally for aerospace and defense markets.  We are concentrating our efforts to expand our capabilities in these markets, anticipate the global needs of our customers and respond to such needs with comprehensive solutions.  These efforts focus on continuous research and new product development, acquisitions and strategic realignments of operations to expand our capabilities as a more comprehensive supplier to our customers across our entire product offering.

On January 31, 2015, we acquired the DAT business of Belgium-based Barco N.V. (Barco) for €150 million net of acquired cash, or approximately $171 million in cash.  A working capital adjustment of approximately $15 million was received from Barco in September 2015.  We financed the acquisition primarily using international cash reserves, with the balance funded by borrowings under our existing credit facility.  We incurred a $2.9 million foreign currency exchange loss in funding the acquisition at the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2015.  DAT develops and manufactures visualization solutions for a variety of demanding defense and commercial aerospace applications.  DAT employs roughly 600 people in Belgium, France, Israel, Singapore and the U.S.  The display business is included in our Avionics & Controls segment.

In September 2014, our board of directors approved the plan to sell certain non-core business units including Eclipse Electronic Systems, Inc. (Eclipse), a manufacturer of embedded communication intercept receivers for signal intelligence applications; Wallop Defence Systems, Ltd. (Wallop), a manufacturer of flare countermeasure devices; Pacific Aerospace and Electronics Inc. (PA&E), a manufacturer of hermetically sealed electrical connectors; and a small distribution business. These businesses are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.  Based upon the estimated fair values, we incurred an after-tax loss of $49.5 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 on the assets held for sale in discontinued operations.

On June 5, 2015, we sold Eclipse for $7.9 million.  We retained ownership of the land, building and building improvements, which are being held for sale.  In addition, on July 20, 2015, we sold PA&E for $22.3 million.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we approved a plan to sell a small manufacturing business included in our Avionics & Controls segment, which is reported as discontinued operations in all periods presented.  During fiscal 2015 and 2014, we incurred a loss on discontinued operations of $37.1 million and $59.2 million, respectively.

On June 19, 2014, our board of directors approved a share repurchase program and authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of outstanding shares of common stock.  In March 2015, our board of directors authorized an additional $200 million for repurchase of outstanding shares of common stock under the program.  Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $400 million of the outstanding shares of common stock from time to time, depending on market conditions, share price and other factors.  During fiscal 2014 we repurchased 269,228 shares under this program at an average price paid per share of $112.40, for an aggregate purchase price of $30.3 million.  During fiscal 2015, we repurchased 2,562,122 shares under this program at an average price paid per share of $101.29, for an aggregate purchase price of $259.5 million.

In March 2014, we entered into a Consent Agreement with the U.S. Department of State’s Directorate of Defense Trade Controls Office of Defense Trade Controls Compliance (DDTC) to resolve alleged International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) civil violations.  Among other things, the Consent Agreement requires us to pay a $20 million penalty, of which $10 million was suspended and eligible for offset credit based upon verified expenditures for past and future remedial actions, and to continue to implement ongoing compliance measures and to implement additional remedial measures related to ITAR compliance activities.  Compliance expense associated with these measures was $18.3 million in fiscal 2015 compared with $8.3 million in fiscal 2014.  We estimate that we will incur approximately $18 million in remedial compliance expense in fiscal 2016.  More information about the Consent Agreement is set forth in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this report.

In December 2013, we acquired the Sunbank Family of Companies, LLC (Sunbank) for $51.7 million.  The purchase price included $5 million in additional contingent consideration based upon achievement of certain sales levels over a two-year period.  We paid the first installment of $1.3 million in the third fiscal quarter of 2015.  Sunbank is a manufacturer of electrical cable accessories, connectors, and flexible conduit systems.  Sunbank is included in the Sensors & Systems segment.

24


 

On December 5, 2013, we announced the acceleration of our plans to consolidate certain facilities and create cost efficiencies through shared services in sales, general and administrative and support functions.   Total restructuring expense s were $17.4 million, or 1.0 % of sales, in fiscal 2014.   Restructuring expenses we re mainly comprised of $ 5.3  million in severance , $9.5  million in exit and relocation of facilities expenses, and a $2.6  million loss on the write off of certain property, p lant and equipment.  Total restructuring expenses were $11.7 million, or 0.7% of sa les, for fiscal 2015.   Restructuring expenses were mainly comprised of $ 2.2  million in severance , $8.8  million in exit and relocation of facilities expenses, and a $0.7  million loss on the write off of certain property, p lant and equipment.   Expense saving s were $14.6 million for fiscal 2015.   Restructuring expenses are expected to be approximately $16 million in fiscal 2016, which includes DAT integration expense of $12 million.

For further explanation about changes in sales and gross margin in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 over the prior-year period, please see the table at the end of the Overview section for a roll forward presentation of sales and gross margin.

Sales for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 increased by $36.4 million, or 11.6%, to $349.6 million, over the prior-year period, reflecting a $39 million effect of a nine-week period in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 compared to an eight-week period in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and incremental sales from the DAT acquisition of $20 million.  These increases were partially offset by the effects of a weakening Canadian dollar, U.K. pound and euro compared to the prior-year period of $17 million.  Sales volume decreased by $2 million compared with the prior-year period, and was mainly due to lower demand for Advanced Materials segment products for defense applications of $19 million partially offset by increased sales volumes of Avionics & Controls and Sensors & Systems products of $17 million.

Consolidated gross margin was 32.7% in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 compared with 32.6% in the prior-year period.  Gross margin in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 benefited from higher sales volumes due to the nine-week period in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 compared with the eight-week period in fiscal 2014.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $6.1 million, by 10.8%, to $62.4 million over the prior-year period.  The increase in selling, general and administrative expense reflected incremental selling, general and administrative expenses from the acquisition of DAT of $7.1 million.  These increases were partially offset by the favorable translation effects of foreign currencies.

Research, development and engineering spending decreased by $1.1 million over the prior-year period to 3.7% of sales due to decreased research, development and engineering expenses of Sensors & Systems.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we refinanced our debt with the redemption of our 7% Senior Notes due in 2020.  Our new credit facility currently bears an interest rate of 1.71% and the €330.0 million Senior Notes due in 2023 bear interest at 3.625%.  Our debt level increased over last year, so notwithstanding lower interest rates for our outstanding debt, we expect interest expense to be approximately $30 million in fiscal 2016, which is the same as it was for fiscal 2015.  In connection with our redemption of our 7% Senior Notes due 2020, we incurred an $8.75 million redemption premium and wrote off $2.4 million in unamortized debt issuance costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.

The income tax rate was 1.3% in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 compared with 19.1% in the prior-year period, mainly reflecting certain discrete tax benefits and additional tax benefits resulting from DAT operating losses.

Earnings from continuing operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 were $20.7 million, or $0.69 per diluted share, compared with $20 million, or $0.63 per diluted share, in the prior-year period.  Loss from discontinued operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 was $17.7 million, or $0.59 per diluted share, compared with $51.5 million, or $1.61 per diluted share, in the prior-year period.  Net income in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 was $3 million, or $0.10 per diluted share, compared with a loss of $31.4 million, or $0.98 per diluted share, in the prior-year period.

Sales for fiscal 2015 decreased $27 million, or 1.5%, to $1.8 billion over fiscal 2014.  Sales decreased $84 million due to the effects of a weakening Canadian dollar, U.K. pound and euro compared with the prior-year period.  Additionally, sales decreased $18 million due to the settlement of forward foreign currency contracts qualifying under hedge accounting.  These decreases were partially offset by $88 million in incremental sales from the DAT and Sunbank acquisitions.  Sales volume decreased $12 million compared with the prior-year period, and was mainly due to lower demand for Advanced Materials products for defense applications of $20 million and a $3 million decrease on sales of Avionics & Controls.  These decreases were partially offset by an $11 million increase on sales of Sensors & Systems power system products.

Consolidated gross margin was 33.2% in fiscal 2015 compared with 34.7% in the prior-year period, reflecting lower gross margin on sales of Avionics & Controls and Advanced Materials products.  Gross margin was largely impacted by the effect of weakening foreign currencies and the settlement of foreign currency forward contracts, higher manufacturing costs and a lower recovery of fixed costs due to decreased sales volumes.  Gross margin was further impacted by an inventory fair value adjustment due to the shipment of acquired DAT inventory recognized at fair value.

25


 

S elling, general and administrative expense increased by $22.8 million and by 1.6 percentage points over fiscal 2014 to 19.5% of sales, reflecting incremental selling, general and administrative expenses from the DAT acquisition of $24.9 million and increas ed corporate expenses of $13.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in segment selling, general and administrative expense.  The increase in corporate expense was mainly due to increased expenses for compliance activities.  The decrease in segment selli ng, general and administrative expense was principally due to the effect of translating selling, general and administrative expenses denominated in non-U.S. functional currencies to the U.S. dollar.

Research, development and engineering spending increased by $2.8 million over fiscal 2014 to 5.2% of sales.  The increase in research, development and engineering spending principally reflects incremental research, development and engineering expense from the DAT acquisition of $10.5 million, partially offset by lower spending on Avionics & Controls developments.

During fiscal 2015 we recognized a $15.7 million gain in other income and a $2.4 million reduction in interest expense upon the lapse of a statutory period related to a liability for a non-income tax position of an acquired company.  In addition, we incurred a $2.9 million loss in other income on foreign currency exchange resulting from the funding of the acquisition of DAT.

The income tax rate was 16.3% in fiscal 2015 compared with 21.0% in the prior-year period, mainly reflecting additional tax benefits resulting from DAT operating losses.

Earnings from continuing operations in fiscal 2015 were $96.7 million, or $3.10 per diluted share, compared with $133.7 million, or $4.12 per diluted share, in the prior-year period.  Loss from discontinued operations in fiscal 2015 was $37.1 million, or $1.19 per diluted share, compared with $59.2 million, or $1.83 per diluted share, in the prior-year period.  Net income for fiscal 2015 was $59.6 million, or $1.91 per diluted share, compared with $74.5 million, or $2.29 per diluted share, in the prior-year period.

Cash flows from operating activities were $144.3 million in fiscal 2015 compared with $161.9 million in the prior-year period.

Our sales, gross margin and earnings results for the two-month and eleven-month period ended October 2, 2015, compared with the two-month and eleven-month period ended September 26, 2014, included a number of significant items which are summarized in the tables below.

The following is a roll forward of sales and gross margin from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015:

 

In Thousands

Avionics &

 

 

Sensors &

 

 

Advanced

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Controls

 

 

Systems

 

 

Materials

 

 

Total

 

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two-month period ended September 26, 2014

$

112,412

 

 

$

110,719

 

 

$

90,069

 

 

$

313,200

 

 

Foreign currency loss

 

(3,180

)

 

 

(12,007

)

 

 

(1,775

)

 

 

(16,962

)

 

Forward contract loss

 

(2,699

)

 

 

(1,117

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,816

)

 

Nine week vs. eight week

 

14,107

 

 

 

13,857

 

 

 

11,276

 

 

 

39,240

 

 

Acquired business

 

19,979

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19,979

 

 

Sales volume

 

10,467

 

 

 

6,383

 

 

 

(18,864

)

 

 

(2,014

)

 

Two-month period ended October 2, 2015

$

151,086

 

 

$

117,835

 

 

$

80,706

 

 

$

349,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Margin:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two-month period ended September 26, 2014

 

34,324

 

 

 

37,880

 

 

 

29,896

 

 

 

102,100

 

 

Foreign currency gain (loss)

 

(306

)

 

 

(2,997

)

 

 

(583

)

 

 

(3,886

)

 

Forward contract loss

 

(2,616

)

 

 

(1,117

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,733

)

 

Nine week vs. eight week

 

4,990

 

 

 

4,735

 

 

 

3,737

 

 

 

13,462

 

 

Acquired business

 

2,118

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,118

 

 

Volume/mix

 

7,659

 

 

 

1,760

 

 

 

(4,224

)

 

 

5,195

 

 

DAT inventory fair value adjustment

 

(1,564

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,564

)

 

Lower (higher) manufacturing costs

 

(2,432

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,432

)

 

Inventory reserves and EAC adjustment

 

5,438

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,438

 

 

Other

 

109

 

 

 

(884

)

 

 

(1,758

)

 

 

(2,533

)

 

Two-month period ended October 2, 2015

$

47,720

 

 

$

39,377

 

 

$

27,068

 

 

$

114,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26


 

The following is a roll forward of sales and gross margin from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015:

 

In Thousands

Avionics &

 

 

Sensors &

 

 

Advanced

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Controls

 

 

Systems

 

 

Materials

 

 

Total

 

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eleven-month period ended September 26, 2014

$

668,595

 

 

$

689,850

 

 

$

442,682

 

 

$

1,801,127

 

 

Foreign currency loss

 

(9,593

)

 

 

(65,479

)

 

 

(9,268

)

 

 

(84,340

)

 

Forward contract loss

 

(10,550

)

 

 

(7,634

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(18,184

)

 

Acquired business

 

82,525

 

 

 

5,065

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

87,590

 

 

Sales volume

 

(3,176

)

 

 

11,644

 

 

 

(20,212

)

 

 

(11,744

)

 

Eleven-month period ended October 2, 2015

$

727,801

 

 

$

633,446

 

 

$

413,202

 

 

$

1,774,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Margin:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eleven-month period ended September 26, 2014

 

241,826

 

 

 

232,446

 

 

 

150,442

 

 

 

624,714

 

 

Foreign currency gain (loss)

 

4,492

 

 

 

(11,036

)

 

 

(2,645

)

 

 

(9,189

)

 

Forward contract loss

 

(10,473

)

 

 

(7,634

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(18,107

)

 

Acquired business

 

26,350

 

 

 

1,974

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

28,324

 

 

Volume/mix

 

(14,515

)

 

 

5,939

 

 

 

(6,604

)

 

 

(15,180

)

 

DAT inventory fair value adjustment

 

(7,021

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7,021

)

 

Lower (higher) manufacturing costs/lower

   recovery of fixed costs

 

(5,554

)

 

 

2,221

 

 

 

(7,917

)

 

 

(11,250

)

 

Inventory reserves and EAC adjustment

 

(2,371

)

 

 

630

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,741

)

 

Other

 

2,188

 

 

 

(3,322

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(1,157

)

 

Eleven-month period ended October 2, 2015

$

234,922

 

 

$

221,218

 

 

$

133,253

 

 

$

589,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of Operations

For further explanation, please see the roll forward table of sales and gross margin at the end of the Overview section.

Fiscal 2015 Compared with Fiscal 2014

Sales for fiscal 2015 decreased 1.5% from fiscal 2014.  Sales by segment were as follows:

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

From Prior Year

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics & Controls

 

8.9%

 

$

727,801

 

 

$

668,595

 

 

Sensors & Systems

 

(8.2)%

 

 

633,446

 

 

 

689,850

 

 

Advanced Materials

 

(6.7)%

 

 

413,202

 

 

 

442,682

 

 

Total Net Sales

 

 

 

$

1,774,449

 

 

$

1,801,127

 

 

 

The $59.2 million, or 8.9%, increase in Avionics & Controls sales over fiscal 2014 reflected incremental sales from the DAT acquisition of $83 million.  This increase was partially offset by the effect of weakening foreign currencies, which reduced segment sales by $10 million compared with the prior-year period.  In addition, the settlement of forward foreign currency contracts qualifying under hedge accounting reduced sales by $11 million.  Sales volume decreased by $3 million and mainly reflected lower sales of avionics systems for defense applications of $10 million partially offset by higher sales of interface technologies for gaming applications of $8 million.

The $56.4 million, or 8.2%, decrease in Sensors & Systems sales over fiscal 2014 reflected the impact of weakening foreign currencies of $65 million and the impact of forward contracts under hedge accounting of $8 million.  This decrease in sales was partially offset by incremental sales from the Sunbank acquisition of $5 million.  Sales volume increased by $12 million, reflecting a $7 million increase in advanced sensors sales for OEM and aftermarket and an $11 million increase in power systems sales for commercial aviation applications.  These increases were partially offset by an $8 million decrease in connection technologies sales mainly due to lower demand from defense and industrial customers, including oil and gas.  

The $29.5 million, or 6.7%, decrease in Advanced Materials sales compared with fiscal 2014 reflected a $20 million decrease in sales volume and a $9 million impact of weakening foreign currencies.  The decrease in sales volume reflected a $16 million

27


 

decrease in defense technologies sales due to lower demand for flare countermeasures and a $4 million decrease in sales of engineer ed materials due to lower demand for defense applications.

Foreign sales originating from non-U.S. locations, including export sales by domestic operations, totaled $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively, and accounted for 60.2% and 61.9% of our sales in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Overall, gross margin as a percentage of sales was 33.2% and 34.7% for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Gross margin was $589.4 million and $624.7 million for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Gross margin was impacted by restructuring expense of $5.1 million, or 0.3% of sales, for fiscal 2015, and $5.3 million, or 0.3% of sales, in fiscal 2014.

Avionics & Controls segment gross margin as a percentage of sales was 32.3% and 36.2% for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Segment gross margin was $234.9 million compared with $241.8 million in the prior-year period.  The decrease in gross margin reflected a $15 million decrease on sales of avionics systems, an $8 million decrease on sales of control and communication systems, and a $3 million decrease on sales of interface technologies.  The decrease in avionics systems gross margin was mainly due to lower sales volumes of $8 million, a $1 million inventory write-off due to the uncertainty over a specific cockpit integration program, and a $2 million estimate-at-completion adjustment due to development program realignments.  Additionally, gross margin was impacted by the effect of foreign currencies and the settlement of forward contracts of $5 million.  The decrease in control and communication systems was mainly due to lower sales volumes and mix of $4 million and higher manufacturing costs of $4 million.  The decrease in interface technologies gross margin was mainly due to sales mix.  These decreases were partially offset by incremental gross profit from the DAT acquisition of $19 million.  DAT gross profit included the effect of shipping acquired inventory valued at fair value at acquisition.  A fair value adjustment of $7 million lowered incremental gross profit from DAT from $26 million to $19 million.

Sensors & Systems segment gross margin was 34.9% and 33.7% for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Segment gross profit was $221.2 million and $232.4 million for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The decrease in gross margin mainly reflected a $10 million decrease on sales of connection technologies, and a $2 million decrease on sales of advanced sensors, partially offset by a $1 million increase on sales of power systems.  The decrease in connection technologies gross margin was due to lower sales volumes of $4 million and the effects of weakening foreign currencies of $8 million, partially offset by incremental gross margin from the Sunbank acquisition.  The decrease in advanced sensors gross margin was due to the effect of weakening foreign currencies and the settlement of forward contracts of $4 million and higher cost initiative expense of $2 million, partially offset by higher sales volume and mix.  The increase in gross margin of power systems was due to higher sales volume and mix of $5 million and lower manufacturing expense of $2 million, partially offset by the effect of weakening foreign currencies of $7 million.

Advanced Materials segment gross margin was 32.2% and 34.0% for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Segment gross profit was $133.3 million and $150.4 million for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The decrease in segment gross margin principally reflected lower gross margin on sales of engineered materials of $17 million, mainly due lower sales volume and mix of $3 million, a lower recovery of fixed costs of $4 million and higher operating expenses of $7 million due mainly to manufacturing inefficiencies and the effects of weakening foreign currencies of $3 million.  Defense technologies gross margin was even with prior-year period.  The impact of lower sales volumes of $4 million was offset by lower manufacturing costs from our cost initiative project.

Selling, general and administrative expenses (which include corporate expenses) totaled $346.8 million, or 19.5% of sales, and $324.0 million, or 18.0% of sales, for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The increase in selling, general and administrative expense reflected incremental selling, general and administrative expenses from the DAT acquisition of $24.9 million and increased corporate expenses of $13.9 million, partially offset by a decrease in segment selling, general and administrative expense.  The increase in corporate expense was mainly due to higher compliance expense and $3.5 million in higher pension costs due to our settlement with vested terminated pension plan participants.  These increases in corporate expense were partially offset by a $9 million reduction in incentive compensation.  The decrease in segment selling, general and administrative expense reflected the effect of translating selling, general and administrative expenses denominated in non-U.S. functional currencies to the U.S. dollar of $19.0 million and a decrease in segment incentive compensation expense of $4.3 million.  These decreases were partially offset by a $2.1 million write-off of fixed assets associated with an avionics systems program and mainly higher compliance expense.

In fiscal 2014, we offered vested terminated participants of our U.S. pension plan a one-time opportunity to elect a lump-sum payment from the plan in lieu of a lifetime annuity.  In the first fiscal quarter of 2015, we made $16.6 million in lump-sum payments to vested terminated pension plan participants from the plan, which resulted in an actuarial settlement charge of $3.5 million.

28


 

Total restructuring expenses were $11.7 million, or 0.7% of sales, in fiscal 2015, of which $6.6 million is reported separately as restructuring expenses and $5.1 million is include d in cost of goods sold.  Total restructuring expenses were $17.4 million, or 1.0% of sales, in fiscal 2014, of which $12.1 million is reported separately as restructuring expenses and $5.3 million is included in cost of goods sold.

Research, development and engineering spending was $91.5 million, or 5.2% of sales, for fiscal 2015 compared with $88.7 million, or 4.9% of sales, for fiscal 2014.  The increase in research, development and engineering spending reflects incremental research, development and engineering expense from the DAT acquisition of $10.5 million, partially offset by lower spending on control and communication systems developments.  Fiscal 2016 research, development and engineering spending is expected to be approximately 5% of sales.

Segment earnings (operating earnings excluding corporate expenses and other income or expense) for fiscal 2015 totaled $218.6 million, or 12.3% of sales, compared with $260.3 million, or 14.5% of sales, for fiscal 2014.  Excluding restructuring expenses of $11.7 million, segment earnings were $230.4 million, or 13.0% of sales, for fiscal 2015.  Excluding restructuring expenses of $17.4 million, segment earnings were $277.8 million, or 15.4% of sales, for fiscal 2014.

Avionics & Controls segment earnings were $65.9 million, or 9.1% of sales, in fiscal 2015 compared with $92.2 million, or 13.8% of sales, in fiscal 2014, mainly reflecting a $5 million decrease in avionics systems, a $16 million incremental loss from the DAT acquisition, and a $5 million decrease in control and communication systems earnings.  The decrease in avionics systems earnings mainly reflected lower gross margin as explained above, partially offset by an $8 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expense and a $1 million decrease in research, development and engineering.  The decrease in avionics systems selling, general and administrative expense was mainly due to gains on monetary assets and translation gains and lower restructuring expenses.  The decrease in earnings from sales of control and communication systems principally reflected lower gross margin as explained above, partially offset by lower research, engineering and development expense and selling, general and administrative expenses.  Segment restructuring expenses were $0.7 million and $5.1 million in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The effect of foreign currencies and settlement of forward contracts on segment earnings had a favorable $2 million impact in fiscal 2015 compared with the prior-year period.

Sensors & Systems segment earnings were $71.8 million, or 11.3% of sales, in fiscal 2015 compared with $73.7 million, or 10.7% of sales, in fiscal 2014, reflecting a $10 million decrease in gross margin on sales of connection technologies as described above, substantially offset by lower selling, general and administrative expenses due to foreign currency translation gains.  Additionally, segment restructuring expenses were $7.1 million and $6.8 million in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The effect of foreign currencies and settlement of forward contracts on segment earnings had an unfavorable $3 million impact in fiscal 2015 compared with the prior-year period.

Advanced Materials segment earnings were $81.0 million, or 19.6% of sales, for fiscal 2015 compared with $94.5 million, or 21.3% of sales, for fiscal 2014, primarily reflecting lower earnings from sales of engineered materials.  Earnings from sales of defense technologies improved mainly due to lower restructuring expense.  Segment restructuring expense was $2.8 million and $4.9 million in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The effect of foreign currencies and settlement of forward contracts on segment earnings had an unfavorable $2 million impact in fiscal 2015 compared with the prior-year period.

Interest expense was $30.1 million during fiscal 2015, compared with $30.0 million in the prior-year period.

The income tax rates were 16.3% and 21.0% for fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The income tax rate was lower than the statutory rate, as both years benefited from various tax credits and certain foreign interest expense deductions.  During fiscal 2015, we recognized $1 million of discrete tax benefits principally related to the following items.  The first item was a $1.5 million tax benefit due to the retroactive extension of the U.S. federal research and experimentation credits.  The second item was a $1.2 million tax benefit due to the release of reserves upon the expiration of a statute of limitations.  The third item was a $1.7 million tax expense due to the income tax return to provision adjustments.  During fiscal 2014, we recognized $1.6 million of discrete tax benefits principally related to the following items.  The first item was a $0.9 million tax benefit due to the release of reserves upon the expiration of a statute of limitations.  The second item consisted of income tax return to provision adjustments of $0.7 million.

We expect the income tax rate to be approximately 22% in fiscal 2016.

It is reasonably possible that within the next twelve months approximately $0.9 million of tax benefits associated with research and experimentation tax credits, capital and operating losses that are currently unrecognized could be recognized as a result of settlement of examinations and/or expiration of a statute of limitations.

New orders for fiscal 2015 were $1.9 billion compared with $1.8 billion for fiscal 2014.  Orders by segment for fiscal 2015 increased for our Avionics & Controls segment compared to the prior-year period due to the acquisition of DAT.  Orders for

29


 

Sensors & Systems and Advanced Materials decreased compared to the prior-year period mainly due to the effects of foreign currency and the timing of receiving orders.  Backlog at October 2, 2015, was $1.2 billion compared with $1.1 billion at October 31, 2014.  Approximately $300 million is scheduled to be delivered after fiscal 2016.  Backlog is subject to cancellation until delivery.

 

Fiscal 2014 Compared with Fiscal 2013

Sales for fiscal 2014 increased 8.7% over the prior year. Sales by segment were as follows:

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

From Prior Year

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics & Controls

 

 

6.9%

 

 

$

766,838

 

 

$

717,656

 

 

Sensors & Systems

 

 

14.1%

 

 

 

771,369

 

 

 

676,331

 

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

3.9%

 

 

 

491,264

 

 

 

472,672

 

 

Total Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,029,471

 

 

$

1,866,659

 

 

 

The 6.9% increase in Avionics & Controls sales mainly reflected increased sales volumes of control and communication systems of $21 million and interface technologies of $30 million.  The increase in control and communication systems sales mainly reflected increased sales volumes of control panels and switches of $15 million for OEM commercial aviation applications.  Additionally, the increase reflected higher sales volumes of communication systems to enhance security and aural clarity in military communication applications of $10 million.  The increase in interface technologies sales reflected higher gaming sales.

The 14.1% increase in sales of Sensors & Systems principally reflected increased sales of connection technologies of $60 million and power systems of $23 million.  The increase in connection technologies reflected incremental sales from the Sunbank acquisition of $33 million and higher sales volumes of connection technologies for commercial aviation and industrial applications.  The increase in power systems sales mainly reflected higher OEM sales for commercial aviation applications.  Advanced sensors sales increased $12 million on improved OEM sales partially offset by lower aftermarket sales.  For fiscal 2014, segment sales also benefited from a stronger euro and U.K. pound relative to the U.S. dollar compared with the prior-year period.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the euro and U.K. pound weakened relative to the U.S. dollar.

The 3.9% increase in sales of Advanced Materials principally reflected increased sales of engineered materials for defense and commercial aviation applications of $43 million, partially offset by lower sales volumes of defense technologies of $25 million due to lower sales of countermeasures and combustible ordnance.

Foreign sales originating from non-U.S. locations, including export sales by domestic operations, totaled $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively, and accounted for 61.9% and 60.0% of our sales in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Overall, gross margin as a percentage of sales was 35.2% and 37.4% in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Gross profit was $714.7 million and $698.0 million in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Gross margin was impacted by restructuring expense of $6.7 million, or 0.3% of sales, in fiscal 2014.

Avionics & Controls segment gross margin was 37.3% and 38.9% for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Segment gross profit was $286.1 million compared with $279.2 million in the prior-year period.  The increase reflected increased gross profit on higher gaming sales.  The decrease in segment gross margin as a percentage of sales reflected lower margins on sales of control panels, displays and cockpit control devices due to lower spare sales, product mix and a decreased recovery of fixed overhead due to lower sales of cockpit control devices.

Sensors & Systems segment gross margin was 34.0% and 37.6% for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Segment gross profit was $262.3 million and $254.4 million for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase in gross profit mainly reflected incremental gross profit from the Sunbank acquisition of $4 million and increased gross profit on higher sales of power systems for commercial aviation. The decrease in segment gross margin as a percentage of sales principally reflected lower margins on sales of connection technologies and advanced sensors.  The decrease in gross margin on connection technologies was due to a $1.4 million fair value of inventory adjustment resulting from the Sunbank acquisition and Sunbank’s current gross margin being lower than segment gross margin.  In addition, connection technologies had lower defense sales and lower recovery of fixed overhead.  The decrease in advanced sensors gross margin reflected lower aftermarket sales and higher operating expenses.

30


 

Advanced Materials segment gross margin was 33.9% and 34 .8% for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Segment gross profit was $166.4 million and $164.4 million for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The increase in gross profit was principally due to higher sales of elastomer materials primarily for defense a pplications, partially offset by a $19 million reduction in gross profit on sales of defense technologies.   The decrease in defense technologies gross profit reflected lower sales of combustible ordnance and flare count ermeasures .   The decrease in gross ma rgin as a percent of sales was mainly due to lower first pass yields on the production of flare countermeasure devices.

Selling, general and administrative expenses (which include corporate expenses) decreased to $361.2 million, or 17.8% of sales, in fiscal 2014 compared with $364.1 million, or 19.5% of sales, in fiscal 2013.  The $3.0 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses mainly reflects a $7.7 million decrease in segment expense (excluding $12.8 million in restructuring expense), partially offset by a $5.3 million increase in corporate expense.   The decrease in segment expense principally reflects a $10.9 million decrease in pension expense, partially offset by incremental selling, general and administrative expense from the acquisition of Sunbank.  The increase in corporate expense reflects higher compliance expense and acquisition expense, partially offset by the $10 million charge for the DDTC matter in the prior-year period.

Research, development and related engineering spending increased to $97.6 million, or 4.8% of sales, in fiscal 2014 compared with $89.0 million, or 4.8% of sales, in fiscal 2013.  The increase in research, development and engineering spending principally reflects higher spending on avionics systems, power systems and advanced sensors.

Segment earnings for fiscal 2014 were $310.6 million, or 15.3% of sales, compared with $305.9 million, or 16.4% of sales, for fiscal 2013.  Excluding restructuring expenses of $20.3 million, segment earnings were $330.9 million, or 16.3% of sales, for fiscal 2014.  Segment earnings in fiscal 2013 were impacted by the $3.5 million impairment charge against goodwill of Racal Acoustics.

Avionics & Controls segment earnings were $119.6 million, or 15.6% of sales, in fiscal 2014 compared with $108.2 million, or 15.1% of sales, in fiscal 2013.  The $11.4 million increase in segment earnings reflected a $9 million increase in control and communication earnings.  The increase in control and communication earnings was due to a $3 million improvement in operating results on sales of communication systems to enhance security and aural clarity in military communication applications and increased earnings on sales of secure communication devices.  The prior-year period was impacted by a $3.5 million goodwill impairment of Racal Acoustics, which was substantially offset by a $2.3 million gain on the sale of a product line and certain contractual recoveries of non-recurring engineering expense.  In addition, earnings from sales of interface technologies increased $4 million on higher gaming sales.  Segment earnings were partially offset by a $2 million decrease in earnings on sales of avionics systems.  Avionics systems earnings were impacted by $4 million in restructuring charges, net of $1 million in savings, a $5 million increase in the estimate at completion expense for certain long-term contracts, and a $4 million increase in research, development and engineering, all of which was partially offset by favorable foreign currency exchange gains and government development credits.

Sensors & Systems segment earnings were $86.1 million, or 11.2% of sales, in fiscal 2014 compared with $88.1 million, or 13.0% of sales, in fiscal 2013.  Sensors & Systems was impacted by lower earnings on sales of advanced sensors of $5 million, net of restructuring expenses of $3 million.  The decrease in advanced sensors reflected lower aftermarket sales, partially offset by a $1.7 million curtailment gain on a post-retirement health insurance plan.  Power systems earnings increased $4 million, net of $2 million in restructuring charges.  The increase in power systems earnings was due to higher sales for commercial aviation.

Advanced Materials segment earnings were $104.8 million, or 21.3% of sales, in fiscal 2014 compared with $109.6 million, or 23.2% of sales, in fiscal 2013, primarily reflecting weaker earnings from sales of defense technologies of $20 million, net of $5 million in restructuring charges.  This decrease was partially offset by increased earnings from sales of engineered materials of $15 million due to the increase in gross profit.

Interest expense decreased to $33.0 million during fiscal 2014 compared with $39.6 million in the prior year, reflecting lower borrowings.

The income tax rate for fiscal 2014 was 20.9% compared with 16.1% in fiscal 2013.  The tax rate was lower than the statutory rate, as both years benefited from various tax credits and certain foreign interest expense deductions.  During fiscal 2014, we recognized $1.6 million of discrete tax benefits principally related to the following items.  The first item was a $0.9 million tax benefit related to the release of tax reserves due to the expiration of a statute of limitations.  The second item consisted of income tax return to provision adjustments of $0.7 million.  During fiscal 2013, we recognized $11.6 million of discrete tax benefits principally related to the following items.  The first item was approximately $1.2 million of tax benefits due to the retroactive extension of the U.S. federal research and experimentation credits.  The second item was approximately $2.1 million of tax benefits related to the settlement of U.S. and foreign tax examinations.  The third item was a $4.9 million tax benefit related to the release of tax reserves due to the expiration of a statute of limitations.  The fourth item was a

31


 

$3.4 million reduction of net deferred income tax liabilities as a result of the enactment of tax laws reducing the U.K. statutory income tax rate.

New orders for fiscal 2014 were $2.0 billion compared with $1.9 billion for fiscal 2013.  Orders by segment for fiscal 2014 increased for our Sensors & Systems and Advanced Materials segments compared to the prior-year period.  Orders for Avionics & Controls for fiscal 2014 were even with the prior-year period.  Backlog at the end of fiscal 2014 was $1.1 billion compared with $1.2 billion at the end of the prior year.

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working Capital and Statement of Cash Flows

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of fiscal 2015 totaled $191.4 million, a decrease of $46.8 million from October 31, 2014.  Net working capital decreased to $718.0 million at the end of fiscal 2015 from $761.4 million at the end of the prior year.

Cash flows from operating activities were $144.3 million and $161.9 million in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The decrease principally reflected lower net earnings partially offset by lower payments for inventory, interest, pension plan contributions and income taxes.  Sources and uses of cash flows from operating activities principally consisted of cash received from the sale of products and cash payments for material, labor and operating expense.

Cash flows used by investing activities were $173.6 million and $84.4 million in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Cash flows used by investing activities in fiscal 2015 reflected cash paid for an acquisition of $156.0 million, net of cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $49.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations of $30.2 million.  Cash flows used by investing activities in fiscal 2014 reflected cash paid for an acquisition of $44.7 million, net cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $39.6 million.

Cash flows provided by financing activities were $1.0 million in fiscal 2015.  Cash flows used by financing activities were $36.6 million in fiscal 2014.  Cash flows provided by financing activities in fiscal 2015 primarily reflected $465.0 million in proceeds from our credit facilities, $356.5 million in proceeds from issuance of the 2023 Notes, $250.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of the U.S. Term Loan, due 2020, and $14.1 million from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock plans, partially offset by $259.5 million in shares repurchased, $821.8 million in debt repayment, and $8.3 million of debt issuance costs.  Cash flows used by financing activities in fiscal 2014 primarily reflected proceeds from our credit facilities of $25.0 million, proceeds provided by stock issuance from employee stock plans of $28.7 million, repayment of long-term debt and credit facilities of $78.8 million, and $20.5 million in shares repurchased.

Capital Expenditures

Net property, plant and equipment was $309.4 million at the end of fiscal 2015 compared with $319.3 million at October 31, 2014.  Capital expenditures for fiscal 2015 and 2014 were $49.3 million and $39.6 million, respectively (excluding acquisitions), and included facilities, machinery, equipment and enhancements to information technology systems.  Capital expenditures are anticipated to approximate $70.0 million for fiscal 2016.  We will continue to support expansion through investments in infrastructure including machinery, equipment, and information systems.

Acquisitions

On January 31, 2015, we acquired the defense, aerospace and training display (DAT) business of Belgium-based Barco N.V. (Barco) for €150 million, or approximately $171 million, in cash before a working capital adjustment of approximately $15 million.  The working capital adjustment decreased the purchase price and was received in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.  We incurred a $2.9 million foreign currency exchange loss in the funding of the acquisition in the first quarter of fiscal 2015.  Acquisition related costs of $3.4 million have been recognized as selling, general and administrative expense.  We financed the acquisition primarily using international cash reserves, with the balance funded by borrowings under its existing credit facility.  The DAT business develops and manufactures visualization solutions for a variety of demanding defense and commercial aerospace applications and is included in our Avionics & Controls segment.

On December 20, 2013, we acquired Sunbank Family of Companies, LLC (Sunbank) for approximately $51.7 million.  The purchase price included $5 million in contingent consideration based upon achievement of certain sales levels over a two-year period.  We paid the first installment of $1.3 million in the third fiscal quarter of 2015.  Sunbank is a manufacturer of electrical cable accessories, connectors and flexible conduit systems.  Sunbank is included in the Sensors & Systems segment.

Debt Financing

Total debt increased $258.9 million from the prior year to approximately $881.4 million at the end of fiscal 2015.  Total debt outstanding at the end of fiscal 2015 consisted of $250.0 million of U.S. Term Loan, due 2020, $370.1 million (€330.0 million) of the 2023 Notes, $160.0 million in borrowings under our secured credit facility, $43.3 million government

32


 

refundable advances, $ 57.9 million under cap ital lease obligations, and $ 0.1 million in various foreign currency debt agreements and other debt agreements .

 

U.S. Credit Facility

On April 9, 2015, we amended the secured credit facility to extend the expiration to April 9, 2020, increase the revolving credit facility to $500 million, and provide for a delayed-draw term loan facility of $250 million.  The credit facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and interest is based on standard inter-bank offering rates.  The interest rate ranges from LIBOR plus 1.25% to LIBOR plus 2.00%, depending on the leverage ratios at the time the funds are drawn.  At October 2, 2015, we had $160.0 million outstanding under the secured credit facility at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.50%, which equaled 1.71%.  An additional $50.6 million of unsecured foreign currency credit facilities have been extended by foreign banks for a total of $550.6 million available companywide.  Available credit under the above credit facilities was $370.2 million at fiscal 2015 year end, when reduced by outstanding borrowings of $160.0 million and letters of credit of $20.4 million.

U.S. Term Loan, due July 2016

In April 2013, we amended the secured credit facility to provide for a $175.0 million term loan (U.S. Term Loan, due 2016).  On April 8, 2015, we paid off the $175 million U.S. Term Loan, due 2016.  In connection with the redemption, we wrote off $0.3 million in unamortized debt issuance costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt in the second quarter of fiscal 2015.

U.S. Term Loan, due April 2020

On August 3, 2015, we borrowed $250 million under the delayed-draw term loan provided for under the amended credit facility (U.S. Term Loan, due 2020).  The interest rate on the U.S. Term Loan, due 2020, ranges from LIBOR plus 1.25% to LIBOR plus 2.00%, depending on the leverage ratios at the time the funds are drawn.  At October 2, 2015, the interest rate was LIBOR plus 1.5%, which equaled 1.71%.  The loan amortizes at 1.25% of the original principal balance quarterly through March 2020, with the remaining balance due in April 2020.

7% Senior Notes, due August 2020

In August 2010, we issued $250.0 million in 7% Senior Notes due August 2020 (2020 Notes), requiring semi-annual interest payments in March and September of each year until maturity.

On August 4, 2015, the proceeds from the U.S. Term Loan, due 2020, were used to redeem all of the 2020 Notes.  In connection with the redemption, we incurred an $8.75 million redemption premium and wrote off $2.4 million in unamortized debt issuance costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.

3.625% Senior Notes, due April 2023

In April 2015, we issued €330.0 million in 3.625% Senior Notes due April 2023 (2023 Notes), requiring semi-annual interest payments in April and October of each year until maturity.  The net proceeds from the sale of the notes, after deducting $5.7 million of debt issuance costs, were $350.8 million.  The 2023 Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company.  The 2023 Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company that are guarantors under the Company’s existing secured credit facility.  The 2023 Notes are subject to redemption at the option of the Company at any time prior to April 15, 2018, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued interest to the date of redemption and a make-whole provision.  The Company may also redeem up to 35% of the 2023 Notes before April 15, 2018, with the net cash proceeds from equity offerings.  The 2023 Notes are also subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after April 15, 2018, at redemption prices starting at 102.719% of the principal amount plus accrued interest during the period beginning April 15, 2018, and declining annually to 100% of principal and accrued interest on or after April 15, 2021.

We believe cash on hand, funds generated from operations and other available debt facilities are sufficient to fund operating cash requirements and capital expenditures through fiscal 2016.  We believe we will have adequate access to capital markets to fund future acquisitions.

Share Repurchase Program

On June 19, 2014, our board of directors approved a share repurchase program and authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of outstanding shares of common stock.  In March 2015, our board of directors authorized an additional $200 million for repurchase of outstanding shares of common stock under the program.  Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $400 million of the outstanding shares of common stock from time to time, depending on market conditions, share price and other factors.  During fiscal 2014 we repurchased 269,228 shares under this program at an average price paid per share of $112.40, for an aggregate purchase price of $30.3 million.  During fiscal 2015, we repurchased 2,562,122 shares under this program at an average price paid per share of $101.29, for an aggregate purchase price of $259.5 million.

33


 

Permanent Investment of Undistributed Earnings of Foreign Subsidiaries

Our non-U.S. subsidiaries have $171.7 million in cash and cash equivalents at October 2, 2015.  Cash and cash equivalents at our U.S. parent and subsidiaries aggregated $19.7 million at October 2, 2015, and cash flow from these operations and credit facilities are sufficient to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and debt repayments of our domestic operations.  We have available credit to our U.S. parent and subsidiaries of $319.6 million on our U.S. secured credit facility.  The earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely invested, and accordingly, no provision for federal income taxes has been made on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries.  The amount of the unrecognized deferred income tax liability for temporary differences related to investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practical to determine because of the complexities regarding the calculation of unremitted earnings and the potential for tax credits.

Government Refundable Advances

Government refundable advances consist of payments received from the Canadian government to assist in the research and development related to commercial aviation.  These advances totaled $43.3 million and $51.9 million at October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, respectively.  The repayment of the advances is based on year-over-year commercial aviation revenue growth at CMC Electronics, Inc. (CMC) beginning in 2014.  Imputed interest on the advances was 3.4% at October 2, 2015.

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations

Our pension plans principally include a U.S. pension plan maintained by Esterline, Non-U.S. plans maintained by CMC, and Other Non-U.S. plans.  Our principal post-retirement plans include non-U.S. plans maintained by CMC, which are non-contributory health care and life insurance plans.

We account for pension expense using the end of the fiscal year as our measurement date, and we make actuarially computed contributions to our pension plans as necessary to adequately fund benefits.  Our funding policy is consistent with the minimum funding requirements of ERISA.  In fiscal 2015 and 2014, operating cash flow included $9.2 million and $23.5 million, respectively, of cash funding to these pension plans.  There is no funding requirement for fiscal 2016 for the U.S. pension plans maintained by Esterline.  We expect pension funding requirements for the CMC plans and other non-U.S. plans to be approximately $6.7 million in fiscal 2016.  The rate of increase in future compensation levels is consistent with our historical experience and salary administration policies.  The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on long-term target asset allocations of 70% equity and 30% fixed income.  We periodically review allocations of plan assets by investment type and evaluate external sources of information regarding long-term historical returns and expected future returns for each investment type, and accordingly, believe a 3.25% to 8.0% assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets is appropriate for the pension plans.  Current allocations are consistent with the long-term targets.

We made the following assumptions with respect to our Esterline pension obligation in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Principal assumptions as of fiscal year end:

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.40%

 

4.25%

 

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

 

4.22%

 

4.21%

 

Assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

7.00%

 

7.00%

 

 

We made the following assumptions with respect to our CMC pension obligation in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Principal assumptions as of fiscal year end:

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.00%

 

4.10%

 

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

 

3.00%

 

3.00%

 

Assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

5.70%

 

6.35%

 

 

We made the following assumptions with respect to our Other Non-U.S. pension obligations in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Principal assumptions as of fiscal year end:

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

1.80 - 8.25%

 

2.00 - 8.75%

 

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

 

4.50 - 8.90%

 

4.50 - 8.83%

 

Assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

3.25 - 8.00%

 

3.25 - 8.00%

 

 

We use a discount rate for expected returns that is a spot rate developed from a yield curve established from high-quality corporate bonds and matched to plan-specific projected benefit payments.  Although future changes to the discount rate are

34


 

unknown, had the discount rate increased or decreased by 25 basis points in fiscal 2015 , pension liabilities in total wo uld have decreased $ 13.2  million or increased $ 13.8  million, respectively .   If all other assumptions are held constant, the estimated effect on fiscal 2015 pension expense from a hypothetical 25 basis points increase or decrease in both the discount rate a nd expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would not have a material effect on our pension expense .

We made the following assumptions with respect to our Esterline post-retirement obligation in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Principal assumptions as of fiscal year end:

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.40%

 

4.25%

 

Initial weighted average health care trend rate

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

Ultimate weighted average health care trend rate

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

 

We made the following assumptions with respect to our CMC post-retirement obligation in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Principal assumptions as of fiscal year end:

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.00%

 

4.10%

 

Initial weighted average health care trend rate

 

3.70%

 

6.20%

 

Ultimate weighted average health care trend rate

 

3.10%

 

4.20%

 

 

The assumed health care trend rate has a significant impact on our post-retirement benefit obligations.  Our health care trend rate was based on the experience of our plan and expectations for the future.  A 100 basis points increase in the health care trend rate would increase our post-retirement benefit obligation by $1.3 million at October 2, 2015.  A 100 basis points decrease in the health care trend rate would decrease our post-retirement benefit obligation by $1.2 million at October 2, 2015.  Assuming all other assumptions are held constant, the estimated effect on fiscal 2015 post-retirement benefit expense from a hypothetical 100 basis points increase or decrease in the health care trend rate would not have a material effect on our post-retirement benefit expense.

Research and Development Expense

For the three years ended October 2, 2015, research and development expense has averaged 4.9% of sales.  We estimate that research and development expense in fiscal 2016 will be about 5.0% of sales for the full year.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of fiscal year end.  Liabilities for income taxes were excluded from the table, as we are not able to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period of related future payments.

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

1‒3

 

 

4‒5

 

 

After 5

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1 year

 

 

years

 

 

years

 

 

years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt 1

 

$

948,021

 

 

$

18,165

 

 

$

35,970

 

 

$

383,751

 

 

$

510,135

 

 

Interest obligations

 

 

100,613

 

 

 

13,415

 

 

 

26,830

 

 

 

26,830

 

 

 

33,538

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

55,412

 

 

 

14,960

 

 

 

19,650

 

 

 

11,906

 

 

 

8,896

 

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

672,166

 

 

 

626,777

 

 

 

34,320

 

 

 

11,069

 

 

 

-

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

1,776,212

 

 

$

673,317

 

 

$

116,770

 

 

$

433,556

 

 

$

552,569

 

 

 

1

Includes $66.6 million representing interest on capital lease obligations.

Seasonality

The timing of our revenues is impacted by the purchasing patterns of our customers and, as a result, we do not generate revenues evenly throughout the year.  Moreover, our first fiscal quarter, November through January, includes significant holiday vacation periods in both Europe and North America.  This leads to decreased order and shipment activity; consequently, first quarter results are typically weaker than other quarters and not necessarily indicative of our performance in subsequent quarters. We changed our fiscal year to the twelve months ended the last Friday of September to better align with the aerospace industry’s business cycle.

 

 

35


 

Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risks

Our debt includes fixed rate and variable rate obligations at October 2, 2015.  We are not subject to interest rate risk on the fixed rate obligations.  We are subject to interest rate risk on the U.S. Term Loan and U.S. credit facility.  For long-term debt, the table presents principal cash flows and the related weighted-average interest rates by contractual maturities.

A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in average market rates would not have a material effect on our pretax income.

 

In Thousands

 

Long-Term Debt ‒ Variable Rate

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Rates 1

 

Maturing in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

12,500

 

 

*

 

2017

 

 

12,500

 

 

*

 

2018

 

 

12,500

 

 

*

 

2019

 

 

12,500

 

 

*

 

2020

 

 

360,000

 

 

*

 

2021 and thereafter

 

 

-

 

 

*

 

Total

 

$

410,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at 10/2/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Borrowings under the U.S. Term Loan bear interest at a rate equal to either: (a) the LIBOR rate plus 1.50% or (b) the “Base Rate” (defined as the higher of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association’s prime rate and the Federal funds rate plus 0.50%).

Currency Risks

We own significant operations in Canada, France and the United Kingdom.  To the extent that sales are transacted in a foreign currency, we are subject to foreign currency fluctuation risk.  Furthermore, we have assets denominated in foreign currencies that are not offset by liabilities in such foreign currencies.  At October 2, 2015, we had the following monetary assets subject to foreign currency fluctuation risk: U.S. dollar-denominated backlog with customers whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar; U.S. dollar-denominated accounts receivable and payable; and certain forward contracts, which are not accounted for as a cash flow hedge.  The foreign exchange rate for the dollar relative to the euro increased to 0.892 at October 2, 2015, from 0.799 at October 31, 2014; the dollar relative to the U.K. pound increased to 0.659 from 0.625; and the dollar relative to the Canadian dollar increased to 1.315 from 1.127.  Foreign currency transactions affecting monetary assets, forward contracts and backlog resulted in a $1.3 million loss in fiscal 2015, a $0.9 million gain in fiscal 2014, and a $1.7 million loss in fiscal 2013.

Our policy is to hedge a portion of our forecasted transactions using forward exchange contracts.  The Company does not enter into any forward contracts for trading purposes.  At October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, the notional value of foreign currency forward contracts was $403.4 million and $397.9 million, respectively.  The net fair value of these contracts was a $25.4 million liability and a $17.7 million liability at October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, respectively.  If the U.S. dollar increased by a hypothetical 5%, the effect on the fair value of the foreign currency contracts at October 2, 2015, would be a decrease in the net liability of $19.2 million.  If the U.S. dollar decreased by a hypothetical 5%, the effect on the fair value of the foreign currency contracts would be an increase in net liability of $21.3 million.

The following tables provide information about our significant derivative financial instruments, including foreign currency forward exchange agreements and certain firmly committed sales transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency at October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014.  The information about certain firmly committed sales contracts and derivative financial instruments is in U.S. dollar equivalents.  For forward foreign currency exchange agreements, the following tables present the notional amounts at the current exchange rate and weighted-average contractual foreign currency exchange rates by contractual maturity dates.

36


 

Firmly Committed Sales Contracts

Operations with Foreign Functional Currency

At October 2, 2015

Principal Amount by Expected Maturity

 

In Thousands

 

Firmly Committed Sales Contracts in United States Dollar

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

Canadian Dollar

 

 

Euro

 

 

U.K. Pound

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

111,192

 

 

$

105,213

 

 

$

32,949

 

 

2017

 

 

25,152

 

 

 

20,663

 

 

 

8,106

 

 

2018

 

 

10,583

 

 

 

4,566

 

 

 

318

 

 

2019

 

 

4,311

 

 

 

2,597

 

 

 

-

 

 

2020 and thereafter

 

 

3,279

 

 

 

1,447

 

 

 

-

 

 

Total

 

$

154,517

 

 

$

134,486

 

 

$

41,373

 

 

 

Derivative Contracts

Operations with Foreign Functional Currency

At October 2, 2015

Notional Amount by Expected Maturity

Average Foreign Currency Exchange Rate (USD/Foreign Currency) 1

Related Forward Contracts to Sell U.S. Dollar for Euro

 

In Thousands, Except for Average Contract Rate

 

 

 

United States Dollar

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Avg. Contract Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

$

93,585

 

 

 

1.131

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

1.121

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

98,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at 10/2/2015

 

 

 

$

(336

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

The Company has no derivative contracts maturing after fiscal 2017.

Derivative Contracts

Operations with Foreign Functional Currency

At October 2, 2015

Notional Amount by Expected Maturity

Average Foreign Currency Exchange Rate (USD/Foreign Currency) 1

Related Forward Contracts to Sell U.S. Dollar for U.K. Pound

 

In Thousands, Except for Average Contract Rate

 

 

 

United States Dollar

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Avg. Contract Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

$

60,673

 

 

 

1.570

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

41,475

 

 

 

1.546

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

102,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at 10/2/2015

 

 

 

$

(2,777

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

The Company has no derivative contracts maturing after fiscal 2017.


37


 

Derivative Contracts

Operations with Foreign Functional Currency

At October 2, 2015

Notional Amount by Expected Maturity

Average Foreign Currency Exchange Rate (USD/Foreign Currency) 1

Related Forward Contracts to Sell U.S. Dollar for Canadian Dollar

 

In Thousands, Except for Average Contract Rate

 

 

 

United States Dollar

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Avg. Contract Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

$

121,600

 

 

 

0.881

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

79,600

 

 

 

0.814

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

201,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at 10/2/2015

 

 

 

$

(22,296

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

The Company has no derivative contracts maturing after fiscal 2017.

Firmly Committed Sales Contracts

Operations with Foreign Functional Currency

At October 31, 2014

Principal Amount by Expected Maturity

 

In Thousands

 

Firmly Committed Sales Contracts in United States Dollar

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

Canadian Dollar

 

 

Euro

 

 

U.K. Pound

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

$

119,900

 

 

$

81,243

 

 

$

59,569

 

 

2016

 

 

44,997

 

 

 

15,960

 

 

 

15,091

 

 

2017

 

 

14,938

 

 

 

365

 

 

 

18

 

 

2018

 

 

6,748

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

2019 and thereafter

 

 

4,590

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

-

 

 

Total

 

$

191,173

 

 

$

97,994

 

 

$

74,678

 

 

 

Derivative Contracts

Operations with Foreign Functional Currency

At October 31, 2014

Notional Amount by Expected Maturity

Average Foreign Currency Exchange Rate (USD/Foreign Currency) 1

Related Forward Contracts to Sell U.S. Dollar for Euro

 

In Thousands, Except for Average Contract Rate

 

 

 

United States Dollar

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Avg. Contract Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

$

87,397

 

 

 

1.344

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

4,390

 

 

 

1.288

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

91,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at 10/31/2014

 

 

 

$

(5,845

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

The Company has no derivative contracts maturing after fiscal 2016.

38


 

Derivative Contracts

Operations with Foreign Functional Currency

At October 31, 2014

Notional Amount by Expected Maturity

Average Foreign Currency Exchange Rate (USD/Foreign Currency) 1

Related Forward Contracts to Sell U.S. Dollar for U.K. Pound

 

In Thousands, Except for Average Contract Rate

 

 

 

United States Dollar

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Avg. Contract Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

$

51,967

 

 

 

1.600

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

25,388

 

 

 

1.618

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

77,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at 10/31/2014

 

 

 

$

(312

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

The Company has no derivative contracts maturing after fiscal 2016.

 

Derivative Contracts

Operations with Foreign Functional Currency

At October 31, 2014

Notional Amount by Expected Maturity

Average Foreign Currency Exchange Rate (USD/Foreign Currency) 1

Related Forward Contracts to Sell U.S. Dollar for Canadian Dollar

 

In Thousands, Except for Average Contract Rate

 

 

 

United States Dollar

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Avg. Contract Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

$

141,100

 

 

 

0.942

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

86,000

 

 

 

0.907

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

227,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at 10/31/2014

 

 

 

$

(11,518

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

The Company has no derivative contracts maturing after fiscal 2016.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Preparing financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.  Actual results may differ from estimates under different assumptions or conditions. These estimates and assumptions are affected by our application of accounting policies.  Our critical accounting policies include revenue recognition, accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, accounting for inventories, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, impairment of long-lived assets, accounting for assets held for sale, accounting for legal contingencies, accounting for pension benefits, and accounting for income taxes.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an agreement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is determinable, and the collectability is reasonably assured.  We recognize product revenues at the point of shipment or delivery in accordance with the terms of sale.  Sales are net of returns and allowances.  Returns and allowances are not significant because products are manufactured to customer specification and are covered by the terms of the product warranty.

Revenues and profits on fixed-price contracts with significant engineering as well as production requirements are recorded based on the achievement of contractual milestones and the ratio of total actual incurred costs to date to total estimated costs for each contract (cost-to-cost method).  We review cost performance and estimates to complete on our ongoing contracts at

39


 

least quarterly .   The impact of revisions of profit estimates are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions are made .   Provisions for anticipated losses on contracts are recorded in the period they become evident .   When change orders have been approved by both the company and the customer for both scope and price and realization is deemed pro bable, the original contract price is adjusted and revenues are recognized on contract performance (as determined by the achievement of contractual milestones and the cost-to-cost method) .   For partially approved change orders, costs attributable to unpric ed change orders are treated as costs of the contract performance in the period the costs are incurred .   Claims are also recognized as contract revenue when approved by both the company and the customer, based on contract performance .

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts for losses expected to be incurred on accounts receivable balances.  Judgment is required in estimation of the allowance and is based upon specific identification, collection history and creditworthiness of the debtor.

Inventories

We account for inventories on a first-in, first-out or average cost method of accounting at the lower of its cost or market.  The determination of market requires judgment in estimating future demand, selling prices and cost of disposal.  Judgment is required when determining inventory cost adjustments.  Inventory cost adjustments are recorded when inventory is considered to be excess or obsolete based upon an analysis of actual on-hand quantities on a part-level basis to forecasted product demand and historical usage.

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are required to be tested for impairment at least annually.  We are also required to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce our enterprise fair value below its book value.  These events or circumstances could include a significant change in the business climate, including a significant sustained decline in an entity’s market value, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, sale or disposition of a significant portion of the business, or other factors.

Goodwill is tested for impairment in a two-step process.  The first step (Step One) of the goodwill impairment test involves estimating the fair value of a reporting unit.  Fair value (Fair Value) is defined as “the amount at which an asset (or liability) could be bought (or incurred) or sold (or settled) in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced liquidation sale.” A reporting unit is generally defined at the operating segment level or at the component level one level below the operating segment, if said component constitutes a business.  The Fair Value of a reporting unit is then compared to its carrying value, which is defined as the book basis of total assets less total liabilities.  In the event a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its estimated Fair Value, evidence of potential impairment exists.  In such a case, the second step (Step Two) of the impairment test is required, which involves allocating the Fair Value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, with the excess of Fair Value over allocated net assets representing the Fair Value of goodwill.  An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the estimated Fair Value of goodwill.

As we have grown through acquisitions, we have accumulated $1.0 billion of goodwill and $39.4 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets out of total assets of $3.0 billion at October 2, 2015.  The amount of any annual or interim impairment could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken.

We performed our annual impairment review for fiscal 2015 as of August 1, 2015, and our Step One analysis indicates that no impairment of goodwill or other indefinite-lived assets exists at any of our reporting units.  

The valuation of reporting units requires judgment in estimating future cash flows, discount rates and estimated product life cycles.  In making these judgments, we evaluate the financial health of the business, including such factors as industry performance, changes in technology and operating cash flows.

We used available market data and a discounted cash flow analysis in completing our 2015 annual impairment test.  We believe that our cash flow estimates are reasonable based upon the historical cash flows and future operating and strategic plans of our reporting units.  In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.  The fair value of all our reporting units exceeds its book value by greater than 24%. A 0.5% change in the discount rate used in the cash flow analysis would result in a change in the fair value of our other reporting units of approximately $142.4 million.  A 0.5% change in the growth rate assumed in the calculation of the terminal value of cash

40


 

flows would result in a change in the fair value of ou r other reporting units by $ 95.3  million .   None of these changes would have resulted in any of our other r eporting units being impaired .

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets that are to be disposed of are required to be reported at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.  An asset (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) is considered impaired when estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset.  The first step (Step One) of an impairment test of long-lived assets is to determine the amount of future undiscounted cash flow of the long-lived asset.  In the event the undiscounted future cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the long-lived asset, a second step is required (Step Two), and the long-lived asset is adjusted to its estimated fair value.  Fair value is generally determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows.

As we have grown through acquisitions, we have accumulated $412.7 million of definite-lived intangible assets.  The amount of any annual or interim impairment could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken.

Assets Held for Sale

 

Assets held for sale are to be reported at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Judgment is required in estimating the sales price of assets held for sale and the time required to sell the assets. These estimates are based upon available market data and operating cash flows of the assets held for sale.

As more fully described in Note 16 of the consolidated financial statements, in September 2014, the Company’s board of directors approved a plan to sell certain non-core business units including Eclipse Electronic Systems, Inc., Wallop Defence Systems, Ltd., Pacific Aerospace and Electronics Inc., and a small distribution business.  As a result, we recorded a $49.5 million after-tax loss in fiscal 2014 on assets held for sale in discontinued operations. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we approved a plan to sell a small manufacturing business included in our Avionics & Controls segment, which is reported as discontinued operations in all periods presented.  During fiscal 2015, we recorded a $31.2 million after-tax loss on assets held for sale in discontinued operations.  

Contingencies

We are party to various lawsuits and claims, both as plaintiff and defendant, and have contingent liabilities arising from the conduct of business.  We are covered by insurance for general liability, product liability, workers’ compensation and certain environmental exposures, subject to certain deductible limits.  We are self-insured for amounts less than our deductible and where no insurance is available.  An estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by a charge to income if it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.  Disclosure of a contingency is required if there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss has been incurred.  We evaluate, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss.

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

We account for pension expense using the end of the fiscal year as our measurement date.  We select appropriate assumptions including discount rate, rate of increase in future compensation levels and assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets and expected annual increases in costs of medical and other health care benefits in regard to our post-retirement benefit obligations.  Our assumptions are based upon historical results, the current economic environment and reasonable expectations of future events.  Actual results which vary from our assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods, and accordingly, are recognized in expense in these periods.  Significant differences between our assumptions and actual experience or significant changes in assumptions could impact the pension costs and the pension obligation.

41


 

Income Taxes

The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns.  Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns.  Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We hereby incorporate by reference the information set forth under the section “Disclosures About Market Risk” under Item 7.

 


42


 

Item 8.  Financial St atements and Supplementary Data

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

 

Eleven Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

$

1,774,449

 

 

$

1,801,127

 

 

$

2,029,471

 

 

$

1,866,659

 

Cost of Sales

 

1,185,056

 

 

 

1,176,413

 

 

 

1,314,762

 

 

 

1,168,632

 

 

 

589,393

 

 

 

624,714

 

 

 

714,709

 

 

 

698,027

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general & administrative

 

346,781

 

 

 

323,957

 

 

 

361,190

 

 

 

364,149

 

Research, development and engineering

 

91,491

 

 

 

88,656

 

 

 

97,591

 

 

 

88,982

 

Restructuring charges

 

6,639

 

 

 

12,103

 

 

 

13,642

 

 

 

-

 

Gain on sale of product line

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,264

)

Goodwill impairment

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,454

 

Other income

 

(12,503

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total Expenses

 

432,408

 

 

 

424,716

 

 

 

472,423

 

 

 

454,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Earnings from Continuing Operations

 

156,985

 

 

 

199,998

 

 

 

242,286

 

 

 

243,706

 

Interest Income

 

(578

)

 

 

(501

)

 

 

(555

)

 

 

(535

)

Interest Expense

 

30,090

 

 

 

29,986

 

 

 

33,010

 

 

 

39,637

 

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

 

11,451

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

 

116,022

 

 

 

169,980

 

 

 

209,298

 

 

 

203,658

 

Income Tax Expense

 

18,956

 

 

 

35,759

 

 

 

43,716

 

 

 

32,803

 

Earnings from Continuing Operations Including

   Noncontrolling Interests

 

97,066

 

 

 

134,221

 

 

 

165,582

 

 

 

170,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

(401

)

 

 

(527

)

 

 

(553

)

 

 

(1,730

)

Earnings from Continuing Operations Attributable to

   Esterline, Net of Tax

 

96,665

 

 

 

133,694

 

 

 

165,029

 

 

 

169,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from Discontinued Operations Attributable to

   Esterline, Net of Tax

 

(37,053

)

 

 

(59,240

)

 

 

(62,611

)

 

 

(4,391

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Earnings Attributable to Esterline

$

59,612

 

 

$

74,454

 

 

$

102,418

 

 

$

164,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Esterline - Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

$

3.15

 

 

$

4.20

 

 

$

5.19

 

 

$

5.42

 

Discontinued operations

 

(1.21

)

 

 

(1.86

)

 

 

(1.97

)

 

 

(0.14

)

Earnings (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Esterline -

   Basic

$

1.94

 

 

$

2.34

 

 

$

3.22

 

 

$

5.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Esterline - Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

$

3.10

 

 

$

4.12

 

 

$

5.09

 

 

$

5.33

 

Discontinued operations

 

(1.19

)

 

 

(1.83

)

 

 

(1.93

)

 

 

(0.14

)

Earnings (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Esterline -

   Diluted

$

1.91

 

 

$

2.29

 

 

$

3.16

 

 

$

5.19

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

43


 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts

 

As of October 2, 2015 and October 31, 2014

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

191,355

 

 

$

238,144

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $10,050 and $10,023

 

380,748

 

 

 

379,889

 

Inventories

 

446,768

 

 

 

433,595

 

Income tax refundable

 

12,575

 

 

 

5,266

 

Deferred income tax benefits

 

41,082

 

 

 

48,679

 

Prepaid expenses

 

23,008

 

 

 

20,336

 

Other current assets

 

5,427

 

 

 

2,149

 

Current assets of businesses held for sale

 

27,851

 

 

 

41,446

 

Total Current Assets

 

1,128,814

 

 

 

1,169,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

28,361

 

 

 

29,940

 

Buildings

 

225,237

 

 

 

225,594

 

Machinery and equipment

 

475,719

 

 

 

465,926

 

 

 

729,317

 

 

 

721,460

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

419,918

 

 

 

402,118

 

 

 

309,399

 

 

 

319,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Non-Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

1,041,991

 

 

 

1,071,786

 

Intangibles, net

 

452,040

 

 

 

471,377

 

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $662 and $5,743

 

8,467

 

 

 

4,295

 

Deferred income tax benefits

 

28,979

 

 

 

71,307

 

Other assets

 

12,423

 

 

 

14,179

 

Non-current assets of businesses held for sale

 

24,917

 

 

 

71,677

 

Total Assets

$

3,007,030

 

 

$

3,193,467

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

44


 

As of October 2, 2015 and October 31, 2014

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

$

117,976

 

 

$

115,284

 

Accrued liabilities

 

259,734

 

 

 

262,536

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

13,589

 

 

 

12,774

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

11

 

 

 

1,773

 

Federal and foreign income taxes

 

2,393

 

 

 

1,571

 

Current liabilities of businesses held for sale

 

17,106

 

 

 

14,191

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

410,809

 

 

 

408,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facilities

 

160,000

 

 

 

100,000

 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

 

707,786

 

 

 

509,720

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

73,849

 

 

 

149,165

 

Pension and post-retirement obligations

 

75,019

 

 

 

62,693

 

Other liabilities

 

29,367

 

 

 

46,884

 

Non-current liabilities of businesses held for sale

 

2,409

 

 

 

18,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.20 per share, authorized 60,000,000 shares,

   issued 32,378,185 and 32,123,717 shares

 

6,476

 

 

 

6,425

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

682,479

 

 

 

655,723

 

Treasury stock at cost, repurchased 2,831,350 and 269,228 shares

 

(289,780

)

 

 

(30,262

)

Retained earnings

 

1,447,120

 

 

 

1,387,508

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(308,828

)

 

 

(131,577

)

Total Esterline shareholders' equity

 

1,537,467

 

 

 

1,887,817

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

10,324

 

 

 

10,183

 

Total Shareholders' Equity

 

1,547,791

 

 

 

1,898,000

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

$

3,007,030

 

 

$

3,193,467

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

45


 

Conso lidated Statement of Cash Flows

In Thousands

 

 

Eleven Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows Provided (Used) by Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings including noncontrolling interests

$

60,013

 

 

$

74,981

 

 

$

102,971

 

 

$

166,464

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings including

   noncontrolling interests to net cash provided (used)

   by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

90,575

 

 

 

112,849

 

 

 

116,027

 

 

 

112,132

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(17,976

)

 

 

(14,704

)

 

 

(14,893

)

 

 

(21,812

)

Share-based compensation

 

10,771

 

 

 

11,709

 

 

 

13,044

 

 

 

9,575

 

Loss (gain) on disposal of capital assets

 

-

 

 

 

3,174

 

 

 

3,174

 

 

 

(2,303

)

Gain on release of non-income tax liability

 

(15,656

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Goodwill impairment

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,454

 

Loss on assets held for sale

 

31,154

 

 

 

49,472

 

 

 

49,472

 

 

 

-

 

Working capital changes, net of effect of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

10,188

 

 

 

9,555

 

 

 

(17,375

)

 

 

5,015

 

Inventories

 

(7,746

)

 

 

(37,086

)

 

 

(21,491

)

 

 

(28,317

)

Prepaid expenses

 

(4,268

)

 

 

(3,618

)

 

 

(3,237

)

 

 

3,604

 

Other current assets

 

(3,567

)

 

 

787

 

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

(1,558

)

Accounts payable

 

(10,476

)

 

 

(17,059

)

 

 

1,341

 

 

 

9,008

 

Accrued liabilities

 

10,880

 

 

 

(4,991

)

 

 

13,461

 

 

 

(3,120

)

Federal and foreign income taxes

 

(12,821

)

 

 

(9,875

)

 

 

(11,175

)

 

 

3,179

 

Other liabilities

 

8,994

 

 

 

(15,336

)

 

 

(13,852

)

 

 

(7,602

)

Other, net

 

(5,770

)

 

 

2,004

 

 

 

(2,112

)

 

 

3,053

 

 

 

144,295

 

 

 

161,862

 

 

 

216,364

 

 

 

250,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows Provided (Used) by Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of capital assets

 

(49,341

)

 

 

(39,638

)

 

 

(45,678

)

 

 

(55,335

)

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

 

30,156

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from sale of capital assets

 

1,592

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

2,303

 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

(155,975

)

 

 

(44,745

)

 

 

(44,745

)

 

 

(40,689

)

 

 

(173,568

)

 

 

(84,383

)

 

 

(89,851

)

 

 

(93,721

)

 

 

46


 

 

 

Eleven Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows Provided (Used) by Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds provided by stock issuance under employee

   stock plans

 

14,063

 

 

 

28,705

 

 

 

31,215

 

 

 

22,854

 

Excess tax benefits from stock option exercises

 

1,973

 

 

 

6,450

 

 

 

7,090

 

 

 

2,961

 

Shares repurchased

 

(259,518

)

 

 

(20,523

)

 

 

(30,262

)

 

 

-

 

Repayment of long-term credit facilities

 

(405,000

)

 

 

(55,000

)

 

 

(55,000

)

 

 

(110,000

)

Repayment of long-term debt

 

(416,827

)

 

 

(23,800

)

 

 

(35,810

)

 

 

(235,428

)

Proceeds from issuance of long-term credit facilities

 

465,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

175,000

 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 

606,532

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from government assistance

 

3,007

 

 

 

3,360

 

 

 

3,337

 

 

 

5,092

 

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

 

-

 

 

 

(780

)

 

 

(778

)

 

 

(1,048

)

Debt and other issuance costs

 

(8,263

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(454

)

 

 

967

 

 

 

(36,588

)

 

 

(55,208

)

 

 

(141,023

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of Foreign Exchange Rates on Cash and Cash

   Equivalents

 

(18,483

)

 

 

(6,818

)

 

 

(12,339

)

 

 

2,475

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

(46,789

)

 

 

34,073

 

 

 

58,966

 

 

 

18,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Year

 

238,144

 

 

 

179,178

 

 

 

179,178

 

 

 

160,675

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Year

$

191,355

 

 

$

213,251

 

 

$

238,144

 

 

$

179,178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

$

26,638

 

 

$

27,157

 

 

$

28,593

 

 

$

38,376

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

34,550

 

 

 

56,172

 

 

 

65,147

 

 

 

43,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital asset and lease obligation additions

$

-

 

 

$

2,753

 

 

$

2,753

 

 

$

11,691

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

47


 

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity ,

Noncontrolling Interests and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

  

 

Eleven

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, Par Value $.20 Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

$

6,425

 

 

$

6,288

 

 

$

6,174

 

 

Shares issued under employee stock plans

 

51

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

114

 

 

End of year

 

6,476

 

 

 

6,425

 

 

 

6,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

655,723

 

 

 

604,511

 

 

 

569,235

 

 

Shares issued under employee stock plans

 

15,985

 

 

 

38,168

 

 

 

25,701

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

10,771

 

 

 

13,044

 

 

 

9,575

 

 

End of year

 

682,479

 

 

 

655,723

 

 

 

604,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

(30,262

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Shares repurchased

 

(259,518

)

 

 

(30,262

)

 

 

-

 

 

End of year

 

(289,780

)

 

 

(30,262

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

1,387,508

 

 

 

1,285,090

 

 

 

1,120,356

 

 

Net earnings

 

59,612

 

 

 

102,418

 

 

 

164,734

 

 

End of year

 

1,447,120

 

 

 

1,387,508

 

 

 

1,285,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

(131,577

)

 

 

(22,284

)

 

 

(85,284

)

 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, net of

   tax benefit of $2,147, $3,534 and $913

 

(6,616

)

 

 

(8,793

)

 

 

(3,119

)

 

Change in pension and post-retirement obligations, net of

   tax benefit (expense) of $3,703, $2,041 and $(22,897)

 

(5,796

)

 

 

(3,968

)

 

 

42,994

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(164,839

)

 

 

(96,532

)

 

 

23,125

 

 

End of year

 

(308,828

)

 

 

(131,577

)

 

 

(22,284

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling Interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

10,183

 

 

 

11,147

 

 

 

10,054

 

 

Net changes in equity attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

141

 

 

 

(964

)

 

 

1,093

 

 

End of year

 

10,324

 

 

 

10,183

 

 

 

11,147

 

 

Total Shareholders' Equity

$

1,547,791

 

 

$

1,898,000

 

 

$

1,884,752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

$

59,612

 

 

$

102,418

 

 

$

164,734

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, net of tax

 

(6,616

)

 

 

(8,793

)

 

 

(3,119

)

 

Change in pension and post-retirement obligations, net of tax

 

(5,796

)

 

 

(3,968

)

 

 

42,994

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(164,839

)

 

 

(96,532

)

 

 

23,125

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

$

(117,639

)

 

$

(6,875

)

 

$

227,734

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

48


 

Notes to Co nsolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 1:   Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Esterline Technologies Corporation (the Company) designs, manufactures and markets highly engineered products.  The Company serves the aerospace and defense industry, primarily in the United States and Europe.  The Company also serves the industrial/commercial and medical markets.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.  Classifications have been changed for certain amounts in prior periods to conform with the current year’s presentation.

On June 5, 2014, the Company’s board of directors authorized a change in the Company’s fiscal year end to the last Friday of September from the last Friday in October effective beginning with the year-ended on September 30, 2016.  As a result, the Company’s current fiscal period was shortened from twelve months to an eleven-month transition period ended on October 2, 2015.  The Company reported its fourth fiscal quarter as a two-month transition period ended October 2, 2015.  Thereafter, the Company will file its annual report for each twelve-month period ending the last Friday of September of each year, beginning with the twelve-month period ending September 30, 2016.

Management Estimates

To prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Risks

The Company’s products are principally focused on the aerospace and defense industry, which includes military and commercial aircraft original equipment manufacturers and their suppliers, commercial airlines, and the United States and foreign governments.  Sales directly to the U.S. government or indirectly through subcontractors to the U.S. government account for approximately 19% and 18% of sales in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Accordingly, the Company’s current and future financial performance is dependent on the economic condition of the aerospace and defense industry.  The commercial aerospace and defense markets have historically been subject to cyclical downturns during periods of weak economic conditions or material changes arising from domestic or international events.  Management believes that the Company’s sales are balanced across its customer base, which includes not only aerospace and defense customers but also medical and industrial commercial customers.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an agreement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is determinable, and the collectability is reasonably assured.  The Company recognizes product revenues at the point of shipment or delivery in accordance with the terms of sale.  Sales are net of returns and allowances.  Returns and allowances are not significant because products are manufactured to customer specification and are covered by the terms of the product warranty.

Revenues and profits on fixed-price contracts with significant engineering as well as production requirements are recorded based on the achievement of contractual milestones and the ratio of total actual incurred costs to date to total estimated costs for each contract (cost-to-cost method).  Types of milestones include design review and prototype completion.  The Company reviews cost performance and estimates to complete on its ongoing contracts at least quarterly.  The impact of revisions of profit estimates are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions are made. Provisions for anticipated losses on contracts are recorded in the period they become evident.  When change orders have been approved by both the company and the customer for both scope and price and realization is deemed probable, the original contract price is adjusted and revenues are recognized on contract performance (as determined by the achievement of contractual milestones and the cost-to-cost method).  For partially approved change orders, costs attributable to unpriced change orders are treated as costs of the contract performance in the period the costs are incurred.  Claims are also recognized as contract revenue when approved by both the company and the customer, based on contract performance.

Research and Development

Expenditures for internally-funded research and development are expensed as incurred.  Customer-funded research and development projects performed under contracts are accounted for as work in process as work is performed and recognized as

49


 

cost of sales and sales under the proportional performance method .   Research and development expenditures are net of government assistance and tax subsidies, which are not contingent upon paying income tax .   In addition, government assistance for research and development is recorded as a reduction of research and development expense when repayment royalties are contingent upon sales generated direct ly from the funded research and development .   If reimbursement is not tied directly to sales generated from the funded research and development, the assistance is accounted for as a loan until the criteria for forgiveness has been met .

Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, short-term borrowings, long-term debt, foreign currency forward contracts, and from time to time interest rate swap agreements.  The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values because of the short-term maturities or expected settlement dates of these instruments.  The fair market value of the Company’s long-term debt and short-term borrowings was estimated at $859.0 million and $639.4 million at the end of fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  These estimates were derived using discounted cash flows with interest rates currently available to the Company for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk Management

The Company is subject to risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates from the sale of products in currencies other than its functional currency.  Furthermore, the Company has assets denominated in foreign currencies that are not offset by liabilities in such foreign currencies.  The Company has significant operations in Canada, France, and the United Kingdom, and accordingly, the Company may experience gains or losses due to foreign exchange fluctuations.

The Company’s policy is to hedge a portion of its forecasted transactions using forward exchange contracts, in general with maturities up to 23 months.  These forward contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges.  The portion of the net gain or loss on a derivative instrument that is effective as a hedge is reported as a component of other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity and is reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.  The remaining net gain or loss on the derivative in excess of the present value of the expected cash flows of the hedged transaction is recorded in earnings immediately.  If a derivative does not qualify for hedge accounting, or a portion of the hedge is deemed ineffective, the change in fair value is recorded in earnings.  The amount of hedge ineffectiveness has not been material in any of the three fiscal periods ended October 2, 2015.  At October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, the notional value of foreign currency forward contracts accounted for as a cash flow hedge was $306.4 million and $283.0 million, respectively.  The fair value of these contracts was a liability of $23.3 million and a $14.6 million liability at October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, respectively.  The Company does not enter into any forward contracts for trading purposes.

In April 2015, the Company issued €330.0 million in 3.625% Senior Notes due April 2023 (2023 Notes) and requiring semi-annual interest payments in April and October each year until maturity.  The Company designated the 2023 Notes and accrued interest as a hedge of the investment in certain foreign business units.  The foreign currency gain or loss that is effective as a hedge is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.  To the extent that this hedge is ineffective, the foreign currency gain or loss is recorded in earnings.  There was no ineffectiveness since inception of the hedge.

In July 2011, the Company entered into a Euro Term Loan for €125.0 million under the secured credit facility.  The Company designated the Euro Term Loan a hedge of the investment in a certain French business unit.  The foreign currency gain or loss that is effective as a hedge is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.  To the extent that this hedge is ineffective, the foreign currency gain or loss is recorded in earnings.  There has been no ineffectiveness since inception of the hedge. In the third fiscal quarter of 2014, the Company paid off the remaining balance of the Euro Term Loan.  As a result, the Company recorded a net loss of $0.5 million on extinguishment of debt in fiscal 2014.

Interest Rate Risk Management

Depending on the interest rate environment, the Company may enter into interest rate swap agreements to convert the fixed interest rates on notes payable to variable interest rates or terminate any swap agreements in place.  These interest rate swap agreements have been designated as fair value hedges.  Accordingly, a gain or loss on swap agreements as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged portion of notes payable are recognized in interest expense during the period of the change in fair values.  The Company attempts to manage exposure to counterparty credit risk by only entering into agreements with major financial institutions which are expected to be able to fully perform under the terms of the agreement.

Depending on the interest rate environment, the Company may enter into interest rate swap agreements to convert the variable interest rates on notes payable to fixed interest rates.  

50


 

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into their U.S. dollar equivalents based on year-end exchange rates.  Revenue and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates.  Aggregate exchange gains and losses arising from the translation of foreign assets and liabilities are included in shareholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income.  Accumulated gain or (loss) on foreign currency translation adjustment was $(226.0) million, $(61.1) million, and $35.4 million as of the fiscal period ended October 2, 2015, October 31, 2014, and October 25, 2013, respectively.

Foreign Currency Transaction Gains and Losses

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in results of operations and are primarily the result of revaluing assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency, gains and losses on forward exchange contracts, and the change in value of foreign currency embedded derivatives in backlog.  These foreign currency transactions resulted in a $1.3 million loss in fiscal 2015, a $0.9 million gain in fiscal 2014, and a $1.7 million loss in fiscal 2013.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase.  Fair value of cash equivalents approximates carrying value.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the net invoice price for sales billed to customers.  Accounts receivable are considered past due when outstanding more than normal trade terms allow.  An allowance for doubtful accounts is established when losses are expected to be incurred.  Accounts receivable are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts when the balance is considered to be uncollectible.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost method.  Inventory cost includes material, labor and factory overhead.  The Company defers pre-production engineering costs as work-in-process inventory in connection with long-term supply arrangements that include contractual guarantees for reimbursement from the customer.  Inventory cost adjustments are recorded when inventory is considered to be excess or obsolete based upon an analysis of actual on-hand quantities on a part level basis to forecasted product demand and historical usage.

Property, Plant and Equipment, and Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost and includes expenditures for major improvements.  Depreciation is generally provided on the straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives ranging from 15 to 30 years for buildings and 3 to 10 years for machinery and equipment.  Depreciation expense was $45.0 million, $56.2 million, and $55.4 million for fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  Depreciation expense included in discontinued operations was $0.3 million, $5.0 million and $5.0 million in fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  Assets under capital leases were $40.7 million, $43.1 million, and $47.1 million for fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Amortization expense of assets accounted for as capital leases is included with depreciation expense.  The fair value of liabilities related to the retirement of property is recorded when there is a legal or contractual obligation to incur asset retirement costs and the costs can be estimated.  The Company records the asset retirement cost by increasing the carrying cost of the underlying property by the amount of the asset retirement obligation.  The asset retirement cost is depreciated over the estimated useful life of the underlying property.

Debt Issuance Costs

Costs incurred to issue debt are deferred and amortized as interest expense over the term of the related debt using a method that approximates the effective interest method.

Long-lived Asset Impairments

The carrying amount of long-lived assets is reviewed periodically for impairment.  An asset (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) is considered impaired when estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset.  In the event the carrying amount of such asset is not deemed recoverable, the asset is adjusted to its estimated fair value.  Fair value is generally determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows.

Assets of Business Held for Sale

Assets held for sale are to be reported at lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.  Judgment is required in estimating the sales price of assets held for sale and the time required to sell the assets. These estimates are based upon available market data and operating cash flows of the assets held for sale.

Contingencies

The Company is party to various lawsuits and claims, both as plaintiff and defendant, and has contingent liabilities arising from the conduct of business.  The Company is covered by insurance for general liability, product liability, workers’ compensation

51


 

and certain environmental exposures, subject to certain deducti ble limits .   The Company is self-insured for amounts less than our deductible and where no insurance is available .   An estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by a charge to income if it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liabilit y has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated .   The Company evaluates, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss .

Goodwill and Intangibles

Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at least annually or when circumstances require.  A reporting unit is generally defined at the operating segment level or at the component level one level below the operating segment, if said component constitutes a business.  Goodwill is allocated to reporting units based upon the purchase price of the acquired unit, the valuation of acquired tangible and intangible assets, and liabilities assumed.  When a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment test is required.  This test involves allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, with the excess of fair value over allocated net assets representing the fair value of goodwill.  An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the estimated fair value of goodwill.

Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated period of benefit, ranging from 2 to 20 years. Amortization expense is reflected in selling, general and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets and takes into account events or circumstances that warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate that an impairment exists.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (other than goodwill) are tested annually for impairment or more frequently on an interim basis if circumstances require.

Environmental

Environmental exposures are provided for at the time they are known to exist or are considered probable and reasonably estimable.  No provision has been recorded for environmental remediation costs which could result from changes in laws or other circumstances currently not known by the Company.  Costs provided for future expenditures on environmental remediation are not discounted to present value.

Pension Plan and Post-Retirement Benefit Plan Obligations

The Company accounts for pension expense using the end of the fiscal year as its measurement date.  Management selects appropriate assumptions including discount rate, rate of increase in future compensation levels and assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets and expected annual increases in costs of medical and other health care benefits in regard to the Company’s post-retirement benefit obligations.  These assumptions are based upon historical results, the current economic environment and reasonable expectations of future events.  Actual results which vary from assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods, and accordingly, are recognized in expense in these periods.  Significant differences between our assumptions and actual experience or significant changes in assumptions could impact the pension costs and the pension obligation.

Legal Expenses

The Company recognizes legal costs related to loss contingencies when the expense is incurred.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award.

Product Warranties

Estimated product warranty expenses are recorded when the covered products are shipped to customers and recognized as revenue.  Product warranty expense is estimated based upon the terms of the warranty program.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.  Diluted earnings per share also includes the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units.  Common shares issuable from stock options that are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive were 409,050, 136,200, and 162,100 for fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  The weighted average number of shares

52


 

outstanding used to compute basic earnings per share was 30,729 ,000 , 31 ,840, 000, and 3 1,173 ,000 for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013 , respectively .   The weighted average number of shares outstanding used to compute diluted earnings per share was 31,215 ,000 , 32,448 ,000, and 31, 738 ,000 for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013 , respectively .   The weighted average number of shares outstanding used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share were 31,839,000 and 32,443,000 for the eleven- month ended fiscal 2014, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance that modifies the criteria used to qualify divestitures for classification as discontinued operations and expands disclosure related to disposals of significant components.  The amendment will become effective for the Company in fiscal 2016, with early adoption permitted; however, the Company did not early adopt the amended guidance.  The amended guidance is expected to decrease the likelihood that future disposals will qualify for discontinued operations treatment, meaning that the results of operation of some future disposals may be reported as continuing operations.

In May 2014, FASB amended requirements for an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers.  The updated standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method.  Early adoption is permitted.  The updated standard becomes effective for the Company in the first fiscal quarter of 2019.  The Company has not yet selected a transition method and is currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In April 2015, FASB amended requirements related to the presentation of debt issuance costs.  The updated standard requires debt issuance costs related to recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of being presented as an asset.  The recognition and measurement of debt issuance costs are not affected by this amendment.  The updated standard is effective for the Company in the first fiscal quarter of 2016.  The Company does not expect that the standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

 

NOTE 2:   Inventories

Inventories at the end of fiscal 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

  

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw materials and purchased parts

$

169,153

 

 

$

165,839

 

 

Work in progress

 

162,434

 

 

 

160,884

 

 

Inventory costs under long-term contracts

 

18,753

 

 

 

17,470

 

 

Finished goods

 

96,428

 

 

 

89,402

 

 

 

$

446,768

 

 

$

433,595

 

 

 

 

NOTE 3:   Goodwill

The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill by segment for fiscal 2015 and 2014:

  

In Thousands

Avionics &

 

 

Sensors &

 

 

Advanced

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Controls

 

 

Systems

 

 

Materials

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, October 25, 2013

$

464,703

 

 

$

449,483

 

 

$

214,791

 

 

$

1,128,977

 

 

Goodwill from acquisitions

 

-

 

 

 

17,741

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,741

 

 

Goodwill adjustments

 

-

 

 

 

(1,427

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,427

)

 

Goodwill write off on assets held for sale

 

(6,333

)

 

 

(8,702

)

 

 

(7,427

)

 

 

(22,462

)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(18,355

)

 

 

(31,742

)

 

 

(946

)

 

 

(51,043

)

 

Balance, October 31, 2014

 

440,015

 

 

 

425,353

 

 

 

206,418

 

 

 

1,071,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill from acquisitions

 

48,537

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

48,537

 

 

Goodwill adjustments

 

(841

)

 

 

(3,295

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,136

)

 

Goodwill write off on assets held for sale

 

(2,043

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,043

)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(35,069

)

 

 

(34,351

)

 

 

(2,733

)

 

 

(72,153

)

 

Balance, October 2, 2015

$

450,599

 

 

$

387,707

 

 

$

203,685

 

 

$

1,041,991

 

 

 

53


 

 

On September 3, 2014, the Board of Directors approved a plan to sell certain non-core business units.  These business units are reported as discontinued operations.  Based upon the estimated fair values, the Company recorded an estimated after-tax loss of $49.5 million in fiscal 2014 on the assets held for sale in discontinued operations, of which $22.5 million was recorded against goodwill.  In fiscal 2015, based upon the estimated fair values, the Company recorded and estimated after-tax loss of $31.2 million on the assets held for sale in discontinued operations, of which $2.0 million was recorded against goodwill.

 

 

NOTE 4:   Intangible Assets

Intangible assets at the end of fiscal 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

  

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Years

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accum.

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accum.

 

 

 

Useful Life

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amort.

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amort.

 

 

Amortized Intangible Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Programs

 

16

 

 

$

635,761

 

 

$

270,830

 

 

$

619,175

 

 

$

251,199

 

 

Core technology

 

12

 

 

 

15,926

 

 

 

10,273

 

 

 

15,926

 

 

 

8,893

 

 

Patents and other

 

12

 

 

 

87,506

 

 

 

45,402

 

 

 

95,459

 

 

 

42,874

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

739,193

 

 

$

326,505

 

 

$

730,560

 

 

$

302,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademark

 

 

 

 

$

39,352

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

43,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Programs represent the valuation of systems or components sold under long-term supply agreements with aerospace companies, military contractors, and OEM manufacturers using similar technology.  The valuation of the program includes the values of the program-specific technology, the backlog of contracts, and the relationship with customers which lead to potential future contracts.  The valuation of the program is based upon its discounted cash flow at a market-based discount rate.

Amortization of intangible assets from continuing operations was $44.0 million, $49.4 million, and $46.1 million in fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Amortization of intangible assets related to discontinued operations was $9.1 million and $8.9 million in fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets for each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:

  

In Thousands

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

47,763

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,018

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,231

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,718

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,432

 

 

 

 

 

54


 

 

NOTE 5:   Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities at the end of fiscal 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

  

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payroll and other compensation

$

107,912

 

 

$

123,317

 

 

Commissions

 

5,373

 

 

 

5,014

 

 

Casualty and medical

 

14,881

 

 

 

14,027

 

 

Interest

 

6,999

 

 

 

7,006

 

 

Warranties

 

14,658

 

 

 

16,243

 

 

State and other tax accruals

 

3,986

 

 

 

6,811

 

 

Customer deposits

 

32,566

 

 

 

19,624

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

19,647

 

 

 

23,522

 

 

Contract reserves

 

13,008

 

 

 

11,260

 

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

20,932

 

 

 

15,505

 

 

Litigation reserves

 

6,657

 

 

 

5,534

 

 

Environmental reserves

 

646

 

 

 

650

 

 

Rent and future lease obligations

 

1,958

 

 

 

1,251

 

 

Other

 

10,511

 

 

 

12,772

 

 

 

$

259,734

 

 

$

262,536

 

 

Accrued liabilities are recorded to reflect the Company’s contractual obligations relating to warranty commitments to customers.  Warranty coverage of various lengths and terms is provided to customers depending on standard offerings and negotiated contractual agreements.  An estimate for warranty expense is recorded at the time of sale based on the length of the warranty and historical warranty return rates and repair costs.

Changes in the carrying amount of accrued product warranty costs are summarized as follows:

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

$

16,243

 

 

$

19,372

 

 

Warranty costs incurred

 

(1,917

)

 

 

(3,074

)

 

Reclassification to liabilities held for sale

 

(108

)

 

 

(858

)

 

Product warranty accrual

 

7,762

 

 

 

8,185

 

 

Release of reserves

 

(6,702

)

 

 

(6,371

)

 

Acquisitions

 

1,024

 

 

 

-

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(1,644

)

 

 

(1,011

)

 

Balance, end of year

$

14,658

 

 

$

16,243

 

 

 

 

NOTE 6:   Retirement Benefits

Approximately 41% of U.S. employees have a defined benefit earned under the Esterline pension plan.

Under the Esterline plan, pension benefits are based on years of service and five-year average compensation for the highest five consecutive years’ compensation during the last ten years of employment.  Esterline amended its defined benefit plan to add the cash balance formula with annual pay credits ranging from 2% to 6% effective January 1, 2003.  Participants elected either to continue earning benefits under the current plan formula or to earn benefits under the cash balance formula.  Effective January 1, 2003, all new participants are enrolled in the cash balance formula.  Esterline also has an unfunded supplemental retirement plan for key executives providing for periodic payments upon retirement.

CMC Electronics, Inc. (CMC) sponsors defined benefit pension plans and other retirement benefit plans for its non-U.S. employees.  Pension benefits are based upon years of service and final average salary.  Other retirement benefit plans are non-contributory health care and life insurance plans.

The Company sponsors a number of other non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans primarily in Belgium, France and Germany.  These defined benefit plans generally provide benefits to employees based on formulas recognizing length of service and earnings.

55


 

The Company accounts for pension expense using the end of the fiscal year as its measurement date .   In addition, the Company makes actuarially computed contributions to these plans as necessary to adequately fund benefits .   The Company’s funding po licy is consistent with the minimum funding requirements of ERISA .

The accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation for the Esterline plans are $275.8 million and $287.5 million, respectively, with plan assets of $253.9 million as of October 2, 2015.  The underfunded status for the Esterline plans is $33.6 million at October 2, 2015.  Contributions to the Esterline plans totaled $1.2 million and $13.3 million in fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively.  There is no funding requirement for fiscal 2016 for the U.S. pension plans maintained by Esterline.

The accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation for the CMC plans are $123.2 million and $124.1 million, respectively, with plan assets of $119.5 million as of October 2, 2015.  The underfunded status for these CMC plans is $4.6 million at October 2, 2015.  Contributions to the CMC plans totaled $6.3 million and $7.5 million in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The expected funding requirement for fiscal 2016 for the CMC plans is $6.2 million.

The accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation for the other non-U.S. plans are $34.1 million and $41.7 million, respectively, with plan assets of $16.1 million as of October 2, 2015.  The underfunded status for these other non-U.S. plans is $25.6 million at October 2, 2015.  Contributions to the other non-U.S. plans totaled $1.7 million and $2.7 million in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The expected funding requirement for fiscal 2016 for the other non-U.S. plans is $0.5 million.

Principal assumptions of the Esterline, CMC and Other Non-U.S. plans are as follows:

  

 

Esterline

 

CMC

 

Other Non-U.S.

 

 

Defined Benefit

 

Defined Benefit

 

Defined Benefit

 

 

Pension Plans

 

Pension Plans

 

Pension Plans

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

 

Principal assumptions as of year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

4.40%

 

4.25%

 

4.00%

 

4.10%

 

1.80 - 8.25%

 

2.00 - 8.75%

 

Rate of increase in future

   compensation levels

4.22%

 

4.21%

 

3.00%

 

3.00%

 

4.50 - 8.90%

 

4.50 - 8.83%

 

Assumed long-term rate of

   return on plan assets

7.00%

 

7.00%

 

5.70%

 

6.35%

 

3.25 - 8.00%

 

3.25 - 8.00%

 

  

 

 

 

Esterline

 

CMC

 

 

 

 

Post-Retirement

 

Post-Retirement

 

 

 

 

Pension Plans

 

Pension Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

 

Principal assumptions as of year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

 

 

4.40%

 

4.25%

 

4.00%

 

4.10%

 

Initial weighted average health care trend rate

 

 

 

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

3.70%

 

6.20%

 

Ultimate weighted average health care trend rate

 

 

 

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

3.10%

 

4.20%

 

 

 

The Company uses a discount rate for expected returns that is a spot rate developed from a yield curve established from high-quality corporate bonds and matched to plan-specific projected benefit payments.  Although future changes to the discount rate are unknown, had the discount rate increased or decreased by 25 basis points, pension liabilities in total would have decreased $13.2 million or increased $13.8 million, respectively.  If all other assumptions are held constant, the estimated effect on fiscal 2015 pension expense from a hypothetical 25 basis points increase or decrease in both the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would not have a material effect on our pension expense.  Management is not aware of any legislative or other initiatives or circumstances that will significantly impact the Company’s pension obligations in fiscal 2016.

The assumed health care trend rate has a significant impact on the Company’s post-retirement benefit obligations.  The Company’s health care trend rate was based on the experience of its plan and expectations for the future.  A 100 basis points increase in the health care trend rate would increase the post-retirement benefit obligation by $1.3 million.  A 100 basis points decrease in the health care trend rate would decrease the post-retirement benefit obligation by $1.2 million.  Assuming all other assumptions are held constant, the estimated effect on fiscal 2015 post-retirement benefit expense from a hypothetical 100 basis points increase or decrease in the health care trend rate would not have a material effect on our post-retirement benefit expense.

56


 

Plan assets are invested in a diversified portfolio of equity and debt securities consist ing primarily of common stocks, bonds and government securities .   The objective of these investments is to maintain sufficient liquidity to fund current benefit payments and achieve targeted risk-adjusted returns .   Management periodically reviews allocatio ns of plan assets by investment type and evaluates external sources of information regarding the long-term historical returns and expected future returns for each investment type, and accordingly, the 3.25 % to 8 . 0 0% assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets is considered to be appropriate .   Allocations by investment type are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

 

Target

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Plan assets allocation as of fiscal year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

55 - 75%

 

 

56.8

%

 

 

62.2

%

 

Debt securities

25 - 45%

 

 

38.2

%

 

 

35.7

%

 

Cash

0%

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

2.1

%

 

Total

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s Pension Plan assets as of October 2, 2015, by asset category segregated by level within the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 7.

  

In Thousands

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Total

 

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investments Company Funds - U.S. Equity

$

95,481

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

95,481

 

 

Commingled Trust Funds - U.S. Equity

 

-

 

 

 

25,307

 

 

 

25,307

 

 

U.S. Equity Securities

 

30,868

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

30,868

 

 

Non-U.S. Equity Securities

 

20,898

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,898

 

 

Commingled Trust Funds - Non-U.S. Securities

 

-

 

 

 

48,592

 

 

 

48,592

 

 

Fixed Income Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commingled Trust Funds - Fixed Income

 

-

 

 

 

80,424

 

 

 

80,424

 

 

Non-U.S. Foreign Commercial and Government Bonds

 

68,390

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

68,390

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

19,501

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19,501

 

 

Total

$

235,138

 

 

$

154,323

 

 

$

389,461

 

 

 

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s Pension Plan assets as of October 31, 2014, by asset category segregated by level within the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 7.

 

In Thousands

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Total

 

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investments Company Funds - U.S. Equity

$

117,014

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

117,014

 

 

Commingled Trust Funds - U.S. Equity

 

-

 

 

 

28,734

 

 

 

28,734

 

 

U.S. Equity Securities

 

35,276

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

35,276

 

 

Non-U.S. Equity Securities

 

22,457

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,457

 

 

Commingled Trust Funds - Non-U.S. Securities

 

-

 

 

 

62,418

 

 

 

62,418

 

 

Fixed Income Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commingled Trust Funds - Fixed Income

 

-

 

 

 

87,078

 

 

 

87,078

 

 

Non-U.S. Foreign Commercial and Government Bonds

 

65,703

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

65,703

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

8,794

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,794

 

 

Total

$

249,244

 

 

$

178,230

 

 

$

427,474

 

 

 

Valuation Techniques

Level 1 Equity Securities are actively traded on U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and are either valued using the market approach at quoted market prices on the measurement date or at the net asset value of the shares held by the plan on the measurement date based on quoted market prices.

57


 

Level 1 fixed income securities are primarily valued using the market approach at either quoted market prices, pricing models that use observable market data, or bids provided b y independent investment brokerage firms .

Level 2 primarily consists of commingled trust funds that are primarily valued at the net asset value provided by the fund manager.  Net asset value is based on the fair value of the underlying investments.

Cash and cash equivalents include cash which is used to pay benefits and cash invested in a short-term investment fund that holds securities with values based on quoted market prices, but for which the funds are not valued on quoted market basis.

Net periodic pension cost for the Company’s defined benefit plans at the end of each fiscal year consisted of the following:

  

In Thousands

Defined Benefit

 

 

Post-Retirement

 

 

 

Pension Plans

 

 

Benefit Plans

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

Components of Net Periodic Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

$

11,811

 

 

$

11,367

 

 

$

11,848

 

 

$

359

 

 

$

489

 

 

$

508

 

 

Interest cost

 

16,159

 

 

 

19,387

 

 

 

17,893

 

 

 

464

 

 

 

685

 

 

 

674

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(23,872

)

 

 

(25,999

)

 

 

(22,476

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Contractual termination

 

-

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Curtailment

 

-

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,747

)

 

 

-

 

 

Settlement

 

3,522

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

404

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(151

)

 

 

(150

)

 

Amortization of actuarial

   (gain) loss

 

5,165

 

 

 

6,052

 

 

 

14,255

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

103

 

 

Net periodic cost (benefit)

$

13,189

 

 

$

11,031

 

 

$

21,904

 

 

$

760

 

 

$

(686

)

 

$

1,135

 

 

 


58


 

The funded status of the def ined benefit pension and post-retirement plans at the end of fiscal 2015 and 201 4 were as follows:

  

In Thousands

Defined Benefit

 

 

Post-Retirement

 

 

 

Pension Plans

 

 

Benefit Plans

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Benefit Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

473,348

 

 

$

443,133

 

 

$

13,797

 

 

$

16,713

 

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

(23,642

)

 

 

(13,285

)

 

 

(1,923

)

 

 

(1,230

)

 

Service cost

 

11,811

 

 

 

11,367

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

489

 

 

Interest cost

 

16,159

 

 

 

19,387

 

 

 

464

 

 

 

685

 

 

Plan participants contributions

 

256

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Amendment

 

3,407

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Acquisitions

 

13,982

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Contractual termination

 

-

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Curtailment

 

-

 

 

 

(241

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,075

)

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

(2,552

)

 

 

37,423

 

 

 

(67

)

 

 

(10

)

 

Other adjustments

 

(1,096

)

 

 

(1,615

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(38,390

)

 

 

(23,019

)

 

 

(443

)

 

 

(775

)

 

Ending balance

$

453,283

 

 

$

473,348

 

 

$

12,187

 

 

$

13,797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Assets - Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

427,474

 

 

$

390,809

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

(19,977

)

 

 

(10,144

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on plan assets

 

2,021

 

 

 

48,424

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Plan participants contributions

 

256

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Company contribution

 

9,185

 

 

 

23,524

 

 

 

443

 

 

 

776

 

 

Acquisitions

 

9,988

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Other adjustments

 

-

 

 

 

(122

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Expenses paid

 

(1,096

)

 

 

(2,102

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(38,390

)

 

 

(23,019

)

 

 

(443

)

 

 

(776

)

 

Ending balance

$

389,461

 

 

$

427,474

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded Status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

$

389,461

 

 

$

427,474

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

Benefit obligations

 

(453,283

)

 

 

(473,348

)

 

 

(12,187

)

 

 

(13,797

)

 

Net amount recognized

$

(63,822

)

 

$

(45,874

)

 

$

(12,187

)

 

$

(13,797

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current asset

$

2,172

 

 

$

5,940

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

Current liability

 

(2,463

)

 

 

(2,214

)

 

 

(699

)

 

 

(704

)

 

Non-current liability

 

(63,531

)

 

 

(49,600

)

 

 

(11,488

)

 

 

(13,093

)

 

Net amount recognized

$

(63,822

)

 

$

(45,874

)

 

$

(12,187

)

 

$

(13,797

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss (gain)

$

96,073

 

 

$

89,266

 

 

$

232

 

 

$

339

 

 

Prior service cost

 

3,436

 

 

 

700

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(80

)

 

Ending balance

$

99,509

 

 

$

89,966

 

 

$

215

 

 

$

259

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans was $433.1 million at October 2, 2015, and $458.9 million at October 31, 2014.


59


 

Estimated future benefit payments expected to be paid from the plan or from the C ompany’s assets are as follows:

  

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

25,801

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,953

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,375

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,725

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,805

 

 

2021 - 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

162,097

 

 

 

Employees may participate in certain defined contribution plans.  The Company’s contribution expense under these plans totaled $9.5 million, $10.3 million, and $9.4 million in fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  The Company contributes a matching amount that varies by participating company and employee group based on the first 6% of earnings contributed.  The three formulas used are: 25% of the first 6%; or 50% of the first 6%; or 100% of the first 2% and 50% on the next 4%.

In fiscal 2014, the Company offered vested terminated participants in the Esterline plan a one-time opportunity to elect a lump-sum payment from the plan in lieu of a lifetime annuity.  In the first fiscal quarter of 2015, the Company paid $16.6 million in lump-sum payments to vested terminated pension plan participants from the plan, which resulted in an actuarial settlement charge of $3.0 million.  During the remainder of fiscal 2015, an additional $1.4 million in lump-sum payments was distributed to cash balance participants under the ongoing terms of the plan, which resulted in an additional settlement charge of $0.5 million in fiscal 2015.

 

 

NOTE 7:  Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  A fair value hierarchy has been established that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The hierarchy of fair value measurements is described below:

 

Level 1 – Valuations are based on quoted prices that the Company has the ability to obtain in actively traded markets for identical assets and liabilities.  Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market or exchange traded market, a valuation of these instruments does not require a significant degree of judgment.

 

Level 2 – Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

Level 3 – Valuations are based on model-based techniques for which some or all of the assumptions are obtained from indirect market information that is significant to the overall fair value measurement and which require a significant degree of management judgment.

60


 

The follow ing table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy at the end of fiscal 2015 and 201 4 :

 

In Thousands

Level 2

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative contracts designated as hedging instruments

$

1,386

 

 

$

24

 

 

Derivative contracts not designated as hedging instruments

 

189

 

 

 

1,081

 

 

Embedded derivatives

 

3,992

 

 

 

2,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative contracts designated as hedging instruments

$

24,660

 

 

$

14,592

 

 

Derivative contracts not designated as hedging instruments

 

2,324

 

 

 

4,188

 

 

Embedded derivatives

 

380

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

In Thousands

Level 3

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent purchase obligation

$

3,750

 

 

$

5,000

 

 

 

The Company’s embedded derivatives are the result of entering into sales or purchase contracts that are denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency or the supplier’s or customer’s functional currency.  The fair value is determined by calculating the difference between quoted exchange rates at the time the contract was entered into and the period-end exchange rate.  These contracts are categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company’s derivative contracts consist of foreign currency exchange contracts and, from time to time, interest rate swap agreements.  These derivative contracts are over the counter and their fair value is determined using modeling techniques that include market inputs such as interest rates, yield curves, and currency exchange rates.  These contracts are categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company’s contingent purchase obligations consist of additional contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of Sunbank Family of Companies, LLC (Sunbank) of $3.8 million as of October 2, 2015, and $5.0 million as of October 31, 2014.  The contingent considerations will be payable to the sellers if certain performance objectives are met following the acquisition in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement.  The values recorded on the balance sheet were derived from the estimated probability that the performance objectives will be met.  The contingent purchase obligation is categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

 

NOTE 8:   Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company may use derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forward exchange contracts and interest rate swap contracts for the purpose of minimizing exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on business transactions and interest rates, respectively.  The Company’s policy is to execute such instruments with banks the Company believes to be credit worthy and not to enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.  These derivative financial instruments do not subject the Company to undue risk, as gains and losses on these instruments generally offset gains and losses on the underlying assets, liabilities, or anticipated transactions that are being hedged.

All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  For a derivative that has not been designated as an accounting hedge, the change in the fair value is recognized immediately through earnings.  For a derivative that has been designated as an accounting hedge of an existing asset or liability (a fair value hedge), the change in the fair value of both the derivative and underlying asset or liability is recognized immediately through earnings.  For a derivative designated as an accounting hedge of an anticipated transaction (a cash flow hedge), the change in the fair value is recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) to the extent the derivative is effective in mitigating the exposure related to the anticipated transaction.  The change in the fair value related to the ineffective portion of the hedge, if any, is immediately recognized in earnings.  The amount recorded within AOCI is reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings.

The fair values of derivative instruments are presented on a gross basis, as the Company does not have any derivative contracts which are subject to master netting arrangements.  The Company does not have any derivative instruments with credit-risk-

61


 

related contingent features or that required the posting of collateral as of October 2, 2015 .   The cash flows from derivative contracts are recorded in operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows .

Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts

The Company transacts business in various foreign currencies which subjects the Company’s cash flows and earnings to exposure related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  These exposures arise primarily from purchases or sales of products and services from third parties.  Foreign currency forward exchange contracts provide for the purchase or sale of foreign currencies at specified future dates at specified exchange rates, and are used to offset changes in the fair value of certain assets or liabilities or forecasted cash flows resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies.  As of October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, the Company had outstanding foreign currency forward exchange contracts principally to sell U.S. dollars with notional amounts of $402.9 million and $396.2 million, respectively.  These notional values consist primarily of contracts for the European euro, British pound sterling and Canadian dollar, and are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents at spot exchange rates at the respective dates.

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk by maintaining an appropriate mix of fixed and variable rate debt, which over time should moderate the costs of debt financing.  When considered necessary, the Company may use financial instruments in the form of interest rate swaps to help meet this objective.

Embedded Derivative Instruments

The Company’s embedded derivatives are the result of entering into sales or purchase contracts that are denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency or the supplier’s or customer’s functional currency.

Net Investment Hedge

In April 2015, the Company issued €330.0 million in 3.625% Senior Notes due April 2023 (2023 Notes) and requiring semi-annual interest payments in April and October each year until maturity.  The Company designated the 2023 Notes and accrued interest as a hedge of the investment in certain foreign business units.  The foreign currency gain or loss that is effective as a hedge is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.  To the extent that this hedge is ineffective, the foreign currency gain or loss is recorded in earnings.  There was no ineffectiveness since inception of the hedge.

In July 2011, the Company entered into a Euro Term Loan for €125.0 million under the secured credit facility.  The Company designated the Euro Term Loan a hedge of the investment in a certain French business unit.  The foreign currency gain or loss that is effective as a hedge is reported as a component of other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.  To the extent that this hedge is ineffective, the foreign currency gain or loss is recorded in earnings.  There has been no ineffectiveness since inception of the hedge. In the third fiscal quarter of 2014, the Company paid off the remaining balance of the Euro Term Loan.  As a result, the Company recorded a net loss of $0.5 million on extinguishment of debt in fiscal 2014.

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

Fair values of derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the end of fiscal 2015 and 2014 consisted of:

 

In Thousands

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Classification

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

$

1,527

 

 

$

1,052

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

48

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

20,688

 

 

 

15,490

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

6,296

 

 

 

3,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded Derivative Instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

$

2,913

 

 

$

296

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

1,079

 

 

 

2,055

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

351

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

29

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

62


 

The effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2015 and 201 4 consisted of:

Fair Value Hedges

We recognized the following gains (losses) on contracts designated as fair value hedges:

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) recognized in sales

$

1,433

 

 

$

2,011

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges

We recognized the following gains (losses) on contracts designated as cash flow hedges:

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) recognized in AOCI (effective portion)

$

15,484

 

 

$

(6,245

)

 

Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into sales

 

(24,246

)

 

 

(6,083

)

 

 

Net Investment Hedges

We recognized the following gains (losses) on contracts designated as net investment hedges:

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro term loan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) recognized in AOCI

$

-

 

 

$

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023 Notes and Accrued Interest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) recognized in AOCI

$

(13,596

)

 

$

-

 

 

 

During fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a loss of $0.7 million and a loss of $6.4 million on foreign currency forward exchange contracts that have not been designated as an accounting hedge, respectively.  These foreign currency exchange gains (losses) are included in selling, general and administrative expense.

There was no significant impact to the Company’s earnings related to the ineffective portion of any hedging instruments during fiscal years 2015 and 2014.  In addition, there was no significant impact to the Company’s earnings when a hedged firm commitment no longer qualified as a fair value hedge or when a hedged forecasted transaction no longer qualified as a cash flow hedge during fiscal years 2015 and 2014.

Amounts included in AOCI are reclassified into earnings when the hedged transaction settles.  The Company expects to reclassify approximately $17.8 million of net loss into earnings in fiscal year 2016.  The maximum duration of a foreign currency cash flow hedge contract at October 2, 2015, is 23 months.

 

 

63


 

NOTE 9:     Income Taxes

Income tax expense from continuing operations for each of the fiscal years consisted of:

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

$

11,045

 

 

$

27,243

 

 

$

25,716

 

 

State

 

492

 

 

 

1,732

 

 

 

3,978

 

 

Foreign

 

24,131

 

 

 

28,944

 

 

 

24,044

 

 

 

 

35,668

 

 

 

57,919

 

 

 

53,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

 

(7,686

)

 

 

(1,024

)

 

 

(2,257

)

 

State

 

(195

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(1,563

)

 

Foreign

 

(8,831

)

 

 

(13,169

)

 

 

(17,115

)

 

 

 

(16,712

)

 

 

(14,203

)

 

 

(20,935

)

 

Income tax expense

$

18,956

 

 

$

43,716

 

 

$

32,803

 

 

 

U.S. and foreign components of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes for each of the fiscal years were:

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

$

43,592

 

 

$

101,803

 

 

$

97,902

 

 

Foreign

 

72,430

 

 

 

107,495

 

 

 

105,756

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

$

116,022

 

 

$

209,298

 

 

$

203,658

 

 

 

Primary components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) at the end of the fiscal years resulted from temporary tax differences associated with the following:

 

In Thousands

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves and liabilities

 

 

$

48,918

 

 

$

55,906

 

 

Loss carryforwards

 

 

 

49,667

 

 

 

261

 

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

 

32,015

 

 

 

31,082

 

 

Employee benefits

 

 

 

12,316

 

 

 

13,086

 

 

Retirement benefits

 

 

 

17,055

 

 

 

10,431

 

 

Non-qualified stock options

 

 

 

11,908

 

 

 

11,063

 

 

Hedging activities

 

 

 

6,092

 

 

 

5,091

 

 

Other

 

 

 

2,176

 

 

 

856

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

 

180,147

 

 

 

127,776

 

 

Less valuation allowance

 

 

 

(42,694

)

 

 

(151

)

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

 

137,453

 

 

 

127,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

(9,352

)

 

 

(15,925

)

 

Intangibles and amortization

 

 

 

(124,941

)

 

 

(136,116

)

 

Deferred costs

 

 

 

(5,779

)

 

 

(5,453

)

 

Other

 

 

 

(1,180

)

 

 

(1,083

)

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

(141,252

)

 

 

(158,577

)

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

 

$

(3,799

)

 

$

(30,952

)

 

 

The tax credit carryforwards can be carried forward indefinitely.

The Company operates in numerous taxing jurisdictions and is subject to regular examinations by various U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions for various tax periods.  Additionally, the Company has retained tax liabilities and the rights to tax refunds in connection with various acquisitions and divestitures of businesses in prior years.  The Company’s income tax positions are based on research and interpretations of income tax laws and rulings in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company does business.  Due to the subjectivity and complexity of the interpretations of the tax laws and rulings in each

64


 

jurisdiction, the differences and interplay in the tax laws between those jurisdictions , as well as the inherent uncertainty in estim ating the final resolution of complex tax audit matters, the Company’s estimates of income tax liabilities and assets may differ from actual payments, assessments or refunds .

Management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the current and long-term deferred tax assets as a result of future taxable income.  Significant factors management considered in determining the probability of the realization of the deferred tax assets include expected future earnings, the Company’s historical operating results, and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities.  Accordingly, no valuation allowance has been recorded on the deferred tax assets other than certain capital and net operating losses.  The majority of the losses will expire in fiscal 2020.

U.S. and various state and foreign income tax returns are open to examination, and presently there are foreign income tax returns under examination.  Such examinations could result in challenges to tax positions taken, and accordingly, the Company may record adjustments to provisions based on the outcomes of such matters.  However, the Company believes that the resolution of these matters, after considering amounts accrued, will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

The incremental tax benefit received by the Company upon exercise of non-qualified employee stock options was $2.0 million, $7.1 million, and $3.0 million in fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for each of the fiscal years was as follows:

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. statutory income tax rate

 

35.0

%

 

 

35.0

%

 

 

35.0

%

 

Foreign taxes

 

-10.7

%

 

 

-7.6

%

 

 

-8.2

%

 

Difference in foreign tax rates

 

-5.2

%

 

 

-4.4

%

 

 

-3.8

%

 

Research & development credits

 

-5.1

%

 

 

-2.5

%

 

 

-4.3

%

 

Non-deductible under consent agreement

 

2.2

%

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

1.7

%

 

Domestic manufacturing deduction

 

-0.7

%

 

 

-1.3

%

 

 

-1.3

%

 

Net change in tax reserves

 

-0.2

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

-3.0

%

 

State income taxes

 

0.2

%

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

0.6

%

 

Change in foreign tax rates and laws

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

-1.5

%

 

Goodwill impairment

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.4

%

 

Other, net

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

0.6

%

 

Effective income tax rate

 

16.3

%

 

 

20.9

%

 

 

16.2

%

 

 

No provision for federal income taxes has been made on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, since such earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested. The amount of undistributed foreign earnings which are considered to be indefinitely reinvested at October 2, 2015, is approximately $526.0 million.  Furthermore, the Company determined it was not practical to estimate the deferred taxes on these earnings.  The amount of deferred income taxes is not practical to compute due to the complexity of the Company’s international holding company structure, layers of regulatory requirements that have to be evaluated to determine the amount of allowable dividends, numerous potential repatriation scenarios that could be created to facilitate the repatriation of earnings to the U.S., and the complexity of computing foreign tax credits.

65


 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecogni zed tax benefits is as follows:

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits as of October 31, 2014

 

 

 

$

11,227

 

 

Unrecognized gross benefit change:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross increase due to prior period adjustments

 

 

 

 

672

 

 

Gross increase due to current period adjustments

 

 

 

 

743

 

 

Gross decrease due to a lapse with taxing authorities

 

 

 

 

(2,059

)

 

Total change in unrecognized gross benefit

 

 

 

 

(644

)

 

Unrecognized tax benefits as of October 2, 2015

 

 

 

$

10,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate

 

 

 

$

10,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total amount of interest income (expense) included in income tax expense

 

 

 

$

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized in the statement of financial position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total amount of accrued interest included in income taxes payable

 

 

 

$

891

 

 

 

During the next 12 months, it is reasonably possible that approximately $0.9 million of previously unrecognized tax benefits related to operating losses and tax credits could decrease as a result of settlement of examinations and/or the expiration of statutes of limitations.  The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

 

The Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities in its major tax jurisdictions as follows:

 

 

 

Years No Longer

 

Tax Jurisdiction

 

Subject to Audit

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

 

2011 and prior

 

Canada

 

2007 and prior

 

France

 

2011 and prior

 

United Kingdom

 

2012 and prior

 

 

 

NOTE 10:   Debt

Long-term debt at the end of fiscal 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. credit facility

$

160,000

 

 

$

100,000

 

 

U.S. Term Loan, due July 2016

 

-

 

 

 

161,875

 

 

U.S. Term Loan, due April 2020

 

250,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

7% Senior Notes, due August 2020

 

-

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

3.625% Senior Notes, due April 2023

 

370,062

 

 

 

-

 

 

Government refundable advances

 

43,326

 

 

 

51,867

 

 

Obligation under capital leases

 

57,853

 

 

 

58,448

 

 

Other

 

134

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

881,375

 

 

 

622,494

 

 

Less current maturities

 

13,589

 

 

 

12,774

 

 

Carrying amount of long-term debt

$

867,786

 

 

$

609,720

 

 

 

U.S. Credit Facility

On April 9, 2015, the Company amended the secured credit facility to extend the expiration to April 9, 2020, increase the revolving credit facility to $500 million, and provide for a delayed-draw term loan facility of $250 million.  The Company recorded $2.3 million in debt issuance costs.  The credit facility is secured by substantially all the Company’s assets and interest is based on standard inter-bank offering rates.  The interest rate ranges from LIBOR plus 1.25% to LIBOR plus 2.00%, depending on the leverage ratios at the time the funds are drawn.  At October 2, 2015, the Company had $160.0 million outstanding under the secured credit facility at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.50%, which equaled 1.71%.  An additional

66


 

$ 5 0.6 million of unsecured foreign currency credit facilities have been extended by foreign banks for a total of $ 5 50.6 million available companywide .   Available credit under the above credit facilitie s was $370.2 million at fiscal 2015 year end, when reduced by outstanding borrowings of $160.0 million and letters of credit of $20.4 million .

U.S. Term Loan, due July 2016

In April 2013, the Company amended the secured credit facility to provide for a $175.0 million term loan (U.S. Term Loan, due 2016).  On April 8, 2015, the Company paid off the $175 million U.S. Term Loan, due 2016.  In connection with the redemption, the Company wrote off $0.3 million in unamortized debt issuance costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt in the second fiscal quarter of 2015.

U.S. Term Loan, due April 2020

On August 3, 2015, the Company borrowed $250 million under the delayed-draw term loan provided for under the amended credit facility (U.S. Term Loan, due 2020).  The interest rate on the U.S. Term Loan, due 2020, ranges from LIBOR plus 1.25% to LIBOR plus 2.00%, depending on the leverage ratios at the time the funds are drawn.  At October 2, 2015, the interest rate was LIBOR plus 1.5%, which equaled 1.71%.  The loan amortizes at 1.25% of the original principal balance quarterly through March 2020, with the remaining balance due in April 2020.

7% Senior Notes, due August 2020

In August 2010, the Company issued $250.0 million in 7% Senior Notes, due August 2020 (2020 Notes) and requiring semi-annual interest payments in March and September of each year until maturity.

On August 4, 2015, the proceeds from the U.S. Term Loan, due 2020, were used to redeem all of the 2020 Notes.  In connection with the redemption, the Company incurred an $8.75 million redemption premium and wrote off $2.4 million in unamortized debt issuance costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2015.

3.625% Senior Notes, due April 2023

In April 2015, the Company issued €330.0 million in 3.625% Senior Notes, due April 2023 (2023 Notes) requiring semi-annual interest payments in April and October of each year until maturity.  The net proceeds from the sale of the notes, after deducting $5.9 million of debt issuance costs, were $350.8 million.  The 2023 Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company.  The 2023 Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company that are guarantors under the Company’s existing secured credit facility.  The 2023 Notes are subject to redemption at the option of the Company at any time prior to April 15, 2018, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued interest to the date of redemption and a make-whole provision.  The Company may also redeem up to 35% of the 2023 Notes before April 15, 2018, with the net cash proceeds from equity offerings.  The 2023 Notes are also subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after April 15, 2018, at redemption prices starting at 102.719% of the principal amount plus accrued interest during the period beginning April 15, 2018, and declining annually to 100% of principal and accrued interest on or after April 15, 2021.

Based on quoted market prices, the fair value of the Company’s 2023 Notes was $347.7 million as of October 2, 2015.  The carrying amounts of the secured credit facility and the U.S. Term Loan, due 2020, approximate fair value.  The estimate of fair value for the 2023 Notes was based on Level 2 inputs as defined in the fair value hierarchy.

Government Refundable Advances

Government refundable advances consist of payments received from the Canadian government to assist in research and development related to commercial aviation.  The repayment of this advance is based on year-over-year commercial aviation revenue growth at CMC beginning in 2014. Imputed interest on the advance was 3.4% at October 2, 2015.  The debt recognized was $43.3 million and $51.9 million as of October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, respectively.

Obligation Under Capital Leases

In fiscal 2008, the Company entered into a land and building lease for a 216,000 square-foot manufacturing facility for an Avionics & Controls segment facility.  The land and building lease has a fixed term of 30 years.  The expected minimum lease payments include a 2% annual rent increase.  At October 2, 2015, the amount recorded as a capitalized lease obligation is $32.5 million.  The imputed interest rate is 9%.

In fiscal 2009, the Company amended the building lease for an Avionics & Controls facility to extend the term of the lease to 2027.  At October 2, 2015, the amount recorded as a capitalized lease obligation is $11.3 million.  The imputed interest rate is 6.4%.

67


 

In fiscal 2013, the Company amended the building lease for an Avionics & Controls facility to extend the term of the lease to 2022 .   At October 2, 2015 , the amount recorded as a capitalized lease obligation is $ 11.1  million . The imputed interest rate is 4.5 % .

As of October 2, 2015, aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt and future non-cancelable minimum lease payments under capital lease obligations were as follows:

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

$

18,165

 

 

2017

 

 

 

17,973

 

 

2018

 

 

 

17,997

 

 

2019

 

 

 

18,083

 

 

2020

 

 

 

365,668

 

 

2021 and thereafter

 

 

 

510,135

 

 

Total

 

 

 

948,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: amount representing interest on capital leases

 

 

 

66,646

 

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

$

881,375

 

 

 

A number of underlying agreements contain various covenant restrictions which include maintenance of net worth, payment of dividends, interest coverage, and limitations on additional borrowings.  The Company was in compliance with these covenants at October 2, 2015.

 

 

NOTE 11:   Commitments and Contingencies

Rental expense for operating leases for engineering, selling, administrative and manufacturing totaled $18.6 million, $18.1 million and $17.0 million in fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

At October 2, 2015, the Company’s rental commitments for noncancelable operating leases with a duration in excess of one year were as follows:

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

14,960

 

 

2017

 

 

10,854

 

 

2018

 

 

8,796

 

 

2019

 

 

6,468

 

 

2020

 

 

5,438

 

 

2021 and thereafter

 

 

8,896

 

 

Total

 

$

55,412

 

 

 

The Company is subject to purchase obligations for goods and services.  The purchase obligations include amounts under legally enforceable agreements for goods and services with defined terms as to quantity, price and timing of delivery.  As of October 2, 2015, the Company’s purchase obligations were as follows:

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

1‒3

 

 

4‒5

 

 

After 5

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1 year

 

 

years

 

 

years

 

 

years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase obligations

$

672,166

 

 

$

626,777

 

 

$

34,320

 

 

$

11,069

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

The Company is a party to various lawsuits and claims, both as plaintiff and defendant, and has contingent liabilities arising from the conduct of business, none of which, in the opinion of management, is expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.  The Company believes that it has made appropriate and adequate provisions for contingent liabilities.

68


 

At the end of fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 , the Company had a $ 1.6   million and $1. 5   million liability, respectively , related to environmental remediation at a previously sold business for which the Company provided indemnification.

On March 5, 2014, the Company entered into a Consent Agreement with the U.S. Department of State’s Directorate of Defense Trade Controls Office of Defense Trade Controls Compliance (DTCC) to resolve alleged International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) civil violations. The Consent Agreement settled the pending ITAR compliance matter with the DTCC previously reported by the Company that resulted from voluntary reports the Company filed with DTCC that disclosed possible technical and administrative violations of the ITAR. The Consent Agreement has a three-year term and provides for: (i) a payment of $20 million, $10 million of which is suspended and eligible for offset credit based on verified expenditures for past and future remedial compliance measures; (ii) the appointment of an external Special Compliance Official to oversee compliance with the Consent Agreement and the ITAR; (iii) two external audits of the Company’s ITAR compliance program; and (iv) continued implementation of ongoing compliance measures and additional remedial compliance measures related to automated systems and ITAR compliance policies, procedures, and training.

The settlement amount in the Consent Agreement was consistent with the amount proposed by DTCC in August 2013, for which the Company estimated and recorded a $10 million charge in the fiscal quarter ended July 26, 2013. The $10 million portion of the settlement that is not subject to suspension will be paid in installments, with $4 million paid in March 2014, $2 million paid in February 2015, and $2 million to be paid in each of March 2016 and 2017. The Company expects some part of recent investments made in our ITAR compliance program will be eligible for credit against the suspended portion of the settlement amount, which include: additional staffing, ongoing implementation of a new software system, employee training, and establishment of a regular compliance audit program and corrective action process. The Company expects recent and future investments in remedial compliance measures will be sufficient to cover the $10 million suspended payment.

Approximately 571 U.S.-based employees or 12.5% of total U.S.-based employees were represented by various labor unions.  The Company’s European operations are subject to national trade union agreements and to local regulations governing employment.

 

 

NOTE 12:   Employee Stock Plans

The Company has three share-based compensation plans, which are described below.  The compensation cost that has been charged against income for those plans for fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $10.8 million, $13.0 million, and $9.6 million, respectively.  The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for the share-based compensation arrangement for fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $2.7 million, $3.0 million, and $3.0 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company offers an employee stock purchase plan to its employees.  The plan qualifies as a noncompensatory employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.  Employees are eligible to participate through payroll deductions subject to certain limitations.

The plan has a safe harbor design where shares are purchased by participants at 95% of the fair market value on the purchase date and, therefore, compensation cost is not recorded.  During fiscal 2015, employees purchased 20,545 shares at a fair market value price of $96.67 per share.  At the end of fiscal 2015, the Company had reserved 83,728 shares for issuance under its employee share-save scheme for U.K. employees, leaving a balance of 549,808 shares available for issuance in the future.  As of October 2, 2015, deductions aggregating $0.5 million were accrued for the purchase of shares on December 15, 2015.

Employee Share-Save Scheme

The Company offers shares under its employee share-save scheme for U.K. employees.  This plan allows participants the option to purchase shares at 95% of the market price of the stock as of the beginning of the offering period.  The term of these options is three years.  The share-save scheme is not a “safe-harbor” design, and, therefore, compensation cost is recognized on this plan.

Under the employee share-save scheme, option exercise prices are equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The Company granted 25,984, 29,242 and 16,722 options in fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted in fiscal 2015 was $24.31 per share.  During fiscal 2015, 32,761 options were exercised at a weighted average exercise price of $65.78.

69


 

The fair value of the awards under the employee share-save scheme was estimated using a Black-Scholes pricing model which uses the assumptions noted in the following table .   The risk-free rate for the contractual life of the option i s based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect the time of grant .

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

 

25.80

%

 

 

33.69

%

 

 

36.97

%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.93

%

 

 

0.73

%

 

 

0.40

%

 

Expected life (years)

3

 

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

Dividends

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan

The Company also provides an equity incentive plan for officers and key employees.  At the end of fiscal 2015, the Company had 1,481,202 shares reserved for issuance to officers and key employees, of which 1,214,523 shares were available to be granted in the future.

The Board of Directors authorized the Compensation Committee to administer awards granted under the equity incentive plan and to establish the terms of such awards.  Awards under the equity incentive plan may be granted to eligible employees of the Company over the 10-year period ending March 5, 2023.  Options granted generally become exercisable ratably over a period of four years following the date of grant and expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant.  Option exercise prices are equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted in fiscal 2015 and 2014 was $47.85 per share and $45.87 per share, respectively.

The fair value of each option granted by the Company was estimated using a Black-Scholes pricing model which uses the assumptions noted in the following table.  The Company uses historical data to estimate volatility of the Company’s common stock and option exercise and employee termination assumptions.  The range of the expected term reflects the results from certain groups of employees exhibiting different behavior.  The risk-free rate for the periods within the contractual life of the grant is based upon the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of the grant.

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

40.73 - 41.89%

 

41.87 - 43.17%

 

41.89 - 44.25%

 

Risk-free interest rate

1.43 - 2.00%

 

1.73 - 2.99%

 

0.79 - 1.88%

 

Expected life (years)

5 - 9

 

5 - 9

 

4.5 - 9.5

 

Dividends

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

The following table summarizes the changes in outstanding options granted under the Company’s equity incentive plan:

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Average

 

 

Shares

 

 

Average

 

 

Shares

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Subject to

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Subject to

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Subject to

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Option

 

 

Price

 

 

Option

 

 

Price

 

 

Option

 

 

Price

 

 

Outstanding,

   beginning of year

 

1,367,793

 

 

$

60.23

 

 

 

1,829,488

 

 

$

51.08

 

 

 

2,124,300

 

 

$

46.18

 

 

Granted

 

203,200

 

 

 

107.34

 

 

 

207,200

 

 

 

97.61

 

 

 

257,000

 

 

 

65.58

 

 

Exercised

 

(182,322

)

 

 

50.94

 

 

 

(618,645

)

 

 

45.16

 

 

 

(518,537

)

 

 

37.89

 

 

Forfeited/cancelled

 

(24,750

)

 

 

74.73

 

 

 

(50,250

)

 

 

66.65

 

 

 

(33,275

)

 

 

56.15

 

 

Outstanding,

   end of year

 

1,363,921

 

 

$

68.23

 

 

 

1,367,793

 

 

$

60.23

 

 

 

1,829,488

 

 

$

51.08

 

 

Exercisable,

   end of year

 

826,496

 

 

$

55.63

 

 

 

752,943

 

 

$

50.36

 

 

 

1,075,788

 

 

$

45.65

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of the option shares outstanding and exercisable at October 2, 2015, was $17.0 million and $14.7 million, respectively.

The number of option shares vested or that are expected to vest at October 2, 2015, was 1.3 million and the aggregate intrinsic value was $16.7 million.  The weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining contractual term of option

70


 

shares vested or that are expected to vest at October 2, 2015 , was $ 67.24 and 5.9 years, respectively .   The weighted-average remaining contractual term of option shares currently exercisable is 4.7 years as of October 2, 2015 .

The table below presents stock activity related to stock options exercised in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

 

In Thousands

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock options exercised

 

 

$

11,420

 

 

$

29,359

 

 

Tax benefits related to stock options exercised

 

 

 

1,869

 

 

 

6,892

 

 

Intrinsic value of stock options exercised

 

 

 

10,861

 

 

 

34,965

 

 

 

Total unrecognized compensation expense for stock options that have not vested as of October 2, 2015, is $8.5 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.  The total fair value of option shares vested during the year ended October 2, 2015, was $2.3 million.

 

The following table summarizes information for stock options outstanding at October 2, 2015:

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Range of Exercise Prices

Shares

 

Life (years)

 

 

Price

 

 

Shares

 

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$   29.86 - 50.00

 

257,221

 

 

3.4

 

 

$

39.29

 

 

 

257,221

 

 

$

39.29

 

 

     50.01 - 52.00

 

211,575

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

51.06

 

 

 

149,750

 

 

 

51.06

 

 

     52.01 - 65.00

 

342,925

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

60.61

 

 

 

283,275

 

 

 

60.83

 

 

     65.01 - 80.00

 

160,800

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

69.94

 

 

 

83,150

 

 

 

71.07

 

 

     80.01 - 100.00

 

187,200

 

 

8.2

 

 

 

94.83

 

 

 

48,525

 

 

 

94.10

 

 

   100.01 - 118.32

 

204,200

 

 

9.2

 

 

 

109.50

 

 

 

4,575

 

 

 

112.55

 

 

 

The Company granted 28,150 and 77,975 restricted stock units (RSUs) during fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively.  The fair value of each RSU granted by the Company is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  RSUs granted generally have a three-year cliff vesting schedule.

The following table summarizes the changes in RSUs granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans:

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested, beginning of year

 

103,971

 

 

$

80.01

 

 

 

54,880

 

 

$

70.26

 

 

Granted

 

28,150

 

 

 

105.34

 

 

 

77,975

 

 

 

84.65

 

 

Vested

 

(12,740

)

 

 

79.84

 

 

 

(27,284

)

 

 

73.57

 

 

Forfeited/cancelled

 

(2,100

)

 

 

88.99

 

 

 

(1,600

)

 

 

81.09

 

 

Non-vested, end of year

 

117,281

 

 

$

85.95

 

 

 

103,971

 

 

$

80.01

 

 

Total unrecognized compensation expense for RSUs that have not vested as of October 2, 2015, is $4.0 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

The table below presents stock activity related to restricted stock units vested in fiscal 2015 and 2014:

 

In Thousands

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefits related to restricted stock units vested

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

198

 

 

Intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested

 

 

 

912

 

 

 

3,153

 

 

 

 

71


 

NOTE 13:   Shareholder’s Equity

The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 25,000 shares of preferred stock ($100 par value), 475,000 shares of serial preferred stock ($1.00 par value), each issuable in series, and 60,000,000 shares of common stock ($.20 par value).  At the end of fiscal 2015, there were no shares of preferred stock or serial preferred stock outstanding.

Changes in outstanding common shares are summarized as follows:

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued, beginning of year

 

32,123,717

 

 

 

31,441,949

 

 

Shares issued under share-based compensation plans

 

254,468

 

 

 

681,768

 

 

Shares issued, end of year

 

32,378,185

 

 

 

32,123,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock purchased, beginning of year

 

(269,228

)

 

 

-

 

 

Treasury stock purchased

 

(2,562,122

)

 

 

(269,228

)

 

Treasury stock purchased, end of year

 

(2,831,350

)

 

 

(269,228

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares outstanding, end of year

 

29,546,835

 

 

 

31,854,489

 

 

 

 

On June 19, 2014, the Company’s board of directors approved a $200 million share repurchase program.  In March 2015, the Company’s board of directors approved an additional $200 million for the share repurchase program.  Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $400 million of outstanding shares of common stock from time to time, depending on market conditions, share price and other factors.  Repurchases may be made in the open market or through private transactions, in accordance with SEC requirements.  The Company may enter into a Rule 10(b)5-1 plan designed to facilitate the repurchase of all or a portion of the repurchase amount.  The program does not require the Company to acquire a specific number of shares.  Common stock repurchased can be reissued, and accordingly, the Company accounts for repurchased stock under the cost method of accounting.

The Company purchased the following shares of common stock in fiscal 2015 under the above described repurchase plan:

 

In Thousands, Except Shares Amounts

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

849,648

 

 

$

92,626

 

 

Second quarter

 

312,788

 

 

 

34,716

 

 

Third quarter

 

1,399,686

 

 

 

132,176

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Total

 

2,562,122

 

 

$

259,518

 

 

 

 

The components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative contracts

$

(22,941

)

 

$

(14,179

)

 

Tax effect

 

6,036

 

 

 

3,890

 

 

 

 

(16,905

)

 

 

(10,289

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and post-retirement obligations

 

(99,724

)

 

 

(90,225

)

 

Tax effect

 

33,775

 

 

 

30,072

 

 

 

 

(65,949

)

 

 

(60,153

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

(225,974

)

 

 

(61,135

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

$

(308,828

)

 

$

(131,577

)

 

 

 

NOTE 14:   Acquisitions

On January 31, 2015, the Company acquired the defense, aerospace and training display (DAT) business of Belgium-based Barco N.V. (Barco) for €150 million, or approximately $171 million, in cash before a working capital adjustment of

72


 

approximately $15 million .  The working capital adjustment decreased the purchase price and was received in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.  The Company incurred a $2.9 million foreign currency exchange loss in the funding of the acquisition in the first quarter of fiscal 2015.  Acquisition related costs of $3.4   million have been recognized as selling, genera l and administrative expense.   The DAT acquisition contributed $82.5 million in sales and a $16.0 million operating loss in fiscal year 2015.   The Company financed the acquisition primarily using international cash reserves, with the balance funded by borr owings under its existi ng credit facility.  The DAT business develops and manufactures visualization solutions for a variety of demanding defense and commercial aerospace applications and is included in our Avionics & Controls segment.

The following summarizes the allocation of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.  The fair value adjustment for inventory was $7.0 million, which will be recognized as cost of goods sold over eight months, the estimated inventory turnover.  The fair value of acquired programs represented the value of visualization solutions sold under long-term supply agreements with aerospace companies, military contractors, and OEM manufacturers using similar technology.  The valuation of the program included the values of program-specific technology, the backlog of contracts, and the relationship with customers which lead to potential future contracts.  The valuation of the programs was based upon the discounted cash flow at a market-based discount rate.  The purchase price includes the value of existing technologies, the introduction of new technologies, and the addition of new customers.  These factors resulted in recording goodwill of $48.5 million.  A substantial portion of the amount allocated to goodwill is deductible for income tax purpose.

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

As of January 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

$

80,400

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

6,206

 

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization

 

 

 

 

Programs (15 year average useful life)

 

56,455

 

 

Programs (3 year average useful life)

 

677

 

 

Trade name (3 year average useful life)

 

226

 

 

Goodwill

 

48,537

 

 

Other assets

 

3,401

 

 

Total assets acquired

 

195,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities assumed

 

34,006

 

 

Long-term liabilities assumed

 

5,921

 

 

Net assets acquired

$

155,975

 

 

 

 

On December 20, 2013, the Company acquired Sunbank Family of Companies, LLC (Sunbank) for $51.7 million.  The purchase price included $5 million in additional contingent consideration based upon achievement of certain sales levels over a two-year period.  Sunbank is a manufacturer of electrical cable accessories, connectors and flexible conduit systems.  Sunbank is included in the Sensors & Systems segment.

The above acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and the results of operations were included from the effective date of each acquisition.

 

 

NOTE 15:   Restructuring

On December 5, 2013, the Company announced the acceleration of its plans to consolidate certain facilities and create cost efficiencies through shared services in sales, general and administrative and support functions.  The costs are mainly for exit and relocation of facilities, losses on the write off of certain property, plant and equipment, and severance.  

73


 

In fiscal 201 5 , restructuring expense totaled $ 11.7  million, as more fully described in the following table :

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

Write Off of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exit &

 

 

Property,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Relocation

 

 

Plant &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Facilities

 

 

Equipment

 

 

Severance

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

$

4,274

 

 

$

115

 

 

$

694

 

 

$

5,083

 

 

Restructuring charges

 

4,524

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

1,573

 

 

 

6,639

 

 

Total

$

8,798

 

 

$

657

 

 

$

2,267

 

 

$

11,722

 

 

 

 

In fiscal 2014, restructuring expense totaled $20.4 million, as more fully described in the following table:

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

Write Off of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exit &

 

 

Property,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Relocation

 

 

Plant &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Facilities

 

 

Equipment

 

 

Severance

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

$

6,529

 

 

$

217

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

6,746

 

 

Restructuring charges

 

5,346

 

 

 

2,585

 

 

 

5,711

 

 

 

13,642

 

 

Total

$

11,875

 

 

$

2,802

 

 

$

5,711

 

 

$

20,388

 

 

 

The Company has recorded an accrued liability of $5.2 million and $5.9 million for these activities as of the end of fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively:

 

In Thousands

Accrued

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance as of October 25, 2013

$

-

 

 

Amounts accrued and incurred

 

20,388

 

 

Amounts paid

 

(11,688

)

 

Write-off

 

(2,585

)

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

(200

)

 

Balance as of October 31, 2014

 

5,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts accrued and incurred

 

11,722

 

 

Amounts paid

 

(11,563

)

 

Write-off

 

(657

)

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

(227

)

 

Ending Balance as of October 2, 2015

$

5,190

 

 

 

 

NOTE 16:   Discontinued Operations

The Company’s board of directors approved the plan to sell certain non-core business units including Eclipse Electronic Systems, Inc. (Eclipse), a manufacturer of embedded communication intercept receivers for signal intelligence applications; Wallop Defence Systems, Ltd. (Wallop), a manufacturer of flare countermeasure devices; Pacific Aerospace and Electronics Inc. (PA&E), a manufacturer of hermetically sealed electrical connectors; a small distribution business; and a small manufacturing business. These businesses were not separate reporting units as defined under U.S. GAAP, and there was no indicator of impairment requiring an impairment test of their corresponding reporting units’ goodwill or these businesses’ long-lived assets.  Based upon the estimated fair values, we incurred an estimated after-tax loss of $31.2 million and $49.5 million in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively, on the assets held for sale in discontinued operations.  

On June 5, 2015, the Company sold Eclipse for $7.9 million and retained ownership of the land, building and building improvements, which are held for sale.  In addition, on July 20, 2015, the Company sold PA&E for $22.3 million.  Principle assumptions used in measuring the estimated after-tax loss included estimated selling price of the discontinued business, discount rates, industry growth rates, and pricing of comparable transactions in the market.

The Company recorded an expense related to environmental remediation at a previously sold business for which the Company provided indemnification of $2.1 million in fiscal 2015, $0.8 million in fiscal 2014, and $2.0 million in fiscal 2013.  The

74


 

liability for this environmental obligation was $1.6 million and $1.5 million at October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, respe ctively.  Remediation costs paid in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $2.0 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

The results of discontinued operations for the last three fiscal years were the following:

 

 

 

Avionics &

 

 

Sensors &

 

 

Advanced

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

Controls

 

 

Systems

 

 

Materials

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

$

40,952

 

 

$

18,684

 

 

$

12,883

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

72,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss)

 

 

(5,727

)

 

 

3,270

 

 

 

(5,527

)

 

 

(2,120

)

 

 

(10,104

)

 

Loss on net assets held for sale

 

 

(18,864

)

 

 

(229

)

 

 

(12,061

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(31,154

)

 

Tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(3,002

)

 

 

626

 

 

 

(1,104

)

 

 

(725

)

 

 

(4,205

)

 

Income (loss) from discontinued

   operations

 

$

(21,589

)

 

$

2,415

 

 

$

(16,484

)

 

$

(1,395

)

 

$

(37,053

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics &

 

 

Sensors &

 

 

Advanced

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

Controls

 

 

Systems

 

 

Materials

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

$

55,447

 

 

$

22,479

 

 

$

25,886

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

103,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss)

 

 

(5,546

)

 

 

(181

)

 

 

(11,637

)

 

 

(845

)

 

 

(18,209

)

 

Loss on net assets held for sale

 

 

(18,489

)

 

 

(12,675

)

 

 

(18,308

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(49,472

)

 

Tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(1,935

)

 

 

(523

)

 

 

(2,316

)

 

 

(296

)

 

 

(5,070

)

 

Income (loss) from discontinued

   operations

 

$

(22,100

)

 

$

(12,333

)

 

$

(27,629

)

 

$

(549

)

 

$

(62,611

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics &

 

 

Sensors &

 

 

Advanced

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

Controls

 

 

Systems

 

 

Materials

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

$

54,001

 

 

$

25,599

 

 

$

23,495

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

103,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss)

 

 

(4,955

)

 

 

1,566

 

 

 

(2,420

)

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

(7,809

)

 

Tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(2,092

)

 

 

689

 

 

 

(1,315

)

 

 

(700

)

 

 

(3,418

)

 

Income (loss) from discontinued

   operations

 

$

(2,863

)

 

$

877

 

 

$

(1,105

)

 

$

(1,300

)

 

$

(4,391

)

 

 

 

 

75


 

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale within the Consolidated Balance Sheet at Octob er 2, 2015 , are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics &

 

 

Sensors &

 

 

Advanced

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

Controls

 

 

Systems

 

 

Materials

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

$

5,360

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,546

 

 

$

6,906

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

14,763

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,841

 

 

 

20,604

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

341

 

 

Deferred income tax benefits

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Income tax refundable

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Current Assets of Businesses Held for Sale

 

$

20,279

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

7,572

 

 

$

27,851

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

$

5,474

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

12,199

 

 

$

17,673

 

 

Intangibles, net

 

 

 

 

945

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,928

 

 

 

5,873

 

 

Deferred income tax benefits

 

 

 

 

(147

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(147

)

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,518

 

 

 

1,518

 

 

Non-Current Assets of Businesses Held for Sale

 

$

6,272

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

18,645

 

 

$

24,917

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

$

1,878

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

4,837

 

 

$

6,715

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

 

8,340

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,051

 

 

 

10,391

 

 

Current Liabilities of Businesses Held for Sale

 

$

10,218

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

6,888

 

 

$

17,106

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

194

 

 

$

194

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

2,215

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,215

 

 

Non-Current Liabilities of Businesses Held

   for Sale

 

$

2,215

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

194

 

 

$

2,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Assets of Businesses Held for Sale

 

$

14,118

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

19,135

 

 

$

33,253

 

 

 

76


 

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale within the Consolidated Balance Sheet at October 31, 2014, are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics &

 

 

Sensors &

 

 

Advanced

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

Controls

 

 

Systems

 

 

Materials

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

$

5,154

 

 

$

3,752

 

 

$

2,106

 

 

$

11,012

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

12,646

 

 

 

7,972

 

 

 

5,258

 

 

 

25,876

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

 

408

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

829

 

 

Deferred income tax benefits

 

 

 

 

671

 

 

 

680

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,351

 

 

Income tax refundable

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,378

 

 

 

2,378

 

 

Current Assets of Businesses Held for Sale

 

$

18,879

 

 

$

12,490

 

 

$

10,077

 

 

$

41,446

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

$

4,949

 

 

$

4,105

 

 

$

19,839

 

 

$

28,893

 

 

Intangibles, net

 

 

 

 

22,228

 

 

 

10,659

 

 

 

8,327

 

 

 

41,214

 

 

Deferred income tax benefits

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(30

)

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

Non-Current Assets of Businesses Held for Sale

 

$

27,177

 

 

$

14,734

 

 

$

29,766

 

 

$

71,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

$

2,194

 

 

$

873

 

 

$

6,326

 

 

$

9,393

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

 

1,765

 

 

 

1,008

 

 

 

2,025

 

 

 

4,798

 

 

Current Liabilities of Businesses Held for Sale

 

$

3,959

 

 

$

1,881

 

 

$

8,351

 

 

$

14,191

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

$

11,084

 

 

$

6,243

 

 

$

1,537

 

 

$

18,864

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

Non-Current Liabilities of Businesses Held

   for Sale

 

$

11,084

 

 

$

6,243

 

 

$

1,549

 

 

$

18,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Assets of Businesses Held for Sale

 

$

31,013

 

 

$

19,100

 

 

$

29,943

 

 

$

80,056

 

 

 

 

NOTE 17:   Business Segment Information

The Company’s businesses are organized and managed in three reporting segments: Avionics & Controls, Sensors & Systems and Advanced Materials.  Operating segments within each reporting segment are aggregated.  Operations within the Avionics & Controls segment focus on integrated cockpit systems, technology interface systems for commercial and military aircraft, and similar devices for land- and sea-based military vehicles, visualization solutions for defense and commercial applications, secure communication systems, military audio and data products, specialized medical equipment and other industrial applications.  Sensors & Systems includes operations that produce high-precision temperature and pressure sensors, electrical power switching, electrical interconnection systems, and other related systems principally for aerospace and defense customers.  The Advanced Materials segment focuses on thermally engineered components for critical aerospace applications, high-performance elastomer products used in a wide range of commercial aerospace and military applications, and combustible ordnance and warfare countermeasure devices.  All segments include sales to domestic, international, defense and commercial customers.

Geographic sales information is based on product origin.  The Company evaluates these segments based on segment profits prior to net interest, other income/expense, corporate expenses and federal/foreign income taxes.

77


 

Details of the Company’s operations by business segment for the last three fiscal years were as follows:

 

 

Eleven Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics & Controls

$

727,801

 

 

$

668,595

 

 

$

766,838

 

 

$

717,656

 

 

Sensors & Systems

 

633,446

 

 

 

689,850

 

 

 

771,369

 

 

 

676,331

 

 

Advanced Materials

 

413,202

 

 

 

442,682

 

 

 

491,264

 

 

 

472,672

 

 

 

$

1,774,449

 

 

$

1,801,127

 

 

$

2,029,471

 

 

$

1,866,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics & Controls 1

$

65,910

 

 

$

92,227

 

 

$

119,649

 

 

$

108,186

 

 

Sensors & Systems

 

71,787

 

 

 

73,653

 

 

 

86,101

 

 

 

88,130

 

 

Advanced Materials

 

80,951

 

 

 

94,450

 

 

 

104,833

 

 

 

109,556

 

 

Segment Earnings

 

218,648

 

 

 

260,330

 

 

 

310,583

 

 

 

305,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate expense

 

(74,166

)

 

 

(60,332

)

 

 

(68,297

)

 

 

(62,166

)

 

Other income

 

12,503

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Interest income

 

578

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

555

 

 

 

535

 

 

Interest expense

 

(30,090

)

 

 

(29,986

)

 

 

(33,010

)

 

 

(39,637

)

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

(11,451

)

 

 

(533

)

 

 

(533

)

 

 

(946

)

 

 

$

116,022

 

 

$

169,980

 

 

$

209,298

 

 

$

203,658

 

 

 

1

Fiscal 2013 includes a $3.5 million impairment charge against Racal Acoustics’ goodwill.

 

 

Eleven Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics & Controls 1

$

13,074

 

 

$

8,233

 

 

$

9,312

 

 

$

13,430

 

 

Sensors & Systems

 

19,489

 

 

 

18,336

 

 

 

21,070

 

 

 

21,436

 

 

Advanced Materials 2

 

14,324

 

 

 

11,722

 

 

 

13,629

 

 

 

18,183

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

542

 

 

 

973

 

 

 

1,199

 

 

 

2,105

 

 

Corporate

 

1,912

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

468

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

$

49,341

 

 

$

39,638

 

 

$

45,678

 

 

$

55,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics & Controls

$

33,415

 

 

$

38,149

 

 

$

35,604

 

 

$

34,763

 

 

Sensors & Systems

 

37,250

 

 

 

41,139

 

 

 

43,507

 

 

 

40,033

 

 

Advanced Materials

 

17,474

 

 

 

18,140

 

 

 

20,217

 

 

 

20,031

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

496

 

 

 

13,500

 

 

 

14,588

 

 

 

14,455

 

 

Corporate

 

1,940

 

 

 

1,921

 

 

 

2,111

 

 

 

2,850

 

 

 

$

90,575

 

 

$

112,849

 

 

$

116,027

 

 

$

112,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Thousands

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

Identifiable Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avionics & Controls

 

 

 

 

$

1,276,678

 

 

$

1,125,850

 

 

$

1,275,514

 

 

Sensors & Systems

 

 

 

 

 

1,116,282

 

 

 

1,240,153

 

 

 

1,282,219

 

 

Advanced Materials

 

 

 

 

 

493,968

 

 

 

498,984

 

 

 

560,681

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

57,095

 

 

 

212,712

 

 

 

-

 

 

Corporate 3

 

 

 

 

 

63,007

 

 

 

115,768

 

 

 

143,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,007,030

 

 

$

3,193,467

 

 

$

3,262,112

 

 

 

78


 

1

Excludes capital expenditures accounted for as a capitalized lease obligation of $11.7 million in fiscal 2013.  

2

Excludes capital expenditures accounted for as a capitalized lease obligation of $2.8 million in fiscal 2014.

3

Primarily cash and deferred tax assets (see Note 9).

 

The Company’s operations by geographic area for the last three fiscal years were as follows:

 

 

Eleven

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaffiliated customers - U.S.

$

706,586

 

 

$

763,345

 

 

$

736,012

 

 

Unaffiliated customers - export

 

168,459

 

 

 

218,955

 

 

 

179,086

 

 

Intercompany

 

58,039

 

 

 

32,515

 

 

 

31,202

 

 

 

 

933,084

 

 

 

1,014,815

 

 

 

946,300

 

 

Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaffiliated customers

 

173,394

 

 

 

231,937

 

 

 

232,890

 

 

Intercompany

 

4,013

 

 

 

7,544

 

 

 

6,554

 

 

 

 

177,407

 

 

 

239,481

 

 

 

239,444

 

 

France

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaffiliated customers

 

364,882

 

 

 

460,836

 

 

 

423,774

 

 

Intercompany

 

42,903

 

 

 

60,763

 

 

 

39,745

 

 

 

 

407,785

 

 

 

521,599

 

 

 

463,519

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaffiliated customers

 

242,077

 

 

 

266,570

 

 

 

223,735

 

 

Intercompany

 

23,769

 

 

 

22,846

 

 

 

26,402

 

 

 

 

265,846

 

 

 

289,416

 

 

 

250,137

 

 

All other Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaffiliated customers

 

119,051

 

 

 

87,828

 

 

 

71,162

 

 

Intercompany

 

125,386

 

 

 

42,686

 

 

 

44,829

 

 

 

 

244,437

 

 

 

130,514

 

 

 

115,991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eliminations

 

(254,110

)

 

 

(166,354

)

 

 

(148,732

)

 

 

$

1,774,449

 

 

$

2,029,471

 

 

$

1,866,659

 

 

 

 

79


 

 

Eleven

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

In Thousands

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

Segment Earnings 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

$

121,052

 

 

$

178,029

 

 

$

172,374

 

 

Canada

 

19,133

 

 

 

33,599

 

 

 

42,963

 

 

France

 

51,599

 

 

 

50,750

 

 

 

49,042

 

 

United Kingdom

 

28,826

 

 

 

38,686

 

 

 

31,380

 

 

All other foreign

 

(1,962

)

 

 

9,519

 

 

 

10,113

 

 

 

$

218,648

 

 

$

310,583

 

 

$

305,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

Identifiable Assets 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

$

933,631

 

 

$

1,028,879

 

 

$

1,020,952

 

 

Canada

 

458,635

 

 

 

514,520

 

 

 

533,559

 

 

France

 

747,660

 

 

 

839,467

 

 

 

918,592

 

 

United Kingdom

 

501,969

 

 

 

555,620

 

 

 

515,090

 

 

All other foreign

 

302,128

 

 

 

139,213

 

 

 

130,221

 

 

 

$

2,944,023

 

 

$

3,077,699

 

 

$

3,118,414

 

 

 

1

Based on country from which the sale originated and the sale was recorded.

2

Before corporate expense, shown on page 78.

3

Excludes corporate, shown on page 78.

The Company’s foreign operations consist of manufacturing facilities located in Belgium, Canada, China, the Dominican Republic, France, Germany, India, Mexico, Morocco, and the United Kingdom, and include sales and service operations located in Brazil, China, Japan, and Singapore.  Intercompany sales are at prices comparable with sales to unaffiliated customers.  U.S. government sales as a percent of Advanced Materials and Avionics & Controls sales were 9.9% and 1.0%, respectively, in fiscal 2015 and 2.6% of consolidated sales.  In fiscal 2014, the U.S. government sales as a percent of Advanced Materials and Avionics & Controls sales were 14.7% and 1.7%, respectively, and 4.0% of consolidated sales.  In fiscal 2013, the U.S. government sales as a percent of Advanced Materials and Avionics & Controls sales were 19.6% and 3.1%, respectively, and 6.0% of consolidated sales.

Product lines contributing sales of 10% or more of total sales in any of the last three fiscal years were as follows:

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connectors

 

16

%

 

 

18

%

 

 

16

%

 

Avionics

 

10

%

 

 

10

%

 

 

11

%

 

 

 

80


 

NOTE 18:    Quart erly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly financial information:

 

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2015

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

349,627

 

 

$

490,022

 

 

$

494,042

 

 

$

440,758

 

 

Gross profit

 

114,165

 

 

 

168,606

 

 

 

162,590

 

 

 

144,032

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

20,704

 

 

 

29,868

 

 

 

21,498

 

 

 

24,595

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

(17,718

)

 

 

(1,371

)

 

 

(1,688

)

 

 

(16,276

)

 

Net earnings

$

2,986

 

 

$

28,497

 

 

$

19,810

 

 

$

8,319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share - basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

$

0.70

 

 

$

0.99

 

 

$

0.69

 

 

$

0.77

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.60

)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.51

)

 

Earnings (loss) per share - basic

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.94

 

 

$

0.64

 

 

$

0.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share - diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

$

0.69

 

 

$

0.96

 

 

$

0.68

 

 

$

0.77

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.59

)

 

 

(0.04

)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.51

)

 

Earnings (loss) per share - diluted

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.92

 

 

$

0.63

 

 

$

0.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2014

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$

541,544

 

 

$

501,013

 

 

$

505,757

 

 

$

481,157

 

 

Gross profit

 

192,095

 

 

 

175,431

 

 

 

177,704

 

 

 

169,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

51,364

 

 

 

39,377

 

 

 

40,316

 

 

 

33,972

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

(54,836

)

 

 

(469

)

 

 

(3,412

)

 

 

(3,894

)

 

Net earnings

$

(3,472

)

 

$

38,908

 

 

$

36,904

 

 

$

30,078

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share - basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

$

1.61

 

 

$

1.23

 

 

$

1.27

 

 

$

1.07

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

(1.72

)

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.11

)

 

 

(0.12

)

 

Earnings (loss) per share - basic

$

(0.11

)

 

$

1.22

 

 

$

1.16

 

 

$

0.95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share - diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

$

1.61

 

 

$

1.20

 

 

$

1.25

 

 

$

1.05

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

(1.72

)

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.11

)

 

 

(0.12

)

 

Earnings (loss) per share - diluted

$

(0.11

)

 

$

1.19

 

 

$

1.14

 

 

$

0.93

 

 

 

The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal per share amounts reported for year-to-date periods.  This is due to changes in the number of weighted average shares outstanding and the effects of rounding for each period.

 


81


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Esterline Technologies Corporation

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Esterline Technologies Corporation as of October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, noncontrolling interests and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the eleven months ended October 2, 2015 and the twelve months ended October 31, 2014, and October 25, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Esterline Technologies Corporation at October 2, 2015 and October 31, 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the eleven months ended October 2, 2015 and the twelve months ended October 31, 2014, and October 25, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Esterline Technologies Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of October 2, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated November 25, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Seattle, Washington

November 25, 2015

 

 

 

82


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Esterline Technologies Corporation

 

We have audited Esterline Technologies Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 2, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Esterline Technologies Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of the aerospace and defense display businesses acquired from Belgium-based Barco N.V. (DAT), which is included in the 2015 consolidated financial statements of Esterline Technologies Corporation and constituted $186.4 million and $137.6 million of total and net assets, respectively, as of October 2, 2015, and $82.5 million and $11.3 million of revenues and net loss, respectively, for the eleven months then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Esterline Technologies Corporation also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of DAT.

 

In our opinion, Esterline Technologies Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 2, 2015, based on the COSO criteria .

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the accompanying consolidated balances sheets of Esterline Technologies Corporation as of October 2, 2015, and October 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, noncontrolling interests and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the eleven months ended October 2, 2015, and the twelve months ended October 31, 2014, and October 25, 2013, of Esterline Technologies Corporation and our report dated November 25, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

Seattle, Washington

November 25, 2015

 

 

 

83


 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our principal executive and financial officers evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of October 2, 2015.  Based upon that evaluation, they concluded as of October 2, 2015, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.  In addition, our principal executive and financial officers concluded as of October 2, 2015, that our disclosure controls and procedures are also effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Our internal control system over financial reporting is designed by, or under the supervision of, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, and is effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the assets of the company;

(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and that transactions are made only in accordance with the authorization of our management and directors; and

(iii) provid e reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized transactions that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in condition, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of Esterline’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 2, 2015.  In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework). On February 2, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of the defense, aerospace and training display (DAT) businesses of Belgium-based Barco N.V. As permitted by applicable guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission, our management excluded DAT operations from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of October 2, 2015.  DAT constituted approximately 6.71 percent of total assets as of October 2, 2015, and 4.65 percent of total sales for the period then ended. DAT operations will be included in the Company’s assessment for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2016.  Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of October 2, 2015.

 

84


 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  This report appears on page 83 .

 

/s/ Curtis C. Reusser

 

Curtis C. Reusser

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ Robert D. George

 

Robert D. George

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and

Corporate Development

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

/s/ Gary J. Posner

 

Gary J. Posner

Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the two months ended October 2, 2015, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

 

 

 

85


 

PART III

 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

We hereby incorporate by reference the information set forth under “Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Code of Ethics,” “Other Information as to Directors – Board and Board Committees,” and “Other Information as to Directors – Director Nominations and Qualifications” in the definitive form of the Company’s Proxy Statement, relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 10, 2016.

Information regarding our executive officers required by this item appears in Item 1 of this report under “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

We hereby incorporate by reference the information set forth under “Other Information as to Directors – Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the definitive form of the Company’s Proxy Statement, relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 10, 2016.

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We hereby incorporate by reference the information set forth under “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the definitive form of the Company’s Proxy Statement, relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 10, 2016.

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

We hereby incorporate by reference the information set forth under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Other Information as to Directors – Board and Board Committees” in the definitive form of the Company’s Proxy Statement, relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 10, 2016.

 

Item 14.  Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services

We hereby incorporate by reference the information set forth under “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees” in the definitive form of the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 10, 2016.

 

 

 

86


 

PART IV

 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements.

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are as set forth under Item 8 of this report on Form 10-K.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of the Company is included as follows:

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

Charged

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

Reserve for Doubtful

 

Beginning

 

 

to Costs &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

at End

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

of Year

 

 

Expenses

 

 

Other 1,2

 

 

Deductions 3

 

 

of Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

$

10,023

 

 

$

1,502

 

 

$

378

 

 

$

(1,854

)

 

$

10,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

$

9,215

 

 

$

860

 

 

$

349

 

 

$

(401

)

 

$

10,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

9,029

 

 

$

981

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(795

)

 

$

9,215

 

 

 

1

Acquisition-related addition.

 

2

Reclassification to assets held for sale.

 

3

Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

 

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(a)(3)  Exhibits.

See Exhibit Index on pages 90-94.

 

 

 

87


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

(Registrant)

 

By

 

 

        /s/ Robert D. George 

 

 

Robert D. George

 

 

Vice President,

 

 

Chief Financial Officer, and

 

 

Corporate Development

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

Dated:  November 25, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ Curtis C. Reusser 

 

Chairman, President and Chief

 

November 25, 2015 

(Curtis C. Reusser)

 

Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Date

 

/s/ Robert D. George

 

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,

 

 

November 25, 2015 

(Robert D. George)

 

and Corporate Development

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

Date

 

/s/ Gary J. Posner 

 

 

Corporate Controller and Chief

 

 

November 25, 2015

(Gary J. Posner)

 

Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Date

 

/s/ Michael J. Cave

 

 

Director

 

 

November 25, 2015

 

(Michael J. Cave)

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ Delores M. Etter

 

 

Director

 

 

November 25, 2015

 

(Delores M. Etter)

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ Anthony P. Franceschini

 

 

Director

 

 

November 25, 2015

(Anthony P. Franceschini)

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ Paul V. Haack 

 

 

Director

 

 

November 25, 2015

 

(Paul V. Haack)

 

 

 

Date


88


 

 

/s/ Mary L. Howell

 

 

Director

 

 

November 25, 2015

(Mary L. Howell)

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ Scott E. Kuechle 

 

 

Director

 

 

November 25, 2015

(Scott E. Kuechle)

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James J. Morris 

 

 

Director

 

 

November 25, 2015

(James J. Morris)

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ Gary E. Pruitt

 

 

 

Director

 

 

November 25, 2015

 

(Gary E. Pruitt)

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

89


 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation for Esterline Technologies Corporation, dated June 6, 2002.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 26, 2002 [Commission File Number 1-6357], with Form of Certificate of Designation, dated December 11, 2002.)  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Esterline’s Registration of Securities on Form 8-A filed December 12, 2002 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company, effective June 5, 2014.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2014 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

Indenture dated April 8, 2015, relating to TA Mfg Limited’s 3.625% Senior Notes due 2023.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2015 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

Seventh Amendment dated as of April 9, 2015, among Esterline Technologies Corporation, the foreign borrowers party thereto, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the lenders thereto.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2015 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

*

Esterline Technologies Corporation Supplemental Retirement Income Plan.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 27, 2006 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

*

Esterline Technologies Corporation Fiscal Year 2015 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

*

Esterline Technologies Corporation Long-Term Incentive Performance Share Plan, for fiscal years 2015 – 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

*

Esterline Technologies Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan, for fiscal years 2014 – 2016.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 31, 2014 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

*

Esterline Technologies Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan, for fiscal years 2013 – 2015.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 25, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

*

Esterline Technologies Supplemental Executive Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 27, 2006 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

10.8

 

*

Esterline Technologies Corporation 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended on March 3, 2010.  (Incorporated by reference to Annex B of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on January 22, 2010 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

10.9

 

*

Esterline Technologies Corporation 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended on March 3, 2010.  (Incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on January 22, 2010 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10

 

*

Esterline Technologies Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective September 17, 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11

 

*

Form of Global Stock Option Agreement for Esterline Technologies Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 25, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90


 

Exhibit

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

*

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Option Agreement for Esterline Technologies Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 25, 2013  [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

*

Form of Global Stock Option Agreement for Esterline Technologies Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 1, 2015 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

 

*

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Options Agreement for Esterline Technologies Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 1, 2015 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15

 

*

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between Robert D. George and Esterline Technologies Corporation dated September 11, 2013.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 25, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16

 

*

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between Alain M. Durand and Esterline Technologies Corporation dated September 11, 2013.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 25, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

*

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between Albert S. Yost and Esterline Technologies Corporation dated September 11, 2013.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 25, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18

 

*

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between Curtis C. Reusser and Esterline Technologies Corporation dated October 28, 2013.  (Incorporated b reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2014 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19

 

*

Executive Officer Amended and Restated Termination Protection Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20

 

*

Offer Letter from Esterline Technologies Corporation to Frank Houston dated March 4, 2005.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19e to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 31, 2005 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21

 

*

Offer Memo from Esterline Technologies Corporation to Alain Durand dated June 14, 2011.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 27, 2012 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22

 

*

Relocation Agreement Between Alain M. Durand and Esterline Technologies Corporation dated June 19, 2014.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2015 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23

 

*

Retirement Transition Agreement and Release between Esterline Technologies Corporation and Frank Houston effective August 14, 2015.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2015 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24

 

*

Transition Agreement and Release between Esterline Technologies Corporation and Alain Durand effective August 14, 2015.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2015 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25

 

*

Offer Letter from Esterline Technologies Corporation to Roger Ross dated July 27, 2015.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2015 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26

 

*

Promotion Letter from Esterline Technologies Corporation to Marcia Mason dated August 1, 2012.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 25, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

91


 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27

 

*

Promotion Letter from Esterline Technologies Corporation to Albert Yost dated November 16, 2009.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 25, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28

 

*

Offer Letter from Esterline Technologies Corporation to Curtis C. Reusser dated September 11, 2013.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29

 

 

Property lease between Slibail Immobilier and Norbail Immobilier and Auxitrol S.A., dated April 29, 1997, relating to the manufacturing facility of Auxitrol at 5, allée Charles Pathé, 18941 Bourges Cedex 9, France, effective on the construction completed date (December 5, 1997).  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 28, 2005 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30

 

 

Industrial and Build-to-Suit Purchase and Sale Agreement between The Newhall Land and Farming Company, Esterline Technologies Corporation and TA Mfg. Co., dated February 13, 1997, including Amendments, relating to premises located at 28065 West Franklin Parkway, Valencia, CA.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 28, 2005 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31

 

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1998, between Glacier Partners and Advanced Input Devices, Inc., as amended by Lease Amendment #1, dated February 27, 1998.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 27, 2000 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32

 

 

Lease Amendment #2 between Glacier Partners and Advanced Input Devices, Inc., dated July 2, 2002, and Lease Amendment #3 between Glacier Partners and Advanced Input Devices, Inc., dated September 18, 2009.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 30, 2009 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33

 

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2003, by and between the Prudential Insurance Company of America and Mason Electric Co., relating to premises located at Sylmar, California.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2003 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34

 

 

Occupation Lease of Buildings known as Phases 3 and 4 on the Solartron Site at Victoria Road, Farnborough, Hampshire between J Sainsbury Developments Limited and Weston Aerospace Limited, dated July 21, 2000.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2003 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35

 

 

Lease Agreement dated as of March 19, 1969, as amended, between Leach Corporation and Gin Gor Ju, Trustee of Ju Family Trust, relating to premises located in Orange County.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 29, 2004 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36

 

 

Lease Agreement, dated November 29, 2005, between Lordbay Investments Limited, Darchem Engineering Limited and Darchem Holdings Limited relating to premises located at Units 4 and 5 Eastbrook Road, London Borough of Gloucestershire Gloucester.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 28, 2006 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37

 

 

Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 23, 2005, to Lease Agreement dated as of March 1, 1994, between Highland Industrial Park, Inc. and Armtec Countermeasures Company.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 28, 2006 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92


 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38

 

 

Lease Agreement between Capstone PF LLC and Korry Electronics Co. dated as of March 26, 2008.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 2, 2008 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.39

 

 

Exhibit C to Lease Agreement between Capstone PF LLC and Korry Electronics Co. dated as of March 26, 2008.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2008 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.40

 

 

Second Amendment to Building Lease and Sublease, dated July 30, 2008, between Capstone PF LLC and Korry Electronics Co.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2008 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.41

 

 

Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement and Estoppel Certificate, dated July 30, 2008, between Keybank National Association and Korry Electronics Co.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2008 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42

 

 

Lease Extension Agreement between Weir Redevelopment Company and Kirkhill TA dated October 30, 2009.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 29, 2010 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.43

 

 

First and Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between City Center Bellevue Property LLC, a Delaware limited partnership, and Esterline Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation, dated April 14, 2011, and May 4, 2011.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2011 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44

 

 

First Amendment to Lease between The Prudential Insurance Company of America and Mason Electric, Co. dated July 29, 2004.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 26, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.45

 

 

Second Amendment to Lease between Sylmar Cascades Properties, L.P. and Mason Electric, Co. dated January 19, 2007.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 26, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.46

 

 

Third Amendment to Lease between Sylmar Cascades Properties, L.P. and Mason Electric, Co. dated January 1, 2013.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 26, 2013 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47

 

 

Consent Agreement between Esterline Technologies Corporation and the U.S. Department of State Bureau of Political Military Affairs filed on March 6, 2014.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 5, 2014 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.48

 

 

Amended and Restated Master Acquisiton Agreement by and among Barco NV, Barco Inc., Barco Integrated Solutions NV and Esterline Technologies Corporation dated as of November 14, 2014.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2014 [Commission File Number 1-6357].)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.49

 

 

Third Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between City Center Bellevue Property LLC, a Delaware limited partnership, and Esterline Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation, dated August 19, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.50

 

 

Deed, by and among, Sheldon Friendly Society, Darchem Engineering Limited, and Darchem Holdings Limited dated March 25, 2008.

 

 

93


 

Exhibit

 

 

Number

 

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

11.1

 

Schedule setting forth computation of earnings per share for the five fiscal years ended October 2, 2015.

 

 

 

12.1

 

Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries.

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification (of Curtis C. Reusser) pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification (of Robert D. George) pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

*  Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

94

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

Esterline Technologies Corporation

 

FY15 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan

for Corporate Office Participants

 

 

1.

Purpose.   Esterline Technologies Corporation (“Esterline” or the “Company”) has established this Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (“Corporate IC Plan” or the “Plan”) to reward its officers and selected senior managers for effective leadership that achieves expected and superior results for shareholders this fiscal year.

 

2.

Corporate IC Terms. The Company established this Plan pursuant to its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”).  The terms of the appointment letter, this Plan, and the 2013 Plan together constitute the “Corporate IC Terms.”  

 

3.

Participation.  

 

a.

Selection. The Company’s officers and other senior managers who report to the Company’s corporate offices are eligible to participate in this Plan.  Appointments require a recommendation by an executive officer and approval by Esterline’s Board of Directors Compensation Committee (“Committee”).  In addition, Board of Directors (“Board”) approval is also required for appointments of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and of all other executive officers.  The CEO, acting independently, also has authority to make Plan appointments, provided that the employees appointed do not report directly to the CEO.  Employees who are appointed to the Plan are hereafter referred to as “Participants.”

 

b.

Appointments . Each Participant will receive an appointment letter for a single fiscal year. If appointed after the first fiscal quarter, however, Participants will receive a pro-rata award for the portion of the fiscal year following their appointment, calculated as provided in section 6 below. Appointment as a Participant in one or more fiscal years does not entitle employees to subsequent appointments.

 

4.

Performance Goals.   The Plan has the following performance goals for the fiscal year (“Plan Goals”):

 

a.

EBIT.   Earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”), weighted at 50%;

 

 

b.

ROS. Return on sales (“ROS”), weighted at 30%; and

 

 

c.

Strategic Objectives. The Strategic Objectives together are weighted at a total of 20%.

 

The numerical values for the EBIT and ROS goals, and the details and metrics for the Strategic Objectives will be determined by the Board and stated in Participant appointment letters.

 

5.

Plan Awards.   Appointment letters will also establish a target award for each Participant, expressed as a percentage of the Participant’s base salary in effect on the last day of the fiscal year (“Target Award”).  Participants will earn 100% of their Target Award for achievement of Plan Goals. Participants’ actual awards will vary from their Target Awards if performance is above or below Plan Goals.  Participants will receive no award if results fall short of certain minimum threshold levels.  If performance results reach such minimum thresholds, Participants will earn 25% of their Target Award.  Participants will receive up to a maximum of 200% of their Target Award if performance exceeds Plan Goals and reaches certain maximum performance levels.  Between the Plan’s minimum threshold and maximum performance levels, Participants’ awards will increase or decrease from their Target Award amount in proportion to incremental achievement of Plan Goals.  


 

FY15 Corporate IC Plan

Revised October 2015

Page 1

 


 

 

6.

Calculations.    

 

a.

Performance Goals.   Esterline will calculate EBIT as total profit from continuing operations before interest and tax expense, and excluding extraordinary items.  ROS will be calculated as total EBIT from continuing operations, divided by total sales from continuing operations.  Calculations of both EBIT and ROS will be adjusted to remove the effects of acquisitions, divestitures, or corporate-designated integration projects, if any.  Achievement of Strategic Objectives will be measured as stated in Participant appointment letters.

 

 

b.

Pro-rata Awards. Pro-rata award calculations will be based on performance results for the full fiscal year, with actual awards pro-rated for the time during which an employee participated in the Plan.  Participation will be measured in full-month increments, rounded up for months in which a Participant was actively employed under the Plan for 15 days or more, and rounded down for active employment under the Plan of 14 days or less. The pro-rata factor will be a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of participation, and the denominator of which will be 11.

 

7.

Adjustments.   The Board may exercise its discretion to ensure Participants receive an equitable award by adjusting: (a) Plan Goals; (b) Plan calculations to include or exclude unusual items, in whole or in part; (c) an individual Participant’s actual award; or (d) the factors used to calculate Plan awards.  Such adjustments may be made if unanticipated and material events occur, or unusual business conditions develop after the beginning of a fiscal year.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Board may not adjust individual awards for any Participant who is a covered employee for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in such a manner as would increase the amount of compensation otherwise payable to that employee. The Committee will seek and consider advice from an independent executive compensation expert and from the General Counsel before deciding whether to recommend an adjustment under this section for Board action.

 

8.

Payment.   Subject to other Corporate IC Terms, the Company will pay Plan awards within 60 days following fiscal year-end, if and only if: Company auditors have issued an opinion consistent with the calculations; the Committee and Board have approved the awards. If these conditions delay award payments beyond the usual 60 days, such awards must be paid no later than 75 days following fiscal year end.

 

9.

Continuous Employment.   To be eligible for payment, Participants must be actively employed by the Company through the end of the fiscal year, and through the date on which Plan awards are paid, except as might otherwise be provided in Corporate IC Terms. Appointments will end automatically for Participants who do not satisfy these conditions and no Plan awards will be earned or due. The Company considers approved leaves of absence to be active employment, provided they do not exceed the amount of leave to which a Participant is entitled under applicable Company policies, and under disability, family and medical leave laws.  For approved leaves that exceed such limits, payment of Plan awards, if any, is subject to CEO, Committee, and Board discretion, as applicable.  

 

10.

Employment Status Changes.   Except as otherwise determined by the CEO, Committee, or Board, consistent with the levels of authority outlined in section 3.a. above; or as might be provided in other Corporate IC Terms, the following provisions will apply to employment status changes:

 

a.

Transfers .  If during the fiscal year a Participant transfers employment to a Company Platform or business unit, his/her Plan award will be pro-rated proportionately, as provided section in 6. above.

 

 

b.

Suspension, Resignation, or Discharge.   All Participant rights under this Plan will be suspended during any period of suspension from employment.  A Participant’s appointment will automatically end when s/he leaves employment with the Company for any reason other than Retirement, Disability, or death.  The Committee immediately cancel a Participant’s appointment and recover any awards made if it discovers facts that, if known earlier, would have constituted grounds for termination of employment for cause.

 

 

FY15 Corporate IC Plan

Revised October 2015

Page 2

 


 

 

 

c.

Retirement, Disability, or Death.   If a Participant leaves employment before the Plan payment date due to Retirement, Disability, or death, the Company will pay a pro-rata amount , as defined in Section 6 above.   Such payment s will be made in the normal course, as provided in Section 8 above.     

11.

Change of Control.   In the event of a Change in Control as defined in the 2013 Plan, this Corporate IC Plan will automatically terminate and Participants will receive payment within 60 days in an amount equal to the Participant’s target award, pro-rated as defined in section 6 above.  Provided, however, that this Section does not apply to the Company’s executive and non-executive officers, or to any other Participant who is party to a Company Termination Protection Agreement.  

 

12.

Employment Terms.   Participants’ terms of employment remain unchanged by appointment to this Plan, except as specifically provided in the Corporate IC Terms.  Nothing in the appointment process or in the Corporate IC Terms guarantees continued employment.  Participants remain subject to usual Company policies and practices, and to any other employment agreements, service terms, appointments, or mandates to which they are otherwise subject.

 

13.

Plan Administration & Interpretation.   The Committee administers this Plan.  As such it shall consider and decide any issues arising under the Plan, and shall oversee and approve actual award calculations and payments.  The Committee’s decisions concerning Plan administration and interpretation are final and binding, except as they might relate to the CEO or to other executive officers, in which case the Board has final decision-making authority.  Definitions in the 2013 Plan apply to terms used in this Plan unless otherwise defined here. All references to the “Company” include a “Related Company,” as that term is defined in the 2013 Plan.

 

14.

Modification and Termination.   The Committee or the Board, in its sole discretion, may modify or terminate this Plan at any time.  

 

15.

Section 409A.   The Company intends that this Plan and the payments provided hereunder comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan, the 2013 Plan or any other agreement to the contrary: (a) this Plan shall be interpreted, operated, and administered in a manner consistent with such intentions; and (b) in the event that the payment of an award is subject to acceleration upon a change in control or similar event with respect to the Company, such acceleration shall only occur to the extent that such change in control or similar event constitutes a change in control event with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

16.

Reimbursement.   Plan participation and awards are subject to the Board’s Policy on Reimbursement of Incentive Awards, as it might change from time to time.  

 

Approved by the Committee & Board, and issued on their behalf,

 

 

Curtis C. Reusser

Chairman, President & CEO

 

December 11, 2014

 

FY15 Corporate IC Plan

Revised October 2015

Page 3

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

Esterline Technologies Corporation

 

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN

1.

Purpose. Esterline Technologies Corporation (“Esterline” or the “Company”) has established this Long-Term Incentive Performance Share Plan (“PSP” “PSP Plan”, or “the Plan”) to reward its officers and selected senior managers for effective leadership that achieves expected and superior results for shareholders over the long term.

2.

PSP Terms.   The Company established this PSP pursuant to its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”).  The terms of the PSP Appointment, the Award Table, this PSP Plan, and the 2013 Plan together constitute the “PSP Terms.”

 

3.

Participation.   

 

a.

Selection.   The Company’s officers and other senior managers employed by the Company’s corporate office or by a Company subsidiary are eligible to participate in this PSP.  Appointments require recommendation by an executive officer and approval by Esterline’s Board of Directors Compensation Committee (hereafter “Board” and “Committee”).  In addition, Board approval is also required for appointments of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and of all other executive officers.  The CEO, acting independently, also has authority to make PSP appointments, provided such appointments comply with the Company’s Equity Grant Guidelines, and do not appoint employees who report directly to the CEO.  Employees who are appointed to the PSP are hereafter referred to as “Participant(s).”

 

b.

Appointment.   Each Participant will receive a written appointment in the form attached (“PSP Appointment”). Participants are usually appointed to the PSP in the first fiscal quarter of a performance period.  Nevertheless, Participants may be appointed at any time.  Participants appointed after the first fiscal quarter will receive a pro-rata award for the portion of the performance period following their appointment, calculated as provided in Section 7 below. Appointment as a Participant in one or more PSP performance periods does not entitle employees to appointment in subsequent periods.  

 

4.

Performance Periods.   PSP performance periods will be three years in duration, beginning on the first day of a Company fiscal year and ending on the last day of the third consecutive fiscal year thereafter.  A new three-year performance period will start with each new fiscal year, such that there will be three overlapping PSP performance periods open at any given time, as illustrated below.  The Committee may establish shorter performance periods as it determines are reasonable.


Performance Share Plan

Fiscal Years 2015 - 2017


 

5.

Performance Goals.   The PSP has two performance goals : (a) average return on invested capital (“ROIC”); and (b) earnings per share (“EPS”) (t ogether referred to as “ PSP Goals” ) .   At the beginning of each performance period, the Board will : (c ) establish minimum threshold, target , and maximum PSP Goals ; (d ) determine their respective weighting ; and (e) correlate performance achievement levels to potential award levels for Participants . Such decisions will be recorded and communicated to Participants in a n Award Table , in the form attached .    

 

6.

Plan Awards.   The Board, Committee, or CEO will establish a target award for each Participant in the form of Performance Share Units (“Target Award”), the value of which will be based on a percentage of the Participant’s base pay at the time of appointment.  The value of Participants’ actual awards will vary from their Target Award if the Company performs above or below target PSP Goals.  Participants will receive no award for performance less than established minimum threshold performance as shown on the Award Table.  Actual awards for superior performance are subject to a maximum of 300% of a Participant’s Target Award.  

7.

Calculations.   The Company will use the following formulas to determine Company performance on PSP Goals, and to calculate actual awards:

 

 

Average Return

on Invested Capital (ROIC) =

 

 

Net Income (before extraordinary items) + Tax-Adjusted Interest Expense

Short-term Debt + Long Term Debt – Cash + Shareholders’ Equity

 

averaged over the applicable performance period, and expressed as a percentage.  The Company will use a long-term planning “most likely” tax rate of 25% in such ROIC calculations.

 

 

Earnings Per Share (EPS) =

 

Fully-diluted earnings per share (net income before extraordinary items,

divided by the monthly average of total common shares and share

equivalents outstanding) (“EPS”), measured as the EPS achieved in the final fiscal year of the performance period.

 

 

Pro-Rata Awards:

Pro-rata award calculations will be based on results for the full performance period, pro-rated for the time during which an employee participated in the PSP Plan. Participation will be measured in full-month increments, rounded up for months in which a Participant was actively employed under the Plan for 15 days or more, and rounded down for active employment under the Plan of 14 days or less. The pro-rata factor will be a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of participation, and the denominator of which will be 35.

8.

Adjustments.   The Board may exercise its discretion to ensure Participants receive an equitable award, by adjusting: (a) PSP Goals; (b) Plan calculations to include or exclude unusual items, in whole or in part; or (c) the factors used to calculate Plan awards.    Such adjustments may be made if unanticipated events occur, or unusual business conditions develop after the beginning of a performance period that materially alter earnings or returns.  Provided, however, the Board may not adjust awards for any Participant who is a covered employee for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in such a manner as would increase the amount of compensation otherwise payable to that employee. The Committee will seek and consider advice from an independent executive compensation expert and from the Company’s General Counsel before deciding whether to recommend an adjustment under this Section for Board action.

 

9.

Settlement of Awards.   Each Performance Share Unit earned will be settled in one share of fully-vested Company Stock, except as cash settlements are provided in Sections 11 and 15 below. Subject to other PSP Terms, the Company will settle PSP awards in January of the calendar year immediately following the conclusion of the performance period, if and only if: Company auditors have issued an opinion consistent with the calculations; and the Committee and Board have approved the awards. If these conditions delay

Performance Share Plan

Fiscal Years 2015 - 2017

Page 2


 

settlement of awards beyond January, such awards must be settled on the earlier of (i) the date that is 30 days following the satisfaction of the se conditions or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the conclusion of the performance period .  

 

10.

Continuous Employment.   To be eligible for payment, Participants must be actively employed by the Company through the end of the performance period and through the date on which the Company settles PSP awards, except as might otherwise be provided in PSP Terms.  Subject to other PSP Terms, appointments will end automatically for Participants who do not satisfy these conditions and no PSP awards will be earned or due.  The Company considers approved leaves of absence to be active employment, provided they do not exceed the amount of leave to which a Participant might be entitled under applicable Company policies, and under disability, family and medical leave laws.  For approved leaves that exceed such limits, payment of PSP awards, if any, is subject to Committee discretion.  

11.

Employment Status Changes.   Except as otherwise detrmined by the Board, Committee, or CEO (as appropriate), the following provisions will apply to employment status changes:

 

a.

Transfers. If during a performance period a Participant tramsfers within the Company to a position that is not eligible for PSP participation, his/her Plan award will be pro-rated for the time in which s/he was a Participant, as provided in Section 7 above.

 

b.

Suspension, Resignation, or Discharge.   A Participant’s appointment will automatically end when s/he leaves employment with the Company for any reason, except as otherwise provided in PSP Terms. All Participant rights under this Plan will be suspended during any period of suspension from employment. The Board may immediately cancel a Participant’s appointment and recover any awards made if it discovers facts that, if known earlier, would have constituted grounds for termination of employment for cause.

 

c.

Retirement, Disability, or Death.   If a Participant leaves employment with the Company due to Retirement, Disability, or death, the Company will settle the Participant’s award for the full performance period in the normal course based on actual achievement of PSP Goals, provided the Participant completed at least one year of continuous, active employment during the performance period. If a Participant does not complete this minimum employment period, his/her appointment will automatically end, and no PSP award will be earned or due.  

 

 

d.

Subsidiary Divestiture.   In the event a Participant is terminated from employment due to a sale, transfer, assignment, or other form of transaction by which Esterline conveys a controlling interest in the shares or in substantially all the assets of a subsidiary that employs the Participant, the Company will settle PSP awards in cash, within 60 days following completion of the transaction, and on a pro rata basis, calculated as follows:

 

Cash settlement value = (# of Performance Share Units at Target) (closing price of Company Stock on the day the transaction is complete)(a pro rata factor, as defined in Section 7 above).

 

12.

Employment Terms.   Participants’ terms of employment remain unchanged by appointment to this PSP, except as specifically provided in the PSP Terms.  Nothing in the appointment process or in the PSP Terms guarantees continued employment.  Participants remain subject to usual, applicable Company and business unit policies and practices, and to any other employment agreements, service terms, appointments, or mandates to which they are otherwise subject.

 

13.

No Rights as Stockholder.   Participants will not have voting or other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to a PSP award until the award is settled and the Partipant receives shares of Company Stock.

 

14.

Plan Administration & Interpretation.   The Committee administers this Plan. As such, it shall consider and decide any issues arising under the Plan, and shall oversee and approve actual award calculations and settlement.  The Committee’s decisions concerning PSP administration and interpretation are final and binding, except as they might relate to the CEO and other executive officers, in which case the Board has

Performance Share Plan

Fiscal Years 2015 - 2017

Page 3


 

final decision-making authority . Definitions in the 2013 Plan apply to terms used in this PSP unless otherwise defined here. All references to the “Company” include a “Related Company , ” as that term is defined in the 2013 Plan.  

 

15.

Plan Modification and Termination.   The Board may modify or terminate this PSP at any time in its sole discretion.

 

16.

Section 409A.   The Company intends that this PSP and the payments provided hereunder comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision in this PSP, the 2013 Plan or any other agreement to the contrary: (a) this PSP shall be interpreted, operated, and administered in a manner consistent with such intentions; and (b) in the event that the settlement of any PSP award is subject to acceleration upon a change in control or similar event with respect to the Company, such acceleration shall only occur to the extent that such change in control or similar event constitutes a change in control event with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

17.

Reimbursement.   PSP participation and awards are subject to the Board’s Policy on Reimbursement of Incentive Awards, as it might change from time to time.  

 

Approved by the Committee & Board, and issued on their behalf,

Curtis C. Reusser

Chairman, President & CEO

 

December 14, 2014

 

Attachment:

PSP Appointment

 

 

Performance Share Plan

Fiscal Years 2015 - 2017

Page 4

Exhibit 10.10

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN,
as amended and restated effective September 17, 2015

SECTION 1.  PURPOSE

The purpose of the Esterline Technologies Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, is to attract, retain and motivate employees, officers, directors, consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors of the Company and its Related Companies by providing them the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and to align their interests and efforts to the long-term interests of the Company's stockholders.

SECTION 2.  DEFINITIONS

Certain capitalized terms used in the Plan have the meanings set forth in Appendix A.

SECTION 3.  ADMINISTRATION

3.1

Administration of the Plan

 

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board or the Compensation Committee, which shall be composed of two or more directors, each of whom is a "non ‑employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.  

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may delegate concurrent responsibility for administering the Plan, including with respect to designated classes of Eligible Persons, to different committees consisting of one or more independent members of the Board, subject to such limitations as the Board deems appropriate, except with respect to Awards to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Awards granted pursuant to Section 16 of the Plan.  Members of any committee shall serve for such term as the Board may determine, subject to removal by the Board at any time.  To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Board or the Compensation Committee may authorize one or more officers of the Company to grant Awards to designated classes of Eligible Persons, within limits specifically prescribed by the Board or the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that no such officer shall have or obtain authority to grant Awards to himself or herself or to any person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  All references in the Plan to the " Committee " shall be, as applicable, to the Board, the Compensation Committee or any other committee or any officer to whom authority has been delegated to administer the Plan.

3.2

Administration and Interpretation by Committee

 

(a) Except for the terms and conditions explicitly set forth in the Plan and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee shall have full power and exclusive authority, subject to such orders or resolutions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as may from time to time be adopted by the Board or a Committee composed of members of the Board, to (i) select the Eligible Persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted under the Plan; (ii) determine the type or types of Award to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted under the Plan; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan; (v) approve the forms of notice or agreement for use under the Plan; (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property or canceled or suspended; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument evidencing an Award, notice or agreement executed or entered into under the Plan; (viii) establish such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) delegate ministerial duties to such of the Company's employees as it so determines; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for administration of the Plan.

(b) In no event, however, shall the Committee have the right, without stockholder approval, to (i) lower the price of an Option or SAR after it is granted, except in connection with adjustments provided in Section 15.1; (ii) take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; or (iii) cancel an Option or SAR at a time when its strike price exceeds the fair market value of the underlying stock, in exchange for cash, another option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, or other equity, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a merger, acquisition, spin-off or other similar corporate transaction.

 

 


 

(c) The effect on the vesting of an Award of a Company-approved leave of absence or a Participant's reduction in hours of employment or service shall be determined by the Company's chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to directors or executive officers, by the Compensation Committee, whose determination shall be final.  

(d) Decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, any Participant, any stockholder and any Eligible Person.  A majority of the members of the Committee may determine its actions.

SECTION 4.  SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1

Authorized Number of Shares

 

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 15.1, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be:

(a) 1,500,000 shares; plus

(b) any authorized shares (i) not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the Company's Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan or 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended) (the "Prior Plans ") on the Effective Date and (ii) any shares subject to outstanding awards under the Prior Plans on the Effective Date that cease to be subject to such awards (other than by reason of exercise or settlement of the awards to the extent they are exercised for or settled in shares), up to an aggregate maximum of 2,640,025 shares, subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 15.1, which shares shall cease, as of such date, to be available for grant and issuance under the Prior Plans, but shall be available for issuance under the Plan.

Shares issued under the Plan shall be drawn from authorized and unissued shares or shares now held or subsequently acquired by the Company as treasury shares.

4.2

Share Usage

 

(a) If any Award lapses, expires, terminates or is canceled prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or if shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan to a Participant and thereafter are forfeited to the Company, the shares subject to such Awards and the forfeited shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.  The following shares shall not become available for issuance under the Plan:  (i) shares of Common Stock tendered by a Participant as full or partial payment to the Company upon exercise of an Option, (ii) shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon grant of SARs, to the extent the number of reserved shares exceeds the number of shares actually issued upon exercise of the SARs, and (iii) shares of Common Stock withheld by, or otherwise tendered to, the Company to satisfy a Participant's tax withholding obligations in connection with an Award.  

(b) The Committee shall also, without limitation, have the authority to grant Awards as an alternative to or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or due under other compensation plans or arrangements of the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may grant Substitute Awards under the Plan.  Substitute Awards shall not reduce the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan.  In the event that an Acquired Entity has shares available for awards or grants under one or more preexisting plans not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, then, to the extent determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such preexisting plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to holders of common stock of the entities that are parties to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan; provided, however, that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of such preexisting plans, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employees or directors of the Company or a Related Company prior to such acquisition or combination.  In the event that a written agreement between the Company and an Acquired Entity pursuant to which a merger or consolidation is completed is approved by the Board and that agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of the substitution for or assumption of outstanding awards of the Acquired Entity, those terms and conditions shall be deemed to be the action of the Committee without any further action by the Committee, except as may be required for compliance with Rule 16b ‑3 under the Exchange Act, and the persons holding such awards shall be deemed to be Participants.

-2-

 


 

(d) Notwithstanding the other provisions in this Section 4.2 to the contrary, the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate share number stated in Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15.1.  

4.3

Fungible Share Plan

 

The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by 1.9 shares for each share delivered in settlement of Awards other than Options or SARs and one share for each share delivered in settlement of Options or SARs.  Any shares of Common Stock that again become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.2(a) shall be added back to the Plan as 1.9 shares if such shares were subject to Awards other than Options or SARs and one share if such shares were subject to Options or SARs.

SECTION 5.  ELIGIBILITY

An Award may be granted to any employee, officer or director of the Company or a Related Company whom the Committee from time to time selects.  An Award may also be granted to any consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor for bona fide services rendered to the Company or any Related Company that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company's securities in a capital‑raising transaction and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company's securities.

SECTION 6.  AWARDS

6.1

Form, Grant and Settlement of Awards

 

The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted under the Plan.  Such Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other type of Award.  Any Award settlement may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee shall determine.

6.2

Evidence of Awards

 

Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written, including an electronic, instrument that shall contain such terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions as the Committee shall deem advisable and that are not inconsistent with the Plan.

6.3

Dividends and Distributions

 

Participants may, if the Committee so determines, be credited with dividends paid with respect to shares of Common Stock underlying an Award in a manner determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that with respect to Awards that are subject to achievement of performance goals, any such credited dividends may only be paid with respect to the portion of such Awards that is actually earned.  The Committee may apply any restrictions to the dividends or dividend equivalents that the Committee deems appropriate.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine the form of payment of dividends or dividend equivalents, including cash, shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or Stock Units.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to any dividends or dividend equivalents declared and paid on the number of shares underlying an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right may not be contingent, directly or indirectly on the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, and must comply with or qualify for an exemption under Section 409A.  Also notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to any dividends or dividend equivalents declared and paid on Restricted Stock must (i) be paid at the same time they are paid to other stockholders and (ii) comply with or qualify for an exemption under Section 409A.

SECTION 7.  OPTIONS

7.1

Grant of Options

 

The Committee may grant Options designated as Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options.

7.2

Option Exercise Price

 

Options shall be granted with an exercise price per share not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date (and shall not be less than the minimum exercise price required by Section 422 of the Code with respect to Incentive Stock Options), except in the case of Substitute Awards.

-3-

 


 

7.3

Term of Options  

 

Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the Option, the maximum term of an Option shall be ten years from the Grant Date.  For Incentive Stock Options, the maximum term shall comply with Section 422 of the Code, as specified in Section 8.4.

7.4

Exercise of Options

 

The Committee shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option the time at which, or the installments in which, the Option shall vest and become exercisable, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time.

To the extent an Option has vested and become exercisable, the Option may be exercised in whole or from time to time in part by delivery to or as directed or approved by the Company of a properly executed stock option exercise agreement or notice, in a form and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, setting forth the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, the restrictions imposed on the shares purchased under such exercise agreement or notice, if any, and such representations and agreements as may be required by the Committee, accompanied by payment in full as described in Sections 7.5.  An Option may be exercised only for whole shares and may not be exercised for less than a reasonable number of shares at any one time, as determined by the Committee.

7.5

Payment of Exercise Price

 

The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be paid in full to the Company by delivery of consideration equal to the product of the Option exercise price and the number of shares purchased.  Such consideration must be paid before the Company will issue the shares being purchased and must be in a form or a combination of forms acceptable to the Committee for that purchase, which forms may include:

(a) cash;

(b) check or wire transfer;

(c) having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued on exercise of the Option that have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares being purchased under the Option;

(d) tendering (either actually or, so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, by attestation) shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant that have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares being purchased under the Option;

(e) so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and to the extent permitted by law, delivery of a properly executed exercise agreement or notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a brokerage firm designated or approved by the Company to deliver promptly to the Company the aggregate amount of  proceeds to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise, all in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or

(f) such other consideration as the Committee may permit.

7.6

Effect of Termination of Service

 

The Committee shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option whether the Option shall continue to be exercisable, and the terms and conditions of such exercise, after a Termination of Service, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time.  If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option shall be exercisable according to the following terms and conditions, which may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time:

(a) Any portion of an Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant's Termination of Service shall expire on such date.

(b) Any portion of an Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant's Termination of Service shall expire on the earliest to occur of:

-4-

 


 

(i) if the Participant's Termination of Service occurs for reasons other than Cause, Retirement, Disability or death, the date that is three months after such Termination of Service;  

(ii) if the Participant's Termination of Service occurs by reason of Retirement, Disability or death, the three ‑year anniversary of such Termination of Service; and

(iii) the Option Expiration Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after his or her Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of such Termination of Service shall expire upon the earlier to occur of (y) the Option Expiration Date and (z) the one‑year anniversary of the date of death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

Also notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Participant's Termination of Service occurs for Cause, all Options granted to the Participant shall automatically expire upon first notification to the Participant of such termination, unless the Committee determines otherwise.  If a Participant's employment or service relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Participant shall be terminated for Cause, all the Participant's rights under any Option shall likewise be suspended during the period of investigation.  If any facts that would constitute termination for Cause are discovered after a Participant's Termination of Service, any Option then held by the Participant may be immediately terminated by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

  

SECTION 8.  INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the terms and conditions of any Incentive Stock Options shall in addition comply in all respects with Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, and any applicable regulations thereunder.

SECTION 9.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

9.1

Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights

 

The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants at any time on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.  An SAR may be granted in tandem with an Option or alone ("freestanding").  The grant price of a tandem SAR shall be equal to the exercise price of the related Option.  The grant price of a freestanding SAR shall be established in accordance with procedures for Options set forth in Section 7.2.  An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee determines in its sole discretion; provided, however, that, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the instrument evidencing the SAR, the maximum term of a freestanding SAR shall be ten years, and in the case of a tandem SAR, (a) the term shall not exceed the term of the related Option and (b) the tandem SAR may be exercised for all or part of the shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option, except that the tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

9.2

Payment of SAR Amount

 

Upon the exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment in an amount determined by multiplying:  (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by (b) the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.  At the discretion of the Committee as set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award, the payment upon exercise of an SAR may be in cash, in shares, in some combination thereof or in any other manner approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

9.3

Waiver of Restrictions

 

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive any other terms, conditions or restrictions on any SAR under such circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

-5-

 


 

SECTION 10.  STOCK AWARDS, RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK UNITS

10.1

Grant of Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units

 

The Committee may grant Stock Awards, Restricted Stock and Stock Units on such terms and conditions and subject to such repurchase or forfeiture restrictions, if any, which may be based on continuous service with the Company or a Related Company or the achievement of any performance goals, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion, which terms, conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award.

10.2

Vesting of Restricted Stock and Stock Units

 

Upon the satisfaction of any terms, conditions and restrictions prescribed with respect to Restricted Stock or Stock Units, or upon a Participant's release from any terms, conditions and restrictions of Restricted Stock or Stock Units, as determined by the Committee (a) the shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Award of Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant, and (b) Stock Units shall be paid in shares of Common Stock or, if set forth in the instrument evidencing the Awards, in cash or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock.  Any fractional shares subject to such Awards shall be paid to the Participant in cash.

10.3

Waiver of Restrictions

 

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive the repurchase or forfeiture period and any other terms, conditions or restrictions on any Restricted Stock or Stock Unit under such circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 11.  PERFORMANCE AWARDS

11.1

Performance Shares

 

The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Shares, designate the Participants to whom Performance Shares are to be awarded and determine the number of Performance Shares and the terms and conditions of each such Award.  Performance Shares shall consist of a unit valued by reference to a designated number of shares of Common Stock, the value of which may be paid to the Participant by delivery of shares of Common Stock or, if set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award, of such property as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, shares of Common Stock, other property, or any combination thereof, upon the attainment of performance goals, as established by the Committee, and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.  The amount to be paid under an Award of Performance Shares may be adjusted on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

11.2

Performance Units

 

The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Units, designate the Participants to whom Performance Units are to be awarded and determine the number of Performance Units and the terms and conditions of each such Award.  Performance Units shall consist of a unit valued by reference to a designated amount of property other than shares of Common Stock, which value may be paid to the Participant by delivery of such property as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, shares of Common Stock, other property, or any combination thereof, upon the attainment of performance goals, as established by the Committee, and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.  The amount to be paid under an Award of Performance Units may be adjusted on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

SECTION 12.  OTHER STOCK OR CASH-BASED AWARDS

Subject to the terms of the Plan and such other terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock under the Plan.

SECTION 13.  WITHHOLDING

The Company may require the Participant to pay to the Company the amount of (a) any taxes that the Company is required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law to withhold with respect to the grant, vesting or exercise of an Award ("tax withholding obligations") and (b) any amounts due from the Participant to the Company or to any Related Company ("other obligations").  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue any

-6-

 


 

shares of Common Stock or otherwise settle an Award under the Plan until such tax withholding obligations and other obligations are satisfied.

The Committee may permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or part of the Participant's tax withholding obligations and other obligations by (a) paying cash to the Company, (b) having the Company withhold an amount from any cash amounts otherwise due or to become due from the Company to the Participant, (c) having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to the Participant (or become vested, in the case of Restricted Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the tax withholding obligations and other obligations, or (d) surrendering a number of shares of Common Stock the Participant already owns having a value equal to the tax withholding obligations and other obligations.  The value of the shares so withheld or tendered may not exceed the employer's minimum required tax withholding rate.

SECTION 14.  ASSIGNABILITY

No Award or interest in an Award may be sold, assigned, pledged (as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose) or transferred by a Participant or made subject to attachment or similar proceedings otherwise than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, except to the extent the Participant designates one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who may exercise the Award or receive payment under the Award after the Participant's death.  During a Participant's lifetime, an Award may be exercised only by the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to assign or transfer an Award subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall specify.

SECTION 15.  ADJUSTMENTS

15.1

Adjustment of Shares

 

(a) In the event that, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin ‑off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company's corporate or capital structure results in (i) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or (ii) new, different or additional securities of the Company or any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Committee shall make proportional adjustments in (1) the maximum number and kind of securities available for issuance under the Plan; (2) the maximum number and kind of securities issuable as Incentive Stock Options as set forth in Section 4.2; (3) the maximum numbers and kind of securities set forth in Section 16.3; and (4) the number and kind of securities that are subject to any outstanding Award and/or the per share price of such securities.  The determination by the Committee, as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.  

(b) The Committee may also make adjustments as descr ibed in Section 15.1(a)(1)-(4) in the event of any distribution of assets to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend.  In determining adjustments to be made under this Section 15.1(b), the Committee may take into account such factors as it deems appropriate, including (i) the restrictions of applicable law, (ii) the potential tax and accounting consequences of an adjustment and (iii) the possibility that some Participants might receive an adjustment and a distribution or other unintended benefit, and in light of such factors or circumstances may make adjustments that are not uniform or proportionate among outstanding Awards, modify vesting dates, defer the delivery of stock certificates or make other equitable adjustments.  Any such adjustments to outstanding Awards shall be effected in a manner that precludes the enlargement of rights and benefits under such Awards.  

(c) Adjustments, if any, and any determinations or interpretations, including any determination of whether a distribution is other than a normal cash dividend, made by the Committee, as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.1, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Awards.  Also notwithstanding the foregoing, a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or a Change in Control shall not be governed by this Section 15.1 but shall be governed by Sections 15.2 and 15.3, respectively.

15.2

Dissolution or Liquidation

 

To the extent not previously exercised or settled, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.  To the extent a vesting condition,

-7-

 


 

forfeiture provision or repurchase right applicable to an Award has not been waived by the Committee, the Award shall be forfeited immediately prior to the consummation of the dissolution or liquidation.

15.3

Change in Control

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, in the event of a Change in Control:

(a) If the Change in Control is a transaction in which Awards, other than Performance Shares and Performance Units, could be converted, assumed, substituted for or replaced by the Successor Company, then, if and to the extent that the Successor Company converts, assumes, substitutes or replaces an Award, the vesting restrictions and/or forfeiture provisions applicable to such Award shall not be accelerated or lapse, and all such vesting restrictions and/or forfeiture provisions shall continue with respect to any shares of the Successor Company or other consideration that may be received with respect to such Award.  If and to the extent that such Awards are not converted, assumed, substituted for or replaced by the Successor Company, such Awards shall become fully vested and exercisable or payable, and all applicable restrictions or forfeiture provisions shall lapse, immediately prior to the Change in Control and such Awards shall terminate at the effective time of the Change in Control.

For the purposes of this Section 15.3(a), an Award shall be considered converted, assumed, substituted for or replaced by the Successor Company if following the Change in Control the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the Successor Company, the Committee may, with the consent of the Successor Company, provide for the consideration to be received pursuant to the Award, for each share of Common Stock subject thereto, to be solely common stock of the Successor Company substantially equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.  The determination of such substantial equality of value of consideration shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be conclusive and binding.

(b) All Performance Shares or Performance Units earned and outstanding as of the date the Change in Control is determined to have occurred and for which the payout level has been determined shall be payable in full in accordance with the payout schedule pursuant to the instrument evidencing the Award.  Any remaining outstanding Performance Shares or Performance Units (including any applicable performance period) for which the payout level has not been determined shall be prorated at the target payout level up to and including the date of such Change in Control and shall be payable in accordance with the payout schedule pursuant to the instrument evidencing the Award.  Any existing deferrals or other restrictions not waived by the Committee in its sole discretion shall remain in effect.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may instead provide in the event of a Change in Control that a Participant's outstanding Awards shall terminate upon or immediately prior to such Change in Control and that such Participant shall receive, in exchange therefor, a cash payment equal to the amount (if any) by which (x) the value of the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control, or, in the event the Change in Control is one of the transactions listed under subsection (c) in the definition of Change in Control or otherwise does not result in direct receipt of consideration by holders of Common Stock, the value of the deemed per share consideration received, in each case as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Awards (to the extent then vested and exercisable or whether or not then vested and exercisable, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) exceeds (y) if applicable, the respective aggregate exercise price or grant price for such Awards.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 15.3 requires all outstanding Awards to be treated similarly.

15.4

Further Adjustment of Awards

 

Subject to Sections 15.2 and 15.3, the Committee shall have the discretion, exercisable at any time before a sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change of control of the Company, as defined by the Committee, to take such further action as it determines to be necessary or advisable with respect to Awards.  Such authorized action may include (but shall not be limited to) establishing, amending or waiving the type, terms, conditions or duration of, or restrictions

-8-

 


 

on, Awards so as to provide for earlier, later, extended or additional time for exercise, lifting restrictions and other modifications, and the Committee may take such actions with respect to all Participants, to certain categories of Participants or only to individual Participants.  The Committee may take such action before or after granting Awards to which the action relates and before or after any public announcement with respect to such sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or change of control that is the reason for such action.

15.5

No Limitations

 

The grant of Awards shall in no way affect the Company's right to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

15.6

No Fractional Shares

 

In the event of any adjustment in the number of shares covered by any Award, each such Award shall cover only the number of full shares resulting from such adjustment, and any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be disregarded.

15.7

Section 409A

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, (a) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 15 to Awards that are considered "deferred compensation" within the meaning of Section 409A shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A and (b) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 15 to Awards that are not considered "deferred compensation" subject to Section 409A shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that after such adjustment the Awards either (i) continue not to be subject to Section 409A or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

SECTION 16.  CODE SECTION 162(m) PROVISIONS

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines, at the time Awards are granted to a Participant who is, or is likely to be as of the end of the tax year in which the Company would claim a tax deduction in connection with such Award, a Covered Employee, then the Committee may provide that this Section 16 is applicable to such Award.

16.1

Performance Criteria

 

If an Award is subject to this Section 16, then the lapsing of restrictions thereon and the distribution of cash, shares of Common Stock or other property pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be subject to the achievement of one or more objective performance goals established by the Committee, which shall be based on the attainment of specified levels of one of or any combination of the following "performance criteria" for the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company, as reported or calculated by the Company:  cash flows (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); working capital; earnings per share; book value per share; operating income (including or excluding depreciation, amortization, extraordinary items, restructuring charges or other expenses); revenues; operating margins; return on assets; return on equity; return on sales (including or excluding financial effects of acquisitions or divestitures); debt; debt plus equity; market or economic value added; stock price appreciation; total stockholder return; cost control; strategic initiatives; market share; net income; return on invested capital; improvements in capital structure; or customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, services performance, subscriber, cash management or asset management metrics (together, the " Performance Criteria ").  

Such performance goals also may be based on the achievement of specified levels of Company performance (or performance of an applicable affiliate or business unit of the Company) under one or more of the Performance Criteria described above relative to the performance of other corporations.  Such performance goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by, and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of, Section 162(m) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, and the regulations thereunder.

The Committee may provide in any such Award that any evaluation of performance may include or exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period:  (i) asset write-downs, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or provisions affecting reported results, (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs, (v) extraordinary or nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification 225-20 and/or in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year, (vi) acquisitions or divestitures, (vii) discontinued operations, (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses, and (ix) gains and losses on asset sales.  To the extent

-9-

 


 

such inclusions or exclusions affect Awards to Covered Employees, they shall be prescribed in a form that satisfies the requirements for "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

16.2

Adjustment of Awards

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan other than Section 15, with respect to any Award that is subject to this Section 16, the Committee may adjust downwards, but not upwards, the amount payable pursuant to such Award, and the Committee may not waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals except in the case of the death or disability of the Covered Employee.

16.3

Limitations

 

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 15.1, no Covered Employee may be granted Awards other than Performance Units subject to this Section 16 in any calendar year period with respect to more than 200,000 shares of Common Stock for such Awards, except that the Company may make additional onetime grants of such Awards for up to 400,000 shares to newly hired or newly promoted individuals, and the maximum dollar value payable with respect to Performance Units or other awards payable in cash subject to this Section 16 granted to any Covered Employee in any one calendar year is $4,000,000.  

The Committee shall have the power to impose such other restrictions on Awards subject to this Section 16 as it may deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that such Awards satisfy all requirements for "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

SECTION 17.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

17.1

Amendment, Suspension or Termination

 

The Board or the Compensation Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion of the Plan at any time and in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan; and provided, further, that any amendment that requires stockholder approval may be made only by the Board.  Subject to Section 17.3, the Committee may amend the terms of any outstanding Award, prospectively or retroactively.

17.2

Term of the Plan

 

Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, the Plan shall terminate ten years from the Effective Date.  After the Plan is terminated, no future Awards may be granted, but Awards previously granted shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the Plan's terms and conditions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted more than ten years after the earlier of the approval by the Board or the stockholders of the Plan (or any amendment to the Plan that constitutes the adoption of a new plan for purposes of Section 422 of the Code).

17.3

Consent of Participant

 

The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan or a portion thereof or the amendment of an outstanding Award shall not, without the Participant's consent, materially adversely affect any rights under any Award theretofore granted to the Participant under the Plan.  Any change or adjustment to an outstanding Incentive Stock Option shall not, without the consent of the Participant, be made in a manner so as to constitute a "modification" that would cause such Incentive Stock Option to fail to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 15 shall not be subject to these restrictions.

SECTION 18.  GENERAL

18.1

No Individual Rights

 

No individual or Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and the Company has no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan.

Furthermore, nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to constitute an employment contract or confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship

-10-

 


 

with, the Company or any Related Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Related Company to terminate a Participant's employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

18.2

Issuance of Shares

 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless, in the opinion of the Company's counsel, such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act or the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction) and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

(b) The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction, any shares of Common Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made.

(c) As a condition to the exercise of an Option or any other receipt of Common Stock pursuant to an Award under the Plan, the Company may require (i) the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or receipt that such shares are being purchased or received only for the Participant's own account and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares and (ii) such other action or agreement by the Participant as may from time to time be necessary to comply with the federal, state and foreign securities laws.  At the option of the Company, a stop-transfer order against any such shares may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that such shares may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred, unless an opinion of counsel is provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation, may be stamped on stock certificates to ensure exemption from registration.  The Committee may also require the Participant to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement or such other agreement as may be in use by the Company at such time that describes certain terms and conditions applicable to the shares.

(d) To the extent the Plan or any instrument evidencing an Award provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the issuance may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

18.3

Indemnification

 

Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board, or a committee appointed by the Board, or an officer of the Company to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Section 3, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which such person may be a party or in which such person may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such person in settlement thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by such person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against such person; provided, however, that such person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such person undertakes to handle and defend it on such person's own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of such person's own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute.

The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such person may be entitled under the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or of any power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless.

18.4

No Rights as a Stockholder

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement, no Award, other than a Stock Award or Restricted Stock Award, shall entitle the Participant to any cash dividend, voting or other right of a stockholder unless and until the date of issuance under the Plan of the shares that are the subject of such Award.

-11-

 


 

18.5

Compliance with Laws and Regulations  

 

(a) In interpreting and applying the provisions of the Plan, any Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the Plan shall, to the extent permitted by law, be construed as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(b) The Plan and Awards granted under the Plan are intended to be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A to the maximum extent possible, whether pursuant to the short-term deferral exception described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), the exclusion applicable to stock options, stock appreciation rights and certain other equity-based compensation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5), or otherwise.  To the extent Section 409A is applicable to the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan, it is intended that the Plan and any Awards granted under the Plan comply with the deferral, payout and other limitations and restrictions imposed under Section 409A.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to the contrary, the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with such intentions.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any payments and benefits under the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to which Section 409A applies, all references in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to the termination of the Participant's employment or service are intended to mean the Participant's "separation from service," within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i).  In addition, if the Participant is a "specified employee," within the meaning of Section 409, then to the extent necessary to avoid subjecting the Participant to the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable under the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan during the six-month period immediately following the Participant's "separation from service," within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i), shall not be paid to the Participant during such period, but shall instead be accumulated and paid to the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant's death, the Participant's estate) in a lump sum on the first business day after the earlier of the date that is six months following the Participant's separation from service or the Participant's death.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee, to the extent it deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, reserves the right, but shall not be required, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan so that the Award qualifies for exemption from or complies with Section 409A; provided, however, that the Committee makes no representations that Awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A and makes no undertaking to preclude  Section 409A from applying to Awards granted under the Plan.

18.6

Participants in Other Countries or Jurisdictions

 

Without amending the Plan, the Committee may grant Awards to Eligible Persons who are foreign nationals on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or desirable to comply with provisions of the laws or regulations of other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or any Related Company may operate or have employees to ensure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to Participants employed in such countries or jurisdictions, meet the requirements that permit the Plan to operate in a qualified or tax-efficient manner, comply with applicable foreign laws or regulations and meet the objectives of the Plan.

18.7

No Trust or Fund

 

The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan.  Nothing contained herein shall require the Company to segregate any monies or other property, or shares of Common Stock, or to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits for any immediate or deferred amounts payable to any Participant, and no Participant shall have any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

18.8

Successors

 

All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all the business and/or assets of the Company.

-12-

 


 

18.9

Severability  

 

If any provision of the Plan or any Award is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the Committee's determination, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

18.10

Choice of Law and Venue

 

The Plan, all Awards granted thereunder and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.  Participants irrevocably consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of Washington.

18.11

Legal Requirements

 

The granting of Awards and the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

SECTION 19.  EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date (the " Effective Date ") is the date on which the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company.  If the stockholders of the Company do not approve the Plan within 12 months after the Board's adoption of the Plan, any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

-13-

 


 

APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan,

" Acquired Entity " means any entity acquired by the Company or a Related Company or with which the Company or a Related Company merges or combines.

" Award " means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Award, Restricted Stock, Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, cash-based award or other incentive payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock as may be designated by the Committee from time to time.

" Board " means the Board of Directors of the Company.

" Cause ," unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing an Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means dishonesty, fraud, serious or willful misconduct, unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets, or conduct prohibited by law (except minor violations), in each case as determined by the Company's chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Compensation Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

" Change in Control ," unless the Committee determines otherwise with respect to an Award at the time the Award is granted or unless otherwise defined for purposes of an Award in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means consummation of:

(a) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other company;

(b) a sale in one transaction or a series of transactions undertaken with a common purpose of at least 50 % of the Company's outstanding voting securities; or

(c) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions undertaken with a common purpose of at least 50% of the Company's assets,

excluding, however, in each case, a transaction pursuant to which

(i) the Entities who are the beneficial owners of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the " Outstanding Company Common Stock ") and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the " Outstanding Company Voting Securities ") immediately prior to such Change in Control will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, at least 70% of the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, of the Successor Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Change in Control, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities;  

(ii) no Entity (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company, a Related Company or a Successor Company) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Successor Company or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Successor Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors unless such ownership resulted solely from ownership of securities of the Company prior to the Change in Control; and

(iii) individuals who were members of the Board immediately prior to the Change in Control will immediately after the consummation of the Change in Control constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Successor Company.

Where a series of transactions undertaken with a common purpose is deemed to be a Change in Control, the date of such Change in Control shall be the date on which the last of such transactions is consummated.

" Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

" Committee " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

A-1


 

" Common Stock " means the common stock, par value $0.20 per share, of the Company.

" Company " means Esterline Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

" Compensation Committee " means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

" Covered Employee " means a "covered employee" as that term is defined for purposes of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code or any successor provision.

" Disability ," unless otherwise defined by the Committee for purposes of the Plan in the instrument evidencing an Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means a mental or physical impairment of the Participant that is expected to result in death or that has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of six months or more and that causes the Participant to be unable to perform his or her material duties for the Company or a Related Company and to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity, in each case as determined by the Company's chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, in the case of directors and executive officers, the Compensation Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

" Effective Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 19.

" Eligible Person " means any person eligible to receive an Award as set forth in Section 5.

" Entity " means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

" Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

" Fair Market Value " means the closing price for the Common Stock on any given date during regular trading, or if not trading on that date, such price on the last preceding date on which the Common Stock was traded, unless determined otherwise by the Committee using such methods or procedures as it may establish.

" Grant Date " means the later of (a) the date on which the Committee completes the corporate action authorizing the grant of an Award or such later date specified by the Committee and (b) the date on which all conditions precedent to an Award have been satisfied, provided that conditions to the exercisability or vesting of Awards shall not defer the Grant Date.

" Incentive Stock Option " means an Option granted with the intention that it qualify as an "incentive stock option" as that term is defined for purposes of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision.

" Nonqualified Stock Option " means an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

" Option " means a right to purchase Common Stock granted under Section 7.

" Option Expiration Date " means the last day of the maximum term of an Option.

" Outstanding Company Common Stock " has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Change in Control."

" Outstanding Company Voting Securities " has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Change in Control."

" Parent Company " means a company or other entity which as a result of a Change in Control owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries.

" Participant " means any Eligible Person to whom an Award is granted.

" Performance Award " means an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units granted under Section 11.

" Performance Criteria " has the meaning set forth in Section 16.1.

" Performance Share " means an Award of units denominated in shares of Common Stock granted under Section 11.1.

" Performance Unit " means an Award of units denominated in cash or property other than shares of Common Stock granted under Section 11.2.

" Plan " means the Esterline Technologies Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated.

A-2


 

" Prior Plan " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

" Related Company " means any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by, in control of or under common control with the Company.

" Restricted Stock " means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 10, the rights of ownership of which are subject to restrictions prescribed by the Committee.

" Retirement ," unless otherwise defined in the instrument evidencing the Award or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company, means "Retirement" as defined for purposes of the Plan by the Committee or, if not so defined, means Termination of Service on or after the date the Participant reaches "normal retirement age," as that term is defined in Section 411(a)(8) of the Code.  

" Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

" Section 409A " means Section 409A of the Code.

" Stock Appreciation Right " or " SAR " means a right granted under Section 9.1 to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock over the grant price.

" Stock Award " means an Award of shares of Common Stock granted under Section 10, the rights of ownership of which are not subject to restrictions prescribed by the Committee.

" Stock Unit " means an Award denominated in units of Common Stock granted under Section 10.

" Substitute Awards " means Awards granted or shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in substitution or exchange for awards previously granted by an Acquired Entity.

" Successor Company " means the surviving company, the successor company or Parent Company, as applicable, in connection with a Change in Control.

" Termination of Service " means a termination of employment or service relationship with the Company or a Related Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of death, Disability or Retirement.  Any question as to whether and when there has been a Termination of Service for the purposes of an Award and the cause of such Termination of Service shall be determined by the Company's chief human resources officer or other person performing that function or, with respect to directors and executive officers, by the Compensation Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.  Transfer of a Participant's employment or service relationship between the Company and any Related Company shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of an Award.  Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, a Termination of Service shall be deemed to occur if the Participant's employment or service relationship is with an entity that has ceased to be a Related Company.  A Participant's change in status from an employee of the Company or a Related Company to a nonemployee director, consultant, advisor, or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company or a change in status from a nonemployee director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company to an employee of the Company or a Related Company, shall not be considered a Termination of Service.

" Vesting Commencement Date " means the Grant Date or such other date selected by the Committee as the date from which an Award begins to vest.

A-3

Exhibit 10.19

TERMINATION PROTECTION AGREEMENT,
as amended and restated November __, 2015

This Agreement (“Agreement”) is an amendment and restatement made this ______ day of November, 2015 of the Termination Protection Agreement between Esterline Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation, with its principal offices at 500 108 th Avenue N.E., Suite 1500, Bellevue, Washington 98004 (the “Company”) and _____________ (the “Executive”) made _____________, as amended and restated effective ____________ (the “Original TPA”).

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) determined it is appropriate to encourage the continued attention and dedication of Company executives to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from a possible change in control of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive deem it appropriate to make certain changes to the terms of the Original TPA as reflected in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to enter into this Agreement for the purposes and on the terms and conditions described below;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 “Cause” means: (a) the willful and continued failure by the Executive to substantially perform his or her duties and obligations to the Company (other than any such failure resulting from illness, sickness, or physical or mental incapacity) which failure continues after the Company has given notice to the Executive; or (b) the willful engaging by the Executive in misconduct that is significantly injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his or her action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

1.2 “Change in Control” has the meaning given such term under the Equity Incentive Plan, and also means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) an acquisition by any Entity (as defined in the Equity Incentive Plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (1) the number of then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control:  (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege where the security being so converted was not acquired directly from the Company by the party exercising the conversion privilege, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Related Company (as defined in the Equity Incentive Plan), or (iv) an acquisition by any Entity pursuant to a transaction that meets the conditions of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) set forth in the definition of Change in Control in the Equity Incentive Plan; or

 

 


 

(b) a change in the composition of the Board during any two-year period such that the individuals who, as of the beginning of such two-year period, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that for purposes of this definition, any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of the two-year period, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided further, however, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of or in connection with an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of an Entity other than the Board shall not be considered a member of the Incumbent Board .  

1.3 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.4 “Contract Period” means the twenty-four (24) month period beginning on the Effective Date.

1.5 “Disability” means any physical or mental condition for which the Executive would be eligible to receive benefits under the disability insurance provisions of (a) the Social Security Act or (b) the Company’s long-term disability program.

1.6 “Effective Date” means the day preceding a Change in Control.

1.7 “Equity Incentive Plan” means the Esterline Technologies Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.  

1.8 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.9 “Fringe Benefit Program” means any employee benefit plan, program, or arrangement, including, without limitation, employee benefit plans within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, but excluding the Equity Incentive Plan and any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or other incentive compensation plan.

1.10 “Good Reason” means:

(a) A material diminution in the Executive's authority, duties or responsibilities, including, for example, assignment to the Executive of duties inconsistent with, or the reduction of powers or functions associated with, his or her positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to the Effective Date, or removal of the Executive from or any failure to re-elect the Executive to any material positions or offices the Executive held immediately prior to the Effective Date, except in connection with the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause or for Disability, or a material negative change in the employment relationship such as the failure to maintain a working environment conducive to the performance of the Executives’ duties or the effective exercise of the powers or functions associated with the Executive’s position, responsibilities and status with Company immediately prior to the Effective Date; or

(b) Any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; or

- 2 -

 


 

(c) T he Company’s mandatory transfer of the Executive to another geographic location, without the Executive’s consent, outside of a twenty (20) mile radius from the Executive’s current location, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s business travel obligations prior to the Effective Date; or  

(d) Failure by the Company to obtain an assumption of the obligations of the Company to perform this Agreement by any successor, as provided in Section 6.1.

A termination of employment by the Executive will not be deemed to be "for Good Reason" unless (i) the Executive  provides written notice to the Company of the Good Reason conduct or event within 90 days of its occurrence, (ii) the Company does not cure such conduct or event within 30 days after receiving the notice described in clause (i), and (iii) the Termination Date occurs at least thirty-one (31) days and not more than ninety-one (91) days after the date on which the Company receives the notice described in clause (i).

1.11 “Minimum Base Salary” means the Executive’s annual rate of salary on the Effective Date, payable monthly, increased by ten (10)% per annum compounded annually on each anniversary of the Executive’s most recent raise.

1.12 “Minimum Total Compensation” means a sum equal to one (1) times the Executive’s annual rate of salary on the Effective Date, plus one (1) times the Executive’s target annual incentive compensation on the Effective Date, plus the actual gross cash compensation paid to the Executive under the Company’s long-term incentive plan during the twenty-four (24) month period ending on the Effective Date, divided by two (2). From and after January 2019, “Minimum Total Compensation” means a sum equal to one (1) times the Executive’s annual rate of salary on the Effective Date plus one (1) times the Executive’s target annual incentive compensation on the Effective Date.  

1.13 “Termination Date” means the effective date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as that term is defined under Code Section 409A) from the Company.  For purposes of determining whether a "separation from service" under Code Section 409A has occurred, a "separation from service" is deemed to include a reasonably anticipated permanent reduction in the level of services performed by the Executive to less than fifty percent (50%) of the average level of services performed by the Executive during the immediately preceding 12-month period (or period of service if less than 12 months).

2. Scope of Agreement.   This Agreement applies with respect to any termination of employment of the Executive that occurs during the Contract Period.  It does not apply to any termination of the Executive’s employment that occurs other than during the Contract Period.   In addition, during the Contract Period, the Company will maintain the equivalent total value of compensation paid to the Executive prior to the Effective Date to include (i) payment to the Executive of a monthly base salary at least equal to the then applicable Minimum Base Salary; (ii) payment to the Executive, within seventy-five (75) days following the end of a fiscal year, of compensation with respect to each such fiscal year ending after the Effective Date in an amount at least equal to the Minimum Total Compensation;    (iii) a minimum of two (2) annual grants of equity awards of Company common stock or other form of ownership interest with an equivalent market value to the grants made to the Executive during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the Effective Date; and (iv) no act or omission by the Company, in its capacity as a plan administrator or otherwise, that adversely affects the Executive's participation in any Fringe Benefit Program in effect on the Effective Date, or materially reduces the value of his or her benefits under any such program, including benefits under any Company car allowance and vacation policy.  

- 3 -

 


 

3. Termination During Contract Period .  

3.1 General.   During the Contract Period and subject to any employment agreement between the Company and the Executive, the Company will have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason or for no reason, and the Executive may terminate his or her employment with the Company for any reason or for no reason.  In the event of any such termination of employment, the Executive will be entitled to such compensation, if any, as provided for in this Agreement.  

3.2 Without Cause or For Good Reason. In the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated during the Contract Period by the Company without Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, then the Executive will be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided in Section 4.  

3.3 Other Than For Good Reason.   In the event the Executive terminates his or her employment with the Company during the Contract Period for any reason other than for Good Reason, the Executive will not be entitled to any compensation under this Agreement, other than the Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary and accrued but unused vacation through his or her Termination Date.  

3.4 For Cause, Disability, or Death. In the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company during the Contract Period for Cause or for Disability, or if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated as the result of the Executive’s death, neither the Executive nor his or her beneficiary, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive any compensation or benefits under this Agreement other than the Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary and accrued but unused vacation through his or her Termination Date.  

4. Compensation and Benefits Upon Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason.  

4.1 If the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 are satisfied, the Executive will be entitled to receive the following compensation and benefits:  

(a) a pro rata amount of the Minimum Total Compensation calculated based on the number of days the Executive was employed during the current fiscal year through the Termination Date, reduced (but not below zero) by the base salary previously paid to the Executive;

(b) all other amounts earned by the Executive and unpaid as of the Termination Date, including any accrued but unpaid vacation;

(c) an amount equal to three (3) times the Minimum Total Compensation;

(d) full vesting of all outstanding unvested equity awards held by the Executive as of the Effective Date to the extent such awards were not accelerated into full vesting in connection with the Change in Control;

(e) reimbursement of all legal fees and related expenses as may be incurred by the Executive in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided to the Executive by this Agreement, provided (1) the Executive’s claims are determined under Section 8, or by agreement of the parties, to be well-founded in substantial part, and (2) that fees and expenses are reasonable in light of the claims at issue;  and,

- 4 -

 


 

(f) all life insurance, medical, health, dental, accident and disability coverage provided to the Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date, until the earliest to occur of (1) the end of the Contract Period, or (2) the Executive’s commencement of full time employment with a new employer; provided that the Executive’s continued participation in the plans, programs or arrangements providing such coverage is practicable under the general terms and provisions of such plans, programs or arrangements.  If the Executive’s participation in any such plan, program or arrangement is not practicable, the Company shall in its sole discretion arrange to provide the Executive with: (3) benefits substantially similar to those the Executive was entitled during employment to receive under such plans, programs or arrangements; or (4) cash compensation on an after-tax basis sufficient for the Executive to purchase such benefits .  

4.2 The amounts specified in Sections 4.1(a), (b), (c), and (f) (if applicable), will be payable to the Executive in a lump sum as soon as practicable, but no later than within sixty (60) days of his or her Termination Date.

4.3 The amounts specified in Section 4.1(e) will be payable to the Executive only to the extent payment of such amounts would not be subject to tax under Code Section 409A.

4.4 Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the amount of any compensation or benefits provided for in this Agreement will not be subject to mitigation by the Executive.

5. 280G Provisions.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if all or any portion of the amount payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, alone or together with other payments the Executive has the right to receive from the Company, constitute “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Code Section 280G, as amended, that are subject to the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999, such amounts payable hereunder will be reduced (in accordance with Code Section 409A) to the extent necessary, after first applying any similar reduction to payments to be received from any other plan or program sponsored by the Company from which the Executive has a right to receive payments subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999, so that the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999 does not apply; provided, however, that this payment reduction will take place only if such reduction would provide to the Executive a greater net, after-tax benefit than he or she would receive if such amounts were not subject to such reduction.

6. Successors; Binding Agreement.

6.1 The Company will require any successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, upon or prior to such succession, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  A copy of such assumption and agreement shall be delivered to the Executive promptly after its execution by the successor.  Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement upon or prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall entitle the Executive to terminate his or her employment for Good Reason, as set forth in Section 1.10(d).  As used in this Agreement “Company” shall include any successor to its business and/or assets that executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 6.1 or that otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law  

6.2 This Agreement is personal to the Executive and the Executive may not assign or transfer any part of his or her rights or duties hereunder, or any compensation due to the Executive hereunder, to any other person, except that this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the

- 5 -

 


 

Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees or beneficiaries.  

7. Modification; Waiver.   No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or such other director or officer as may be specifically designated by the Board.  Waiver by any party of any breach of or failure to comply with any provision of this Agreement by the other party will not be construed as, or constitute, a continuing waiver of such provision, or a waiver of any other breach of, or failure to comply with, any other provision of this Agreement.

8. Arbitration of Disputes.

8.1 Any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the interpretation or validity of this Agreement will be settled exclusively and finally by arbitration.  It is specifically understood and agreed that any disagreement, dispute or controversy that cannot be resolved between the parties, including without limitation any matter relating to the interpretation of this Agreement, may be submitted to arbitration irrespective of the magnitude thereof, the amount in controversy or whether such disagreement, dispute or controversy would otherwise be considered justiciable or ripe for resolution by a court or arbitral tribunal.

8.2 The arbitration will be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Arbitration Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”).  

8.3 The arbitral tribunal will consist of one arbitrator.  The parties to the arbitration jointly will directly appoint such arbitrator within 30 days of initiation of the arbitration.  If the parties fail to appoint such arbitrator as provided above, such arbitrator will be appointed by the AAA as provided in the Arbitration Rules and will be a person who (a) maintains his or her principal place of business in the State of Washington; and (b) has had substantial experience in business transactions.  The Company will pay all of the fees, if any, and expenses of such arbitrator.

8.4 The arbitration will be conducted in Seattle, Washington or in such other city in the United States of America as the parties to the dispute may designate by mutual written consent.

8.5 At any oral hearing of evidence in connection with the arbitration, each party thereto or its legal counsel will have the right to examine its witnesses and to cross-examine the witnesses of any opposing party.  No evidence of any witness will be presented in written form unless the opposing party or parties will have the opportunity to cross-examine such witness, except as the parties to the dispute otherwise agree in writing or except under extraordinary circumstances where the interests of justice require a different procedure.

8.6 Any decision or award of the arbitral tribunal will be final and binding upon the parties to the arbitration proceeding.  The parties hereto hereby waive to the extent permitted by law any rights to appeal or to seek review of such award by any court or tribunal.  The parties hereto agree that the arbitral award may be enforced against the parties to the arbitration proceeding or their assets wherever they may be found and that a judgment upon the arbitral award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

8.7 The arbitral tribunal will not have any authority, power, or right to alter, change, amend, modify, add to, or subtract from any of the provisions of this Agreement.  

- 6 -

 


 

9. Payroll and Withholding Taxes .  All payments to be made or benefits to be provided hereunder by the Company will be subject to reduction for any applicable payroll-related or withholding taxes.  

10. Compliance with Code Section 409A .  

10.1 General .  The parties intend that this Agreement and the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement, including, without limitation, those provided pursuant to Section 4, be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A to the maximum extent possible, whether pursuant to the short-term deferral exception described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), the involuntary separation pay plan exception described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), or otherwise.  To the extent Code Section 409A is applicable to this Agreement, the parties intend that this Agreement and any payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with the deferral, payout and other limitations and restrictions imposed under Code Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement will be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with such intentions; provided, however, that in no event will the Company or its agents, subsidiaries, affiliates or successors be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Executive pursuant to Code Section 409A or for any damages incurred by the Executive as a result of this Agreement (or the payments or benefits hereunder) failing to comply with, or be exempt from, Code Section 409A.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary:

(a) If the Executive is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A (a “Specified Employee”), on the Termination Date, then to the extent necessary to avoid subjecting the Executive to the imposition of any additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A, (i) amounts that would (but for this provision) be payable within six (6) months following the Termination Date shall not be paid to the Executive during such period, but will instead be accumulated and paid to the Executive (or to his estate) in a lump sum on the first business day occurring after the earlier of (A) the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date, and (B) the date of the Executive’s death, and (ii) benefits that would (but for this provision) have been provided to the Executive within six (6) months following the Termination Date will be made available to the Executive by the Company during such period at the Executive’s expense and the Company will reimburse the Executive (or the Executive’s estate) for such amounts at the time specified in clause (i) above.  Any payments delayed, and any reimbursements due, pursuant to this Section 10.1(a), will be credited with interest for the period commencing on the Executive’s Termination Date (or, if later, the date on which the Executive incurred the expense being reimbursed) and ending on the date payment (or reimbursement, as applicable) of such amounts is made to the Executive based on an annual interest rate equal to the greater of (a) the interest rate used to determine participant interest credits under the Company’s defined benefit cash balance plan for the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs and (b) the applicable federal rate appropriate for a six-month loan determined as of the Termination Date.

(b) Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate and distinct payments.

(c) With regard to any provision in this Agreement that provides for reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits, except for any expense, reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided pursuant to this Agreement that does not constitute a "deferral of compensation," within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b), (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during any calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar

- 7 -

 


 

year (other than for medical reimbursement arrangements as excepted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(B) solely because the arrangement provides for a limit on the amount of expenses that may be reimbursed under such arrangement over some or all of the period the arrangement remains in effect), (ii) such reimbursements shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  

11. Cooperation .  If the Company or the Executive determines that any provision of this Agreement is or might be inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A, the parties will attempt in good faith to agree on such amendments to this Agreement as may be necessary or appropriate to avoid subjecting the Executive to the imposition of any additional tax under Code Section 409A without changing the basic economic terms of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Agreement will be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with Code Section 409A from the Executive or any other individual to the Company or any of its agents, subsidiaries, affiliates or successors.  

12. Notice .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given by either party to the other party by this Agreement (including, without limitation, any notice under the Arbitration Rules of an intention to arbitrate) must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or received by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, at the address of the other party, as follows:

If to the Company, to

Esterline Technologies Corporation

500 108 th Avenue N.E.

Suite 1500

Bellevue, Washington 98004

Attention: Board of Directors and Secretary

If to the Executive, to

_____________

c/o Esterline Technologies Corporation

500 108 th Ave NE

Suite 1500

Bellevue, WA 98004

 

Either party may change its address for purposes of this Section 12 by giving fifteen (15) days’ prior notice to the other party.

 

13. Severability.   If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application of this Agreement to any person or circumstances is to any extent invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable will not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement will be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

14. Headings.   The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and will not be a part of or control or affect the meaning of this Agreement.

- 8 -

 


 

15. C ounterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original.  

16. Governing Law.   This Agreement will in all respects be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.  

17. Entire Agreement.   This Agreement supersedes any and all other oral or written agreements made relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including the Original Agreement, and constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided that this Agreement will not supersede or limit or in any way affect (a) the Executive’s rights under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan, any other incentive compensation plan, or any deferred compensation plan as in effect on the Effective Date or with respect to any awards made pursuant to such plans; (b) any rights the Executive may have under any other company employee benefit plan, program or arrangement (including, without limitation, any pension, life insurance, medical, dental, health, vacation and accident and disability plans, programs and arrangements); or (c) the Company’s right to amend or terminate its employee benefit plans in accordance with their terms.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Executive

 

 

________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

Esterline Technologies Corporation

 

 

 

__________________________________

By:    

[Title]

 

 

 

 

- 9 -

 

 

Exhibit 10.49

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This Third Amendment to Lease (this “ Amendment ”) is made, for reference purposes only, this 19 th day of August, 2013, by and between AAT CC BELLEVUE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

 

A.

Landlord, as successor-in-interest to City Center Bellevue Property, LLC, as successor-in-interest to WA-City Center Bellevue, LLC, and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease Agreement dated as of July 1, 2003 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated as of April 14, 2011 (the “ First Amendment ”), as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated as of May 4, 2011 (collectively, as amended, the “ Lease ”) for that certain premises located at 500 108 th Avenue NE, Suites 1450 and 1500, Bellevue, Washington 98004, consisting of an aggregate of approximately 23,351 rentable square feet of commercial office space (the “ Existing Premises ”). Pursuant to Section 4.2 of the First Amendment, the rentable square feet of commercial space for the Existing Premises shall become 24,079 rentable square feet of space on October 1, 2013.

 

B.

The parties desire to amend the Lease as set forth in this Amendment.

 

C.

All capitalized terms used in this Amendment unless specifically defined herein shall have the same meaning as the capitalized terms used in the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are expressly acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Premises .

a) Effective October 1, 2013 (the, “ Suite 1440 Expansion Premises Effective Date ”) and continuing through the New Expiration Date of the Existing Premises (as defined in the First Amendment, which is September 30, 2023), the Lease shall be amended to reflect the addition of commercial office space in the Building, known as Suite 1440, consisting of approximately 12,791 square feet of commercial office space, as more specifically set forth on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (the “ Suite 1440 Expansion Premises ”). Landlord shall deliver the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises to Tenant on the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises Effective Date.

b) For the purposes of this Amendment and to redefine the term “Premises” as used in the Lease, effective as of the Expansion Premises Effective Date, “ Premises ” shall mean both the Existing Premises and the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises, consisting of an aggregate of approximately 36,870 rentable square feet of commercial office space. For the purposes of calculating Expenses and Taxes, as of the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises Effective Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be amended to be 7.58%. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the rentable square footage of the Premises shall not be subject to further re-measurement at any time prior to September 30, 2023. Landlord acknowledges that, as of the date of this Amendment, the Building’s current after-hours HVAC charge for the Premises is $50.00 per hour.

c) Except as specifically set forth in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “B” , and with respect to Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations under the Lease, Tenant shall accept the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises in its existing “as is” condition, and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises or with respect to the suitability of the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

Page 1 of 12


 

2. Rent . Tenant shall pay Base Rent to Landlord in monthly installments for the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises in accordance with the Lease, pursuant to the current rate as set forth in the Lease. As of the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises Effective Date, Tenant s Base Rent for the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises shall be as follows:

Suite 1440 Expansion Premises Base Rent

 

Lease Period

 

Approximate
Rate per RSF
per Year

 

 

Total per Month

 

10/1/2013 – 9/30/2014

 

$

25.50

 

 

$

27,180.88

 

10/1/2014 – 9/30/2015

 

$

26.50

 

 

$

28,246.79

 

10/1/2015 – 9/30/2016

 

$

27.50

 

 

$

29,312.71

 

10/1/2016 – 9/30/2017

 

$

28.50

 

 

$

30,378.63

 

10/1/2017 – 4/30/2018

 

$

29.50

 

 

$

31 , 444.54

 

5/1/2018 – 4/30/2019

 

$

38.00

 

 

$

40,504.83

 

5/1/2019 – 4/30/2020

 

$

39.14

 

 

$

41,719.98

 

5/1/2020 – 4/30/2021

 

$

40.31

 

 

$

42,971.58

 

5/1/2021 – 4/30/2022

 

$

41.52

 

 

$

44,260.73

 

5/1/2022 – 4/30/2023

 

$

42.77

 

 

$

45,588.55

 

5/1/2023 – 9/30/2023

 

$

44.05

 

 

$

46,956.20

 

3. Parking . The first sentence of Section 1.A of Exhibit E to the Original Lease, as previously amended in Section 6 of the First Amendment, provides Tenant the right, but not the obligation, to lease up to 59 unreserved parking spaces in the Garage. Effective October 1, 2013, the Lease is further amended to provide that Tenant may lease an additional 26 unreserved spaces in the Garage at the prevailing parking rates charged by Landlord at the Building.

4. Right of First Offer . Effective upon execution of this Amendment, Section 2.3 of the First Amendment shall be hereby deleted and of no further force and effect.

5. Signage . If requested by Tenant in writing, Landlord shall provide, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, building standard lobby directory, floor directory, and suite signage for the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises.

6. Certification . By execution of this Amendment, Tenant and Landlord each hereby certifies to the other that as of the date hereof, and to the best of its actual knowledge, neither Tenant nor Landlord is in default of the performance of its obligations pursuant to the Lease, and Tenant has no claim, defense, or offset with respect to the Lease.

7. Real Estate Brokers . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, with any real estate broker or sales person to act for it in connection with this Amendment or dealt with any real estate broker or sales person in connection with this Amendment other than Jones Lang LaSalle. Tenant also agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman whom the Tenant authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, to act for Tenant in connection with this Amendment, or with any broker or sales person with whom Tenant dealt in connection with this Amendment other than Jones Lang LaSalle.

8. Confirmation . Except, as and to the extent modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms in this Amendment shall control.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, including counterparts transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail, each of which shall be deemed an original for all purposes, and all counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page to Follow]

Page 2 of 12


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant agree to the foregoing as evidenced by affixing their signatures below.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

AAT CC BELLEVUE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

American Assets Trust Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. George

 

By:

/s/ John W. Chamberlain

 

Name:

Robert D. George

 

 

John W. Chamberlain

 

Title:

VP, CFO

 

 

President & CEO

 

Dated:

19 Aug. 13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Durfey

 

 

 

 

 

James R. Durfey

 

 

 

 

 

V.P. of Office Leasing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: 8/19/2013

 

 

 

 

Page 3 of 12


 

LANDLORD ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

State of California

 

)

County of San Diego

 

)

On August 19, 2012 before me, Diane M. Hamerdinger Notary Public, personally appeared John W. Chamberlain and James R. Durfey who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/ are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/ they executed the same in his/her/ their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/ their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the forgoing paragraph is true and correct

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

/s/ Diane M. Hamerdinger

 

NOTARY PUBLIC SIGNATURE

 

TENANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

(Note that this acknowledgement language is specific to the state of Washington. If this document is notarized in any state other than Washington, the Notary Public shall line through this Tenant Acknowledgement and attach the appropriate acknowledgement language specific to the actual state wherein notarization takes place.)

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON

)

 

 

)

ss.

COUNTY OF KING

)

 

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that ROBERT D. GEORGE is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he /she ) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he /she ) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the VP, CFO of ESTERLINE CORPORATION, a DELAWARE CORP, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

Date: AUGUST 19, 2013

 

 

 

/s/ Debra H. Rynhoud

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Seal or stamp)

 

 

 

Title: EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT TO CEO & BOD

 

 

 

 

Notary Public in and for the State of WASHINGTON

 

 

 

 

My appointment expires: 11-21-16

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 4 of 12


 

EXHIBIT A

“SUITE 1440

EXPANSION PREMISES”

Page 5 of 12


 

EXHIBIT “B”

WORK LETTER

This Exhibit “B” Work Letter (“Work Letter”) sets forth the respective rights, duties, and obligations of Landlord and Tenant in connection with the build-out of the Expansion Premises under that certain Third Amendment to Lease (the “Amendment”) to which this Work Letter is attached. Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises in “As-ls” condition, subject to the terms and conditions of this Work Letter. Tenant’s responsibilities under this Work Letter generally consist of the initial renovation of the Expansion Premises in accordance with the approved tenant improvement plans and specifications (the “Tl Plans” as further defined below) relating thereto, subject to the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Work Letter; the installation of all computer cabling and telecommunications wiring, and all furniture, fixtures, and equipment, necessary to ready the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s Permitted Use (collectively, together with Alterations (as defined in the Lease), “Tenant’s Work”), subject to the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Work Letter.

1. Definitions. All terms used in this Work Letter which are not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease, or the Amendment to which this Work Letter is attached. This Work Letter is incorporated within such Lease and Amendment, and references in this Work Letter to (i) “the Lease” will mean the Lease, and (ii) “the Amendment” will mean the Amendment to which this Work Letter is attached as an Exhibit.

2. Construction Representatives. Each party’s representative (“Representative”), Tenant’s contractor (“Tenant’s Contractor”), and Tenant’s improvement designer (“Tenant Improvement Designer”) for purposes of this Work Letter are identified in Paragraphs 2.1 through 2.4, below. Landlord appoints Landlord’s Representative to act for Landlord and Tenant appoints Tenant’s Representative to act for Tenant in all matters covered by this Work Letter. All inquiries, requests, instructions, authorizations, and other communications with respect to the matters covered by this Work Letter will be made to Landlord’s Representative or Tenant’s Representative, as the case may be. Tenant will not make any inquiries of or requests to, and will not give any instructions or authorizations to, any other employee or agent of Landlord, including Landlord’s architect, engineers, and contractors or any of their agents or employees, with regard to matters covered by this Work Letter and any such instruction or authorization will, at Landlord’s election, be of no force or effect. Either party may change its designated Representative under this Work Letter at any time upon three (3) business days’ prior written notice to the other party.

 

 

2.1. Tenant’s Representative:

To be determined

 

 

 

 

2.2. Landlord’s Representative:

Alexis Noriega - Project Manager

 

 

 

 

2.3. Tenant Improvement Designer:

To be determined

 

 

 

 

2.4. Tenant’s Contractor:

To be determined

In the event that Landlord has not approved Tenant’s Contractor prior to execution of the Amendment, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the name, address, license number, evidence of insurance, and any other information required by Landlord of Tenant’s proposed contractor(s) for Landlord’s review and approval. If Landlord deems, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, that Tenant’s proposed Tenant’s Contractor is unacceptable, Tenant shall resubmit information on a replacement Tenant’s Contractor until a mutually approved Tenant’s Contractor is selected. Upon said selection, Tenant shall enter into a construction contract with the Tenant’s Contractor which shall include a provision for compliance with Landlord’s rules and regulations as defined herein, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of said contract.

3. Tenant’s Work. At any time or from time to time during the period commencing on the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises Effective Date and continuing through the New Expiration Date, Tenant may perform Tenant’s Work. If Tenant elects to perform Tenant’s Work, the Tl Plans will be developed as follows:

3.1. Tenant shall cause the Tenant Improvement Designer to meet with Tenant and prepare (and deliver to Landlord and Tenant) detailed plans and specifications for Tenant’s Work acceptable to Tenant (the “Preliminary Tl Plans”). Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days following its receipt of the Preliminary Tl Plans, either approve such Preliminary Tl Plans or provide Tenant with the reasons that Landlord is withholding such approval, which reasons must be reasonable. If Landlord does not approve the Preliminary Tl Plans, Tenant shall immediately cause the Tenant Improvement Designer to again meet with Tenant to have the Preliminary Tl Plans revised, in a manner acceptable to Tenant and consistent with Landlord’s comments, and then resubmitted to Landlord for approval (with such subsequent approvals/disapprovals being provided by Landlord within seven (7) business days of the complete submittal of the revised Preliminary Tl Plans). Once Landlord has approved the Preliminary Tl Plans, Tenant shall cause the Tenant Improvement Designer to prepare complete, detailed working plans and specifications (consistent with the Landlord approved Preliminary Tl Plans) sufficient to obtain the necessary building permits and to then renovate the Expansion Premises (the “Tl Plans”). The Tl Plans, once approved by Landlord, will serve as the basis for Tenant to undertake and complete Tenant’s Work.

Page 6 of 12


 

3.2 Landlord may, among other reasons, withhold its approval of the Preliminary Tl Plans, as well as any Tenant-requested revision or change to the Tl Plans (pursuant to Paragraph 3.6 below), if such revision or change would require work which: (i) exceeds or affects the structural integrity of the Building or any part of the utility installations or HVAC systems serving the Building; (ii) is not approved (if such approval is required) by the holder of any deed of trust encumbering the Building at the time the work is proposed or is to be undertaken, despite Landlord s commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approval; (iii) violates any agreement which affects the Building or which binds Landlord; (iv) Landlord reasonably believes will increase the cost of operation or maintenance of any of the systems serving the Building or the Project; (v) Landlord reasonably believes will reduce the market value of the Building or the Project; (vi) does not conform to applicable building codes or is not approved by any governmental authority with jurisdiction over the Expansion Premises and/or the Building; (vii) does not conform to (or exceed in quality) Landlord s Project-standard tenant finish (as modified by the approved Tl Plans) or improvement specifications; or (viii) Landlord reasonably believes will result in a delay in the completion of Tenant s Work.

3.3. Intentionally Omitted.

3.4. Intentionally Omitted.

3.5. No work shall be undertaken by Tenant until the Tl Plans have been finally approved by Landlord in its reasonable direction. Performance of Tenant’s Work shall strictly conform to the approved Plans and any deviation will require Landlord’s prior approval.

3.6. Tenant may request changes in Tenant’s Work following approval of the Tl Plans or during construction, only by written request from Tenant’s Representative to Landlord’s Representative on a form reasonably approved by Landlord. All such changes shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord may withhold in its sole and reasonable discretion. Landlord may, among other reasons, withhold its approval of any Tenant-requested change if such change would require work which, inter alia, meets any of the conditions set forth in Paragraph 3.2 above.

4. Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be responsible for bearing all costs and expenses of completing Tenant’s Work, provided that Landlord shall pay Tenant for Tenant’s actual soft and hard construction costs for Tenant’s Work (including, without limitation, design, engineering, permitting, and cabling costs), up to a maximum of One Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Ten and No/100 Dollars ($127,910.00) (the “Allowance”), subject to the following:

(a) Tenant must have completed Tenant’s Work in accordance with the Landlord-approved Tl Plans and specifications (provided that Tenant is permitted to request progress payments from the Allowance and, in such case, only the Tenant’s Work for which payment is requested will have been completed in accordance with the Landlord-approved Tl Plans and specifications).

(b) For the final payment, a Notice of Completion has been properly recorded for Tenant’s Work and 35 days have elapsed since the date of such recording.

(c) For the final payment, Tenant has submitted a complete set of “as built” plans and specifications to Landlord.

(d) Tenant has provided to Landlord copies of all insurance certificates required under the Lease.

(e) For the final payment and if applicable, a final, unconditional certificate of occupancy for the Expansion Premises has been issued by the appropriate governmental agency, and a copy thereof provided to Landlord.

(f) Tenant has provided Landlord with all outstanding unconditional waivers and releases upon final payment for material and labor lien releases from Tenant’s Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers. Said outstanding lien releases must total at least the amount of Landlord’s outstanding construction allowance to Tenant.

(g) Tenant has provided Landlord all construction warranties and guarantees in connection with construction of Tenant’s Work.

(h) Landlord has inspected and approved the Tenant’s Work and is satisfied that the Tenant’s Work has been performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the approved Plans; provided, however, no such inspection shall impose any liability upon Landlord, nor absolve Tenant or Tenant’s Contractor from liability for any defect or failure to comply with the requirements hereof.

Page 7 of 12


 

Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant has the right to use the Allowance at any time, or from time to time, during the period commencing on the Suite 1440 Expansion Premises Effective Date and continuing through the New Expiration Date.

4.1 The Allowance will not be applied towards Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, furnishings, signs, equipment, or other items of personal property, or any monetary obligations of Tenant under the Amendment, all of which shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility and expense. The Allowance will be used only to pay the hard and soft cost of tenant improvements that shall become the property of Landlord and remain upon and be surrendered with the Expansion Premises, as a part thereof, at the end of the Term of the Lease. The Allowance is only applicable as to the initial term of the Amendment and not to any extension or option periods. For the avoidance of any doubt, at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, any remaining funds in the Allowance shall be the sole property of Landlord.

4.2 All fees, permits, utility charges, or assessments associated with the construction of Tenant’s Work are Tenant’s responsibility to pay, but may be paid by the Landlord on Tenant’s behalf from the Tenant Improvement Allowance if not paid directly by Tenant.

5. Intentionally Omitted.

6. Construction of Tenant’s Work. After the Tl Plans have been approved by Landlord, Tenant, and the local governing agencies, Tenant shall enter into a construction contract with Tenant’s Contractor or another contractor approved by Landlord (either of which shall be referred to as “Tenant’s Contractor” for purposes of this Section 6)-which contract must include a provision for compliance with Landlord’s rules and regulations as set forth herein--and Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of such contract prior to the commencement of Tenant’s Work, along with a $250.00 non-refundable sprinkler system shut down fee. In no event shall Tenant be permitted access to the Expansion Premises to perform Tenant’s Work prior to tendering the sprinkler system shut down fee to Landlord and providing all information requested by Landlord relating to Tenant’s Work. Failure by Tenant to comply with Landlord’s rules and regulations, tender the sprinkler system shut down fee and/or to provide any information requested by Landlord, including but not limited to evidence of Tenant’s and Tenant’s Contractor’s compliance with all of the insurance requirements hereof, will constitute grounds for Landlord denying Tenant access to the Expansion Premises. Tenant shall perform no Tenant’s Work except through Tenant’s Contractor and in strict accordance with this Work Letter. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to perform Tenant’s Work prior to providing all information reasonably requested by Landlord relating to Tenant’s Work. Failure by Tenant to provide any information reasonably requested by Landlord in writing, including but not limited to evidence of Tenant’s and Tenant’s Contractor’s compliance with all of the insurance requirements hereof, shall constitute a default under the Lease in the event Tenant proceeds with Tenant’s Work after receiving Landlord’s written request. Violations of Landlord’s rules, regulations, and requirements as set forth herein or as otherwise established by Landlord shall constitute a default under the Lease if not corrected by Tenant and/or Tenant’s Contractor within twenty-four (24) hours of written notice by Landlord to Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to post a notice of non-responsibility at a prominent location within Tenant’s Expansion Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and upon the consent of Landlord, provided Tenant has complied with all of the provisions of this Paragraph, Landlord agrees to allow Tenant’s Contractor (and subcontractors) early access to the Expansion Premises for purposes of coordinating Tenant’s Work and commencing long lead time items or items which must be installed prior to completion of Landlord’s Work in order to avoid unnecessary cost or expense. Any such work will be subject to all of the provisions of this Work Letter including, specifically, and without limitation, this Paragraph (and the subparagraphs hereof) and Paragraph 7, below. It shall be the responsibility of Tenant to enforce the following requirements of Tenant’s Contractor, and all subcontractors of Tenant’s Contractor, at every level:

6.1 Tenant’s Contractor and its employees, agents or subcontractors shall, at all times during construction of the Expansion Premises, wear appropriate protective outerwear, including but not limited to, hard hats, long pants, and work boots.

6.2 Tenant’s Contractor shall perform Tenant’s Work in a manner and at times that do not impede or delay Landlord’s contractor(s). Any delays in the completion of work by the Landlord or Landlord’s contractor(s), or the commencement of the annual rental and any damage to any work caused by Tenant’s Contractor shall be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

6.3 The windows to the Expansion Premises shall be blacked out with GlassMask. Furthermore, Tenant’s Contractor shall provide security for the Expansion Premises and shall incur full responsibility for any loss or damage to its own equipment and materials contained in or about the Expansion Premises or used in connection with Tenant’s Work.

6.4. Tenant’s Contractor shall be responsible for the repair, replacement, and clean-up of any damage by him to other contractors’ work, specifically including but not limited to access ways to the Expansion Premises that may be concurrently used by others. Fire lanes, sidewalks, hallways, and access to other tenants’ suites may not be blocked or obstructed at any time.

Page 8 of 12


 

Damage to landscaping or irrigation lines caused by Tenant s Contractor shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant s sole cost and expense

6.5. Tenant’s Contractor shall accept the Expansion Premises prior to starting any trenching operations. Any rework of sub-base or compaction required after Tenant’s Contractor’s initial acceptance of the Expansion Premises shall be done by Tenant’s Contractor, which shall include the removal from the Expansion Premises of any excess soil or debris. All work shall be done in accordance with sound construction practices and, as required, in compliance with specifications of a soils engineer or consultant as approved by Landlord.

6.6 Tenant’s Contractor shall contain his storage of materials and his operations within the Expansion Premises and such other space as he may be assigned by Landlord. Should he be assigned space outside of the Expansion Premises, he shall move to such other space as Landlord shall reasonably direct from time to time to avoid interference or delays with other work. Tenant’s Contractor shall park construction vehicles in areas reasonably designated by Landlord.

6.7. All trash and surplus construction materials shall be stored within the Expansion Premises and shall be promptly removed from the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s Contractor shall not use common area trash enclosures or waste bins for disposal of trash or surplus construction material.

6.8. For any work reasonably anticipated to last for more than three (3) days, Tenant’s Contractor shall provide temporary utilities, portable toilet facilities and portable drinking water as required for its work within the Expansion Premises.

6.9. Noise shall be kept to a minimum at all times, and shall not be permitted to materially or unreasonably interfere with the conduct of other tenants’ business, or the general operation of the Project. Tenant’s Contractor shall notify, and obtain approval from, Landlord’s Representative of any planned work to be done on weekends or other than normal job hours.

6.10 Any work performed by Tenant’s Contractor that will cause noxious odors must be fully ventilated to the exterior in order not to disturb other tenants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or the Lease, Landlord may, at its reasonable discretion, require that certain work be performed during limited hours.

6.11. Tenant and Tenant’s Contractor are responsible for compliance with all applicable codes and regulations of duly constituted authorities having jurisdiction as far as the performance of Tenant’s Work is concerned and for all applicable safety regulations established by the Landlord, OSHA, Washington-OSHA or other regulatory agencies, and Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors, agents and employees from and against any and all actions, claims, costs, demands, expenses, and liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to Tenant’s Work. Prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord evidence of insurance as required by the Lease (including, if applicable, course of construction coverage) and evidence of insurance for Tenant’s Contractor reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

6.12. Tenant’s Contractor shall not post signs on any part of the Project nor on the Expansion Premises, without Landlord’s prior written approval.

6.13 Tenant’s Contractor shall use protective coverings on all Common Area surfaces, including but not limited to carpeting, wall coverings, interior surfaces of elevator cabs, doors, etc. as necessary to protect surfaces from transport of demolition and construction materials to and from the job site.

6.14. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall obtain and record a Notice of Completion promptly following completion of Tenant’s Work.

6.15. Intentionally Omitted.

6.16. Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of the fully executed construction contract, including all addenda, and a line item breakdown by trade thereto, between Tenant and Tenant’s Contractor for Tenant’s Work, as well as a copy of Contractor’s and Tenant’s insurance coverage relating to Tenant’s Work.

6.17. All required permits and approvals, including but not limited to Planning, Building, Fire, and Health department permits, must be obtained and all necessary calculations must be submitted to the local governing agencies for all work to be performed by Tenant or Tenant’s Contractor in the Expansion Premises.

6.18. No modifications to the exterior of the Building shall be permitted. No romex wiring or asbestos containing materials shall be allowed, nor shall water lines be placed in slabs, unless approved by Landlord in writing prior to installation. All equipment placed upon the roof as a result of Tenant’s Work, and all roof penetrations shall be approved by Landlord in writing prior to the commencement of work.

Page 9 of 12


 

6.19. Landlord, in Landlord s reasonable discretion, may from time to time establish such other reasonable non-discriminatory rules and regulations for protection of property and the general safety of occupants and invitees of the Project. Such rules and regulations shall apply to Tenant and Tenant s Contractor as though established upon the execution of this Work Letter.

7. Coordination of Construction. Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant and Tenant’s Contractor shall not destroy or in any way damage any portion of the Building or the Project. Further, Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant and Tenant’s Contractor shall coordinate Tenant’s Work with any construction schedule for any work being performed by or on behalf of Landlord or any other tenant, and that the performance of Tenant’s Work shall not interfere with Landlord’s or any other tenants’ construction activities. If there is such interference or conflict, notice thereof shall be given to Tenant, and immediately after receipt of such notice the Tenant agrees to cease or cause to be terminated such interference or conflict. Further, should Tenant knowingly delay Landlord’s work at the Expansion Premises or any other area of the Building or Project due to the construction of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any lost rents due to the delay of the commencement of any lease for premises within the Project. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant and Tenant’s Contractor shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord, or its agent, and all directives of Landlord governing construction or installation activities, including but not limited to, permissible hours for construction or installation activities, storage of equipment and responsibility for cleaning of work areas. If Tenant or Tenant’s Contractor shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph any costs incurred by Landlord as a result of such failure shall be at Tenant’s sole and exclusive expense, payable upon demand. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors, agents and employees from and against any and all actions, claims, costs, demands, expenses, and liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to any work undertaken by Tenant or on Tenant’s behalf at the Project.

8. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, cost, damage, or expense incurred or claimed by Tenant or any other person or party on account of the construction or installation of Tenant’s Work or any other improvements to the Expansion Premises made by Tenant, except to the extent caused by the negligence of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents, or contractors,. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the compliance of Tenant’s Work made to the Expansion Premises by Tenant and any plans therefore, with all applicable governmental laws, codes, and regulations shall be solely Tenant’s responsibility. Landlord assumes no liability or responsibility resulting from the failure of the Tenant to comply with all applicable governmental laws, codes, and regulations or for any defect in any of the Tenant’s Work to the Expansion Premises made by Tenant. Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors, agents and employees from and against any and all actions, claims costs, demands, expenses, and liabilities directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to any of the foregoing.

9. Miscellaneous. This Work Letter (like the Amendment to which it is attached and incorporated into) may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document. It constitutes a part of the Lease, the Amendment, and a separate binding contract between Landlord and Tenant.

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AAT CC BELLEVUE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

American Assets Trust Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John W. Chamberlain

 

 

 

 

John W. Chamberlain

 

 

 

 

President & CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James R. Durfey

 

 

 

 

James R. Durfey

 

 

 

 

V.P. of Office Leasing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: 8/19/13

 

 

Page 10 of 12


 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. George

 

 

 

Name:

Robert D. George

 

 

 

Title:

VP, CFO

 

 

 

Dated: 19 Aug. 13

 

 

 

 

 

Page 11 of 12


 

LANDLORD ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

State of California

 

)

 

 

 

County of San Diego

 

)

On August 19, 2013 before me, Diane M. Hamerdinger Notary Public, personally appeared John W. Chamberlain and James R. Durfey who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/ are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/ they executed the same in his/her/ their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/ their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the forgoing paragraph is true and correct

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

/s/ Diane M. Hamerdinger

 

NOTARY PUBLIC SIGNATURE

 

TENANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

(Note that this acknowledgement language is specific to the state of Washington. If this document is notarized in any state other than Washington, the Notary Public shall line through this Tenant Acknowledgement and attach the appropriate acknowledgement language specific to the actual state wherein notarization takes place.)

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON

)

 

 

)

ss.

COUNTY OF KING

)

 

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that ROBERT D. GEORGE is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he /she ) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he /she ) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the VP, CFO of ESTERLINE CORPORATION, a DELAWARE CORP, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

Date: AUGUST 19, 2013

 

 

 

/s/ Debra H. Rynhoud

 

(Signature)

 

(Seal or stamp)

 

Title: EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT TO CEO & BOD

Notary Public in and for the State of WASHINGTON

My appointment expires: 11-21-16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 12 of 12

 

Exhibit 10.50

 

DATED:  March 25, 2008

 

 

(1) SHELDON FRIENDLY SOCIETY

AND

(2) DARCHEM ENGINEERING LIMITED

AND

(3) DARCHEM HOLDINGS LIMITED

DEED

 

relating to

Refurbishment works

to Units 4 and 5,

Eastbrook Road,

Eastern Avenue,

Gloucester

HBJ GATELEY WAREING LLP

Knightsbridge House

Lower Brown Street

Leicester

LE1 5NL

DX 10829 Leicester – 1

PCA/53912.007/2038746.7

 

 

 

 


 

CONTENTS

 

1

DEFINITIONS

 

2

2

INTERPRETATION

 

4

3

CONSIDERATION

 

5

4

LICENSE

 

5

5

COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION

 

5

6

REQUISITE CONSENTS

 

5

7

THE WORKS

 

5

8

INSURANCE

 

6

9

CDM REGULATIONS

 

6

10

VARIATIONS BY THE LANDLORD

 

7

11

TENANT’S VARIATIONS

 

7

12

SITE INSPECTIONS, REPORTING AND FURTHER INFORMATION

 

7

13

COMPLETION OF THE WORKS

 

8

14

DEFECTS

 

9

15

LIABILITY

 

9

16

DELAYS

 

10

17

PAYMENT

 

10

18

VAT

 

11

19

VARIATION TO THE LEASE

 

11

20

ALIENATION AND PERSONAL OBLIGATIONS

 

11

21

INTEREST

 

12

22

DEFAULT

 

12

23

ADJUDICATION

 

12

24

NOTICES

 

13

25

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

14

26

MISCELLANEOUS

 

14

27

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

14

28

GOVERNING LAW AND  JURISDICTION

 

14

 

1


 

 

AGREEMENT dated:  March 25, 2008

 

 

PARTIES:

(1)

SHELDON FRIENDLY SOCIETY of Sheldon House, 12 Navigation Street, Leicester, LE1 3UR (“the Landlord”).

(2)

DARCHEM ENGINEERING LIMITED (Company No. SC144767) whose registered office address is at Migvie House, North Silver Street, Aberdeen AB10 1RJ trading as “Darchem Insulation Systems” (“the Tenant”).

(3)

DARCHEM HOLDINGS LIMITED (Company No. 03966333) whose registered office address is at Mitre House, 160 Aldersgate Street, London EC1A 4DD (“the Guarantor”).

1.

DEFINITIONS

In this Deed unless the context otherwise requires the following expressions which begin with capital letters have the following meanings:

 

“Act of Default”

means:-

 

 

 

(i) any material breach by a Party of all or any of its obligations under this Deed which the relevant Party fails to remedy within 20 Working Days (or such longer period having regard to the nature of the material breach as is fair and reasonable in all the circumstances) after receipt of notice in writing of such material breach by the other Party; and

 

 

 

(ii) any Event of Insolvency; and

 

 

 

(iii) the Landlord without reasonable cause wholly or substantially suspends the carrying out of the Works; and

 

 

 

(iv) the Landlord fails to comply with clauses 8 or 9;

 

 

“Adjudication Procedure”

means the adjudication rules version 2.0 published by the Technology and Construction Solicitors Association (TeCSA);

 

 

“CDM Regulations”

means the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007 (SI 2007, No 320) and the approved Code of Practice issued by the Health and Safety Commission including any revision to either current at the time of the Contract;

 

 

“CDM co-ordinator”

Keith Blow acting for and on behalf of the Project Manager or such other person which the Landlord appoints as CDM co-ordinator pursuant to the CDM Regulations;

 

 

“Contract”

means the contract to be entered into by the Landlord and the Contractor in the form of the GC/Works/2(1998) Contract for Building and Civil Engineering Minor Works;

 

 

“Contractor”

means Dialrack of Unit 8, Bilton Road, Kingsland Business Park, Basingstoke, Hampshire, RG24 8LJ or such other building contractor as may be engaged by the Landlord to carry out the Works under the Contract;

 

 

“Competent Authority”

means any local authority or government department or any other body exercising powers under statute or by Royal Charter or any utility service or supply company;

 

 

“Date for Completion”

means 30 June 2008 (subject to clause 16);

 

 

“Deed of Variation”

means the Deed of Variation to the Lease to be entered into by Parties under clause 19 of this Deed in the form annexe’ Annexure 2;

 

 

“Event of Insolvency”

means either Party:

 

 

 

(i) goes into liquidation whether compulsory or voluntary save for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation of a solvent company forthwith carried into effect or passes a resolution for its winding up (save as aforesaid); or

2


 

 

 

 

(ii) is deemed unable or having no reasonable prospect of being able to pay its debts within the meanings of Sections 122 and 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (“the 1986 Act”) or summons a meeting of its creditors or any of them under Part 1 of the 1986 Act; or

 

 

 

(iii) has a receiver manager or administrative receiver or provisional liquidator or administrator appointed; or

 

 

 

(iv) makes or suffers to be made a proposal for a voluntary arrangement under Part I of the 1986 Act or for a compromise or arrangement under s 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in relation to it or interim order made under part viii of the 1986 Act; or

 

 

 

(v) presents or suffers to be presented a petition for an administration order in relation to it or goes into administration; or

 

 

 

(vi) is removed from the Register of Companies;

 

 

“Interest Rate”

means 4% per annum above the base lending rate from time to time of Barclays Bank Plc;

 

 

“Justifiable Delays”

means an event which delays or is likely to delay completion of the Works beyond the Date for Completion and which is due to:

 

 

 

(i) the carrying out of an accepted Tenant’s Variation;

 

 

 

(ii) an act or omission by the Tenant in breach of this Agreement; or

 

 

 

(iii) any other circumstance which is outside the control of the Landlord and/or the Contractor or any party for whom the Contractor is responsible and which could not have been reasonably contemplated by the Landlord or the Contractor; and

 

 

 

(iv) any other circumstance under which the Contractor is granted an extension of time to the Date for Completion under the Contract;

 

 

“Lease”

means the Lease for the Site dated 29 November 2005;

 

 

“Maintenance Period”

means 6 months from the date of completion of the Works;

 

 

“Notice of Completion of Making Good Defects”

means the notice to be issued by the Project Manager pursuant to clause 14.7 confirming that all defects in the Works which have become apparent during the Maintenance Period and/or included in the schedule of defects produced in accordance with clause 14.4 have been made good;

 

 

“Project Manager”

means Philip Newman of the Cottage Penns Place, Petersfield, Hampshire, GU31 4EP or such other person appointed by the Landlord to act on his behalf in carrying out the duties under this Deed and the Contract and notified to the Tenant;

 

 

“Replacement Schedule”

means the replacement to the existing “Schedule of Condition” to the Site appended to the Lease;

 

 

“Requisite Consents”

means all or any planning and other permissions, consents, approvals, licences, certificates and permits (whether of a public or private nature) and any notification which must be given to a Competent Authority as may be necessary lawfully to carry out the Works;

 

 

“Site”

means the land and existing buildings comprising Units 4 and 5 Eastbrook Road, Eastern Avenue, Gloucester;

 

 

“Specification”

means the schedules describing the Works which includes Landlord’s Works and Tenant’s Extra Works comprising Annexure 1 hereto and includes any variations to the Specification from time to time permitted in accordance with this Agreement;

 

 

“Statutory Requirements”

means the requirements of any Act of Parliament or any regulation or bylaw of any Competent Authority which has any jurisdiction with regard to the Site or with whose systems the services at the Site are or will be connected;

 

 

3


 

“Tenant’s Additional Costs”

means the costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord and payable by the Tenant in respect of a Tenant’s Variation comprising:

 

 

 

(i) all reasonable costs (if any) incurred by the Landlord in carrying out or procuring any report, calculation or drawings statements or cost estimates or amendments to the same to ascertain the effect on the Contract Sum and the Date for Completion of carrying out the proposed Tenant’s Variation (if approved by the Tenant pursuant to clause 11.3 as a change to the Tenant’s Works) to the extent the same are not included in item (ii) below; and

 

 

 

if the Tenant notifies the Project Manager of his acceptance of the cost estimate provided pursuant to clause 11.3 the cost of the Tenant’s Variation as a change to the Works including any variation between the cost estimate and the actual cost incurred in carrying out the Tenant’s Variation, plus an amount equal to 10% of the actual cost as a payment towards the Project Manager’s and CDM co-ordinator’s fees for dealing with the Tenant’s Variation, and for the avoidance of doubt where the Tenant’s Variation relates to an omission of work the Tenant’s Additional Cost may be a negative amount which shall be deducted from the aggregate Tenant’s Additional Costs payable in accordance with clause 17.6;

 

 

“Tenant’s Extra Works”

means those parts of the Works described in the Specification under the heading Tenant’s Extras for which the Tenant agrees to pay in accordance with clause 17;

 

 

“Tenant’s Representative”

means Mr. Alan Sheffield of Darchem Insulation Systems or such other person appointed by the Tenant to issue instructions and requests and perform duties on behalf of the Tenant in relation to the Works and notified to the Landlord and the term will apply to any replacement of the Tenant’s Representative notified to the Landlord by the Tenant;

 

 

“Tenant’s Variation”

means a variation to the Works as may be requested by the Tenant and permitted pursuant to clause 11;

 

 

“VAT”

means Value Added Tax under the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any tax or duty of a similar nature substituted for or in addition to it.

 

 

“Working Day”

means any day from Monday to Friday which is not Christmas Day, Good Friday or a statutory bank holiday;

 

 

“Works”

means the Works including the Tenant’s Extra Works and any Landlords or Tenant’s Variation which the Landlord shall procure to be carried out by the Contractor at the Site in accordance with the Contract;

2.

INTERPRETATION

2.1

The headings to clauses and other parts of this Deed are for reference only and do not affect its construction.

2.2

This Deed contains the whole agreement between the parties relating to the matters herein mentioned and supersedes previous agreements between them (if any) relating thereto.

2.3

This Deed may only be varied in writing signed by or on behalf of the parties.

2.4

Any obligation on a party to do any act or thing includes an obligation to procure that it be done and any obligation not to do any act or thing includes an obligation not to allow that act or thing to be done by any person under its control.

2.5

A reference to a person includes an individual, a corporation, company, firm or partnership or government body or agency, whether or not legally capable of holding land.

2.6

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to legislation (including subordinate legislation) is to that legislation as extended, amended, modified, consolidated, or re-enacted from time to time and includes any instrument, order, regulation, permission, consent, licence, notice, direction, bylaw, statutory guidance or code of practice made or granted under such legislation.

2.7

If there is any conflict between the Specification and/or the Contract and the provisions of this Deed the latter will prevail.

4


 

3 .

CONSI DERATION  

3.1

In consideration ofthe Landlord procuring the carrying out of the Works, including any Tenant’s Variations on behalf of the Tenant, the Tenant shall pay for the Tenant’s Extra Works and all and any Tenant’s Variations to the Landlord and upon completion of the Works, the Landlord, the Tenant and the Guarantor shall enter into the Deed of Variation in accordance with clause 19.

4 .

LICENSE

4 .1

The Tenant hereby grants to the Landlord the Contractor, its employers, agents and sub-contractors, the CDM co-ordinator and the Project Manager, a non-exclusive license to enter and remain on all those parts of the Site and to gain unrestricted access to the Works areas with or without plant machinery and equipment to enable the Landlord to fulfil its obligations under this Deed and for the Contractor to carry out its obligations under the Contract.

4 .2

The Tenant shall provide all necessary reasonable assistance and co-operation to enable the licensees referred in clause 4.1 to carry out the Works and their respective duties in accordance with this Deed and the Contract and shall not impede the progress of the Works nor enter into the Works areas designated by the Contractor without the consent of the Contractor or the Project Manager on behalf of the Landlord.

4 .3

The Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that any Site related rules and regulations which the Tenant provides to it in writing shall be complied with by the Contractor and/or by the Project Manager (except in an emergency).

5 .

COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION

5 .1

The Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure commencement of the Works as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Deed or in accordance with any start date agreed with the Tenant and Contractor and procure that the Works proceed thereafter in a diligent manner.

5 .2

The Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Works are completed by the Date for Completion.

6 .

REQUISITE CONSENTS

6 .1

The Landlord will procure that the Project Manager and/or the Contractor or its sub-contractors as appropriate apply for and use all reasonable endeavours to obtain all Requisite Consents for the Works or give the relevant notification as from time to time are appropriate before and throughout the course of the Works.

7 .

THE WORKS

7 .1

The Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Works are carried out:

 

7 .1.1

in accordance with the Contract;

 

7.1.2

in accordance with the Specification;

 

7.1.3

in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

7.1.4

in accordance with all Statutory Requirements.

7 .2

The Landlord shall appoint the Project Manager to carry out the duties ascribed to the Project Manager under this Deed and under the Contract.

7 .3

The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord has or will have obligations to the Contractor in respect of the Works and the Site under the Contract. The Tenant shall not by any act or omission on its part put the Landlord in breach of such obligations.

7 .4

The Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless the Landlord against and from:-

 

7 .4.1

any breach, non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant and/or any parties for which the Tenant is responsible or authorises to enter the Site during the carrying out of the Works, of any provisions of the Contract insofar as they relate to the Works or the Site (but excepting any obligation to make payment to the Contractor under the Contract) and

5


 

 

7 .4.2

any act or omission of the Tenant or any parties for which the Tenant is responsible or authorises to enter the Site during the carrying out of the Works which involves the Landlord in any liability to the Contractor under the Contract, and  

 

7 .4.3

any claim, damage, loss or expense due to or arising from any negligence or breach of duty on the part of the Tenant, or any party for which the Tenant is responsible or authorises to enter the Site during the carrying out of the Works, including any wrongful use by it or them of any property, good, materials or equipment belonging to or supplied by the Contractor which is brought onto the Site for the purpose of or is incidental to the carrying out of the Works.

7 .5

The Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that in carrying out the Works the Contractor co-operates with the Tenant and uses reasonable endeavours to cause as little disruption to the Tenant’s ongoing business activities as practicable and gives as much notice as is reasonably practicable (except in the case of emergency) of the start of any and duration of activities which will or are likely to disrupt the normal business activities of the Tenant. The Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Tenant receives a copy of any Contractor’s programme for the Works and a copy of any revision to such programme.

8 .

INSURANCE

8 .1

The Tenant shall take out and/or maintain insurance in respect of the Site and the Works against the risks described in clause 5(6) of the Contract.

8 .2

The Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Contractor effects and maintains insurances as required under the Contract and procure that the Tenant’s interest is noted in such policies where applicable.

9 .

CDM REGULATIONS

9 .1

In respect of the Works the Landlord will act as the sole client for the purposes of the CDM Regulations and will ensure that the execution of the Works comply with the CDM Regulations, and in the course of carrying out those obligations the Landlord will:

 

9 .1.1

make a declaration to the Health and Safety Executive in accordance with the CDM Regulations stating that the Landlord is the only client in respect of the Works;

 

9 .1.2

appoint the CDM co-ordinator, and a principal contractor in respect of the Works and ensure that each is provided with the relevant information to enable it to perform its duties under the CDM Regulations; and

 

9.1.3

appoint the Project Manager to carry out the duties of a designer in respect of the Works and ensure that he is provided with the relevant information to enable him to perform the duties of a designer under the CDM Regulations; and

 

9 .1.4

pay the fees of the CDM co-ordinator and principal contractor incurred in connection with the performance of their duties pursuant to the CDM Regulations; 8.1.5 allow sufficient time and resources to enable the CDM co-ordinator and principal contractor to comply with their obligations relating to health and safety matters arising from the CDM Regulations and co-operate with them to that end;

 

9 .1.6

include in the design of the Works all information of which the Landlord is in possession or is readily obtainable relating to the design and materials which might reasonably affect the health and safety of persons working on the Development and its maintenance and repair.

9 .2

The Tenant shall comply with its duties as a designer and a client in relation to the Tenant’s Extra Works and any Tenant’s Variation and the Site under the CDM Regulations and shall not act or fail to act or fail to provide information or by any default under this Deed put the Landlord in breach of its obligations under the CDM Regulations.

9 .3

The Parties shall each comply with the health and safety plan and shall notify the CDM co-ordinator of any change in circumstances relating to the Works of which it is or ought reasonable to be aware which may affect the health and safety of persons involved or likely to become involved in the Works or as occupiers of the Site;

6


 

10 .

VARIATIONS BY THE LANDLORD  

10 .1

The Landlord may make modifications to the Specification and to the Works without the consent of the Tenant, and at no cost to the Tenant which are:

 

10 .1.1

insubstantial or immaterial and of routine nature; or

 

10 .1.2

required by any Competent Authority; or

 

10 .1.3

which the Landlord (acting reasonably) deems to be necessary or desirable in order to procure or comply with any Requisite Consents or comply with any Statutory Requirements.

10 .2

If any materials or items referred to in the Specification shall not be procurable within a reasonable time or at a reasonable cost or do not comply with any relevant Statutory Requirements the Landlord shall with the consent of the Tenant’s Representative (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and at no cost to the Tenant substitute therefore such other materials or items of no lesser quality and standard as may be requisite to complete the Works.

10 .3

The Landlord shall only make modifications to the Specification and to the details of the Development (which are not otherwise permitted pursuant to clause 10.1 or clause 10.2) with the prior written consent of the Tenant such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

1 1 .

TENANT’S VARIATIONS

1 1 .1

If at any time prior to completion of the Works the Tenant wishes to make a Tenant’s Variation and delivers to the Project Manager a written application specifying such variation the following provisions of this clause 11 will apply.

1 1 .2

Notwithstanding the Tenant’s acceptance under clause 11.4, the Project Manager shall not instruct the Contractor to carry out a Tenant’s Variation unless the Landlord in its sole discretion consents to the Tenant’s Variation being made, except that the Landlord may not refuse consent to the Tenant’s Variation comprising all or part of:-

 

11 .2.1

the refurbishment of part of the ground floor of the office building; or

 

11 .2.2

the re-organisation of first floor office partitions to the office building;

provided the Tenant makes an application for all or any part of the above works described in clause 11.2.1 or 11.2.2 not less than 20 Working Days before the commencement on site of the Works and accepts responsibility for the Tenant’s Additional Costs for the same.

1 1 .3

The Project Manager will as soon as practicable procure the preparation and the delivery to the Tenant’s Representative copied to the Landlord of such drawings and other documents as may be necessary together with a statement of the effect of the proposed Tenant’s Variation on the Date for Completion and a cost estimate for the proposed Tenant’s Additional Costs.

1 1 .4

If the Tenant wishes such a Tenant’s Variation to be made it will within 5 Working Days of receipt of the information provided under clause 11.3 notify the Project Manager copied to the Landlord in writing of its acceptance. Provided the Landlord consents to the Tenant’s Variation being made pursuant to clause 11.2, the Project Manager shall promptly procure that the Contractor make the appropriate change to the Works to implement the Tenant’s Variation, and if appropriate, make the appropriate change to the Date for Completion.

1 1 .5

Tenant’s Additional Costs, provided they not materially different to the cost estimate accepted by the Tenant, arising from the Tenant’s Variation shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord in accordance with clause 17.

1 1 .6

In the event the Tenant does not accept the statement and the cost estimate from the Landlord, or fails to notify the Landlord within the 5 Working Day period referred to in clause 11.4 that request for a Tenant’s Variation shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the costs incurred by the Landlord referred in part (i) of the definition of Tenant’s Additional Costs only shall be shall be payable in accordance with clause 17.

1 2 .

SITE INSPECTIONS, REPORTING AND FURTHER INFORMATION

1 2 .1

The Tenant and/or the Tenant’s Representative may at all reasonable times and at reasonable intervals agreed in advance with the Project Manager during the progress of the Works enter the Works areas at its own risk (in the company of the Project Manager if the Landlord shall so require) to view the state and progress and quality of the Works provided always that the Tenant and/or the Tenant’s Representative:

7


 

 

1 2 .1.1

shall not interfere with the progress of the Works and will refer all matters (whether of complaint or otherwise) to the Project Manager and not to the Contractor its agents or workmen and their sub-contractors or any other person employed or engaged by the Landlord in relation to the Works except in an emergency; and  

 

1 2 .1.2

shall comply with all Site safety and security requirements imposed by the Contractor and/or the Landlord from time to time.

1 2 .2

The Landlord shall procure that the Project Manager has due regard to all reasonable representations made by the Tenant and/or the Tenant’s Representative on the Tenant’s behalf in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement.

1 2 .3

The Landlord shall procure that the Tenant’s Representative is notified and may attend any meetings dealing with the quality of the Works and/or shall procure that all reasonable representations made by the Tenant’s Representative in respect of the same are duly considered and if considered appropriate by the Landlord acted upon.

1 2 .4

The Landlord shall procure that the Project Manager report regularly to the Tenant’s Representative as to the progress of the Works actual progress in comparison with the Contractor’s programme (if issued) and any variations which have been made.

1 2 .5

It is acknowledged by the Landlord and the Tenant that additional information and details may be required from the other to enable the design of the Works or a Tenant’s Variation to be completed and it is also acknowledged that further working drawings in relation to the Works may be required and will be prepared by or on behalf of the Landlord from time to time during the progress of the Works.

1 2 .6

Any request for additional information and details (as mentioned in clause 12.5) by or on behalf of the Landlord or the Tenant to the other shall be promptly complied with by the recipient as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of receipt thereof provided that the request clearly states that it is being made pursuant to this clause.

1 3 .

COMPLETION OF THE WORKS

1 3 .1

The Landlord shall procure that:

 

1 3 .1.1

the Tenant’s Representative receives not less than 5 Working Days’ notice of the date on which the Project Manager intends to certify completion of the Works provided that if the inspection does not take place or if following the inspection a certificate of completion is not issued then this procedure shall be repeated as often as necessary (but with 2 Working Days’ notice in respect of re-inspections) until such certificate is issued;

 

1 3.1.2

the Tenant’s Representative is entitled to accompany the Project Manager on any such inspection;

 

1 3 .1.3

the Project Manager has due regard to any reasons as to why in the reasonable opinion of the Tenant’s Representative completion of the Works should not be certified and as to the contents of any list of defects or outstanding matters to be attached to such certificate of completion provided that such reasons are given to the Project Manager orally at the time of such inspection and confirmed in writing within 2 Working Days thereafter;

 

1 3 .1.4

the Project Manager shall have regard to the Tenant’s objections;

 

1 3 .1.5

if the objections cannot be resolved between the Parties they should be referred to an adjudicator in accordance with the provisions of clause 23 but subject always to clause 13.2;

 

13 .1.6

the Tenant and the Tenant’s Representative are both supplied with a copy of the certificate of completion when it is issued.

13.2

The issue or non-issue of the certificate of completion is at the sole unfettered discretion of the Project Manager who shall act fairly and equitably between the parties in making such an assessment.

13.3

As soon as reasonably possible and in any event within 20 Working Days after completion of the Works the Landlord shall at its own cost supply to the Tenant the following:

 

13.3.1

one copy of the building manual for the Works;

 

13.3.2

all available product/supplier/manufacturer guarantees in respect of the Works; and

 

13.3.3

the Health and Safety file for the Works.

8


 

14.

DE FECTS  

14. 1

The Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to enforce the making good of any defects in the Works which appear during the Maintenance Period in accordance with the Contract.

14. 2

Without prejudice to its general obligations hereunder the Landlord shall as soon as reasonably practicable within the Maintenance Period following completion of the Works procure that there are remedied or completed any minor defects and other works (if any) which have been specified by the Landlord’s Representative as being outstanding at completion of the Works.

14. 3

If any defects in the Works appear during the Maintenance Period due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with its obligations under the Contract the Tenant may whenever it considers it necessary issue a written notice to the Landlord requiring such defect, to be made good at no cost to the Tenant and the Landlord shall as soon as reasonably practicable or otherwise as appropriate at the discretion of the Project Manager, the dates being subject to prior agreement with the Tenant (or immediately in the case of emergency), procure the making good of the notified defect by the Contractor.

14. 4

The Landlord shall procure that the Project Manager:

 

14.4.1

inspect the Site not earlier than 20 Working Days before the expiry of the Maintenance Period and procure that the Project Manager prepare a schedule of any defects in the Works; and

 

14.4.2

gives the Tenant’s Representative not less than 5 Working Days prior written notice of the proposed date and time on which the Project Manager intends to make his inspection pursuant to clause 14.4.1 above and the Tenant’s Representative shall be entitled to be present at such inspection; and

 

14.4.3

deliver by not later than 15 Working Days prior to the expiry of the Maintenance Period a copy of the schedule of defects to the Tenant’s Representative, for the Tenant to consider and if appropriate to notify additions to the Landlord copied to the Project Manager.

14.5

The Landlord will procure that the Project Manager properly considers whether or not to include in his schedule of defects those other defects notified to him by the Tenant’s Representative within the period of 10 Working Days after delivery of a copy of the schedule of defects to the Tenant.

14.6

The Tenant will allow the Landlord and/or the Project Manager such access onto the Site as is reasonably necessary to enable the schedule of defects to be prepared and access for the Landlord, the Contractor, its employees and agents and sub-contractors to make good defects and the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that each such person entering the Site for such purpose shall:

 

14.6.1

cause the minimum amount of interferences and disruption as is reasonably possible to the Tenant and shall comply with any reasonable directions and the security precautions for the Site; and

 

14.6.2

make good as soon as reasonably practicable to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant’s Representative any loss damage or injury thereby caused to the Site.

14.7

When the Project Manager is satisfied that all defects notified to the Landlord and/or listed in the schedule of defects have been made good the Landlord shall procure that the Project Manager issue the Notice of Completion of Making Good Defects to the Tenant’s Representative.

15.

LIABILITY

15.1

The Landlord shall cease to be liable and the Tenant may not make a claim against it for any breaches of obligation under the terms of this Deed following the issue of the Notice of Completion of Making Good Defects.

15.2

Any amounts payable under clause 16.6 represent the sole remedy of the Tenant in respect of any delays to the completion of the Works.

15.3

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Landlord shall have no liability to the Tenant for any damage arising from the carrying out of the Works or any delay to the completion of the Works nor any losses or damages or costs suffered by or incurred by the Tenant arising out of or in consequence of the carrying out of the Works including without limitation any losses due to interruption of or disruption to the Tenant’s business operations or the cost of any temporary accommodation.

9


 

15.4

Where the Tenant suffers loss or damage (as defined in clause 8(6) of the Contract) arising out of a breach of contract or the negligence of the Contractor in carrying out the Works, the Tenant shall notify the Landlord of the same, copied to the Project Manager. Such notice shall be given as soon as possible following the Tenant becoming aware of the loss or damage having occurred and in any event, before completion of the Works. The Landlord shall deal with the claim against the Contractor on the Tenant’s behalf in accordance with the Contract and the Tenant shall provide all information and assistance as the Landlord may reasonably request in order to deal with and settle that claim. The parties agree to discuss how best to manage the claim in a cost efficient manner and the Landlord shall not incur any costs in dealing with the Tenant’s claim and the Tenant should not be liable for any such costs unless and until the parties have agreed as between themselves who shall be responsible for such costs in the event they cannot be or are not recovered from the Contractor. The Landlord shall keep the Tenant informed of progress in relation to the claim and not settle the Tenant’s claim with the Contractor without the Agreement of the Tenant provided that if the Tenant does not agree to a reasonable settlement and wishes to proceed further with the claim, the Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord for any costs it subsequently incurs in dealing further with the claim. Provided the Landlord diligently pursues the Tenant’s claim against the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and pays to the Tenant any compensation received from the Contractor pursuant to that claim. The Landlord shall have no greater liability to the Tenant than the Contractor has to the Employer under the Contract.  

15.5

The Landlord shall provide a copy to the Tenant of any supplier’s, manufacturer’s or installer’s product warranties or guarantees it receives in respect of the Works and shall pursue on behalf of the Tenant any valid claim which the Tenant may have under such warranty or guarantee provided the Tenant provides all information and assistance as the Landlord may reasonably request in order to deal with the claim and the Tenant reimburses the Landlord all reasonable costs and expenses the Landlord incurs in dealing with the claim.

16.

DELAYS

16.1

The Tenants shall not knowingly do anything which causes delay in the progress of the Works but without prejudice to its entitlement to request Tenant’s Variations in accordance with clause 11.

16.2

If completion of the Works is delayed by a Justifiable Delay then the Landlord shall be entitled to an extension of time to complete the Works as is so awarded by the Project Manager. In considering whether an extension of time shall be granted the Project Manager shall notify the Tenant’s Representative that he is considering a claim for an extension of time pursuant to this clause 16 and the extension which he proposes to certify (if any).

16.3

If the Tenant’s Representative is of the opinion that an extension of time to complete the Works is not justified or not justified in the amount of the extension proposed by the Project Manager:-

 

16.3.1

The Tenant’s Representative may notify the Project Manager within five Working Days giving details of his objections; and

 

16.3.2

The Landlord shall procure that the Project Manager shall have regard to the Tenant’s objections; and

 

16.3.3

If the objections cannot be resolved between the Parties they should be referred to an adjudicator in accordance with the provisions of clause 23.

16.4

The certificate of the Project Manager shall specify the cause of the delay and the extent if at all by which the Date for Completion ought reasonably to be extended and the Date for Completion shall be revised accordingly.

16.5

The Landlord shall procure that a copy of any certificate issued by the Project Manager pursuant to clause 16.3 is sent to the Tenant’s Representative as soon as is practicable.

16.6

If the Works have not been certified by the Project Manager as complete on or before the Date for Completion which may be extended in accordance with clause 16.2 then the Landlord shall pay liquidated and ascertained damages (as a genuine pre-estimate of the Tenant’s losses from such delay) of £100.00 per Working Day for each Working Day of delay after the Date for Completion.

17.

PAYMENT

17.1

The Tenant shall pay the Landlord the cost of the Tenant’s Extra Works and all or any Tenant’s Additional Costs and in addition the sum of 10% of those costs in respect of the additional profession fees payable by the Landlord to the Project Manager and CDM co-ordinator for completing the Tenant’s Extra Works and/or Tenant’s Variations in accordance with this clause 17.

10


 

17.2

In respect of the cost of carrying out the Tenant’s Extra Works and of any Tenant’s Additional Costs arising from a Tenant’s Variation which the Project Manager certifies to the Landlord are payable by the Landlord to the Contractor under the Contract, the Project Manager shall copy that certificate to the Tenant’s Representative together with a statement of the costs (including any Tenant’s Additional Costs) which are payable to the Landlord by the Tenant.  

17.3

Following the issue of a certificate and statement to the Tenant in accordance with clause 17.2, the Landlord shall thereafter issue to the Tenant a valid VAT invoice for the amount payable. Payment of the costs shown in the statement shall become due on the date of issue of the valid VAT invoice. The final date for payment by the Tenant of the amount stated in the statement shall be 10 Working Days after issue to the Tenant of the relevant VAT invoice.

17.4

the Tenant may not withhold payment of any payment to the Landlord due unless it has given written notice to the Landlord of its intention to withhold payment not later than 3 Working Days before the final date for payment setting out the amount proposed to be withheld and the ground for withholding payment and if there is more than one ground, each ground and the amount attributable to it. Unless a notice is given pursuant to this clause 17.4, the Tenant shall pay the Landlord the amount of the payment shown on the statement.

17.5

The Tenant is not entitled to set off or abate any payments of rent or other payments otherwise due under the Lease against any monies payable under this Agreement.

17.6

In respect of any Tenant’s Variations and the Tenant’s Extra Works as soon as practicable following completion of the Works the Project Manager shall prepare and issue to the Tenant and the Landlord a final account showing the total cost of all the Tenant’s Extra Works and all the Tenant’s Additional Costs plus the contributions to the professional fees made by the Tenant and the balance between that total sum and the total of all payments already made by the Tenant pursuant to clause 17.3 shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord and the provisions for payment set out in clause 17.3 and 17.4 shall apply. In the event the final account shows a payment is due from the Landlord to the Tenant, the same shall be treated as a debt to the Tenant by the Landlord.

18.

VAT

18.1

The Tenant will pay to the Landlord all VAT chargeable in respect of any taxable supply made to the Tenant under any of the terms of this Agreement.

18.2

Any VAT payable under clause 18.1 shall be paid at the same time as the consideration for the taxable supply to which it relates and the Landlord shall supply the Tenant with a receipted VAT invoice on receipt of such consideration and the VAT related to it.

19.

VARIATION TO THE LEASE

19.1

As soon as reasonably practicable following completion of the Works the Project Manager on behalf of the Landlord and the Tenant’s Representative shall meet and use all reasonable endeavours to agree the revisions to or part replacement of the Schedule of Condition appended to the Lease (“the Replacement Schedule”).

19.2

In the event the parties cannot agree the contents of the Replacement Schedule within 60 Working Days following completion of the Works, or such longer period as the parties may otherwise agree, either party may refer the matter to adjudication, except that by agreement of both parties the matter may be referred to an independent expert for determination upon such terms as the parties agree in writing.

19.3

Within 10 Working Days of the agreement or determination of the contents of the Replacement Schedule, the Landlord, the Tenant and the Guarantor shall enter into the Deed of Variation in the form annexed as Annexure 2 or with such amendments as the parties may agree.

20.

ALIENATION AND PERSONAL OBLIGATIONS

20.1

Subject to clause 20.2, the Tenant shall not until after the date of the issue of the Notice of Completion of Making Good Defects sell, transfer assign sublet charge part or deal with or otherwise dispute of its interest in this Deed or enter into any agreement to do so.

20.2

Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 20.1, the Tenant may charge its interest in this Deed to a bona fide UK financial institution which has lent to the Tenant money by way of finance to procure the Tenant’s Works.

11


 

20.3

The provisions of this Deed on the part of the Landlord to be observed and performed are personal to the party named as Landlord in the parties to this Deed and the party named as Landlord in the Parties to this Deed will not assign, sublet, charge or otherwise share or part with or transfer this Deed but may sub-contract those of its obligations associated with the design and construction of the Works.  

21.

INTEREST

Without prejudice to any other right remedy or power of the Parties if any sums have become due from one to the other under this Deed but remain unpaid for a period exceeding 10 Working Days the paying party will pay on demand to the party owed interest thereon at the Interest Rate (before and after any judgment) from the date when they become due until payment thereof calculated on a daily basis and compounded with rests on the usual quarter days.

22.

DEFAULT

22.1

In the event of either party committing or suffering an Act of Default then the other party may determine this Deed by serving not less than 10 Working Days notice in writing upon the defaulting party to the effect that upon the expiration of the relevant notice this Deed shall (unless the Act of Default has by that time been made good) cease and determine (but without prejudice to rights of any party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of this Agreement) (“the Notice”) provided always that if the Tenant serves the Notice as a result of an Act of Default by the Landlord falling within paragraph (a) of the definition of Act of Default the Landlord shall be entitled within 10 Working Days of the receipt of the Notice to serve written notice on the Tenant together with its reasonable and proper objections as to why the Notice should not have been served and the provisions and terms of this clause 22.1 should not be implemented whereupon such matter shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

22.2

Upon termination of this Deed under clause 22.1:

 

22.2.1

the Tenant may terminate the licence granted under clause 4 and take exclusive possession of the Site and the materials and plant thereon (other than materials and plant belonging to the Contractor engaged in carrying out the Works); and

 

22.2.2

the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with 2 copies of all documents including those required for the Health and Safety File which have been prepared or procured in respect of the Works at the date of termination; and

 

22.2.3

the Tenant may employ and pay the Contractor or other persons to complete the Works and make good any defects of the kind referred to in clause 14.2 and within a reasonable time after the Tenant has procured the completion of the Works by the Contractor or third parties and the making good of defects the Tenant shall issue to the Landlord a statement setting out the total value of the work properly executed by the Landlord prior to the date of termination from which the amount the Tenant is entitled to deduct the sum of all Tenant’s Additional Costs already paid to the Landlord and the aggregate amount of any expenses properly incurred by the Tenant and of any direct loss and/or damage caused to the Tenant and for which the Landlord is liable whether arising from the termination or not and the balance shall be a debt payable by the Tenant to the Landlord or by the Landlord to the Tenant as the case may be;

22.3

In the event of the Tenant suffering an Event of Insolvency then the Landlord may forthwith determine this Deed by notice in writing upon the Tenant (but without prejudice to the rights of any Party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of this Agreement).

23.

ADJUDICATION

23.1

The parties acknowledge and accept that this Deed is a construction contract to which Part II of the Housing Grant, Construction Regeneration Act 1996 applies.

23.2

Adjudication

 

23.2.1

The Tenant or the Landlord at any time may notify the other of itsintention to refer a dispute or difference arising under this Deed for adjudication in accordance with the Adjudication Procedure.

12


 

 

23.2.2

The Adjudication Procedure sha ll apply to and be incorporated into this Deed save that Rule 17 and Rule 33 is deleted and the following inserted:  

“Every decision of the Adjudicator shall be implemented without delay. The Parties shall be entitled to such relief and remedies as are set out in the decision and shall be entitled to summary enforcement thereof and such decision shall reflect the legal entitlements of the Parties.”

Save for the amendment to Rule 33 and Rule 17, if a conflict arises between the Adjudication Procedure and this Deed the provisions of the Adjudication Procedure shall prevail.

 

23.2.3

The Adjudicator to whom the dispute shall be referred shallbe such person as the Tenant and the Landlord may choose by mutual agreement or such other person as may be appointed as the Adjudicator on the request of either of the Tenant or the Landlord by the Chairman (or his duly authorised representative) of TeCSA.

23.3

Without prejudice to either party’s right to refer a dispute to adjudication in accordance with Part II of the Housing Grants Construction and Regeneration Act 1996, the parties agree to use their best endeavours to resolve disputes as quickly as possible and in mutual co-operation. Where a dispute arises, the parties may in the first instance refer the matter to a senior director of each Party with authority to discuss and amicably settle the dispute.

23.4

If any dispute or difference between the Landlord and Tenant under this Deed is in the professional opinion of the Project Manager substantially the same as a matter which is a dispute between the Landlord and the Contractor under the Contract, the Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that either of them may by notice in writing to the other refer such dispute or difference to the arbitrator or adjudicator to whom such dispute or difference between the Landlord and Contractor is referred and if such arbitrator or adjudicator (the “Joint Arbitrator”) shall be willing so to act, such dispute between the Landlord and the Tenant shall be so referred and the parties agree to be bound by such decision or determination. The Joint Arbitrator shall have power to make such directions and all such awards as if the procedure in the High Court as to the joining of one or more defendants or third parties was available to the parties in dispute and to him provided that if such Joint Arbitrator shall be unwilling or unable to act as such then such dispute or difference shall be referred to an adjudicator or the Courts as appropriate.

24.

NOTICES

24.1

Any notice given under this Deed must be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party giving it.

24.2

Any notice or document to be given or delivered under this Deed may be given by delivering it personally or sending it by pre-paid first class post or recorded delivery or fax to the address and for the attention of the relevant party as follows:

 

24.2.1

to the Landlord at: Sheldon International Plc, Sheldon House, 12 Navigation Street, Leicester, LE1 3UR and copied to the Project Manager;

 

24.2.2

to the Tenant at Darchem Engineering Limited, Eastbrook Road, Eastern Avenue, Gloucester, GL4 3DB marked for the attention of Alan Sheffield;

24.3

Any such notice will be deemed to have been received:

 

24.3.1

if delivered personally, at the time of delivery provided that:

 

24.3.1.1

if delivery occurs before 9.00 am on a Working Day, the notice will be deemed to have been received at 9.00 am on that day; and

 

24.3.1.2

if delivery occurs after 5.00 pm on a Working Day, or at any time on a day that is not a Working Day, the notice will be deemed to have been received at 9.00 am on the next Working Day.

 

24.3.1.3

in the case of pre-paid first class or recorded delivery post, at 10.00 am on the second Working Day after posting.

 

24.3.2

in the case of fax, at the time of transmission.

24.4

In proving service, it will be sufficient to prove that delivery was made or that the envelope containing the notice or document was properly addressed and posted as a prepaid first class or recovered delivery letter or that the fax message was properly addressed and transmitted, as the case may be.

24.5

A notice given or document delivered under this Deed will be validly given or delivered if sent by e-mail.

13


 

25.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT  

25.1

This Deed and the documents annexed to it constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersede any previous agreement between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

25.2

The Tenant acknowledgesand agrees that in entering into this Agreement, it does not rely on and will haveno remedy in respect of any statement, representation, warranty, collateral agreement or other assurance (whether made negligently or innocently) of any person (whether party to this Deed or not) other than as expressly set out in this Deed or the documents annexed to it.

25.3

Nothing in this clause will, however, operate to limit or exclude any liability for fraud.

26.

MISCELLANEOUS

26.1

Each of the Parties hereto agrees to do or shall cause to be done all acts and things and enter into any deed or document either severally or jointly with third parties which the Tenant or the Landlord may reasonably consider necessary or desirable to give effect to this Deed or any obligations arising under it.

26.2

The failure or either Party hereto at any time to require performance by the other Party of any provision of this Deed shall in no way affect the right of such Party to require performance of that provision.

26.3

This Deed does not create a partnership and shall not in any circumstances create or be deemed to create a partnership or joint venture between the Parties hereto.

27.

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

27.1

A person who is not a party to this Deed may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

28.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

28.1

This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

28.2

Subject to the provisions of clause 23 each party irrevocably agrees to submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales any claim or matter arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

14


 

IN WITNESS of which this Deed is signed and executed as a Deed on the date set out above

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY SHELDON FRIENDLY SOCIETY

 

 

acting by two trustees:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ illegible

 

 

Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ illegible

 

 

Trustee

 

 

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED by DARCHEM ENGINEERING LIMITED

 

 

acting by two directors or one director

and its company secretary

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jonathan Gagg

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. B. Lawrence

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

 

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED by DARCHEM HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

acting by two directors or one director

and its company secretary

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jonathan Gagg

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. B. Lawrence

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

 

 

15

Exhibit 11.1

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Eleven Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computation of Earnings Per Share - Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Earnings from Continuing

   Operations Attributable to

   Esterline, Net of Tax

$

96,665

 

 

$

133,694

 

 

$

165,029

 

 

$

169,125

 

 

$

112,032

 

 

$

135,248

 

Earnings (Loss) from Dis-

   continued Operations Attrib-

   utable to Esterline, Net of Tax

 

(37,053

)

 

 

(59,240

)

 

 

(62,611

)

 

 

(4,391

)

 

 

503

 

 

 

(2,208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Earnings Attributable to

   Esterline

$

59,612

 

 

$

74,454

 

 

$

102,418

 

 

$

164,734

 

 

$

112,535

 

 

$

133,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Number of

   Shares Outstanding

 

30,729

 

 

 

31,839

 

 

 

31,840

 

 

 

31,173

 

 

 

30,749

 

 

 

30,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Esterline - Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

$

3.15

 

 

$

4.20

 

 

$

5.19

 

 

$

5.42

 

 

$

3.64

 

 

$

4.43

 

Discontinued Operations

 

(1.21

)

 

 

(1.86

)

 

 

(1.97

)

 

 

(0.14

)

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

(0.07

)

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

   Attributable to Esterline - Basic

$

1.94

 

 

$

2.34

 

 

$

3.22

 

 

$

5.28

 

 

$

3.66

 

 

$

4.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computation of Earnings Per Share - Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Earnings from Continuing

   Operations Attributable to

   Esterline, Net of Tax

$

96,665

 

 

$

133,694

 

 

$

165,029

 

 

$

169,125

 

 

$

112,032

 

 

$

135,248

 

Earnings (Loss) from Dis-

   continued Operations Attrib-

   utable to Esterline, Net of Tax

 

(37,053

)

 

 

(59,240

)

 

 

(62,611

)

 

 

(4,391

)

 

 

503

 

 

 

(2,208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Earnings Attributable to Esterline

$

59,612

 

 

$

74,454

 

 

$

102,418

 

 

$

164,734

 

 

$

112,535

 

 

$

133,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Number of

   Shares Outstanding

 

30,729

 

 

 

31,839

 

 

 

31,840

 

 

 

31,173

 

 

 

30,749

 

 

 

30,509

 

Net Shares Assumed to be Issued

   for Stock Options and RSUs

 

486

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

608

 

 

 

565

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

645

 

Weighted Average Number of

   Shares and Equivalent Shares

   Outstanding - Diluted

 

31,215

 

 

 

32,443

 

 

 

32,448

 

 

 

31,738

 

 

 

31,282

 

 

 

31,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Esterline - Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

$

3.10

 

 

$

4.12

 

 

$

5.09

 

 

$

5.33

 

 

$

3.58

 

 

$

4.34

 

Discontinued Operations

 

(1.19

)

 

 

(1.83

)

 

 

(1.93

)

 

 

(0.14

)

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

(0.07

)

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

   Attributable to Esterline -

   Diluted

$

1.91

 

 

$

2.29

 

 

$

3.16

 

 

$

5.19

 

 

$

3.60

 

 

$

4.27

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

(In thousands)

Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

 

Eleven Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from Continuing

   Operations Before

   Income Taxes

$

116,022

 

 

$

169,980

 

 

$

209,298

 

 

$

203,658

 

 

$

140,145

 

 

$

162,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Charges 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

30,090

 

 

 

29,986

 

 

 

33,010

 

 

 

39,637

 

 

 

46,227

 

 

 

40,633

 

 

Interest included in

   rental expense

 

6,219

 

 

 

5,441

 

 

 

5,936

 

 

 

5,620

 

 

 

5,529

 

 

 

4,789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Fixed Charges

 

36,309

 

 

 

35,427

 

 

 

38,946

 

 

 

45,257

 

 

 

51,756

 

 

 

45,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings 2

$

152,331

 

 

$

205,407

 

 

$

248,244

 

 

$

248,915

 

 

$

191,901

 

 

$

207,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings available

   to cover fixed charges

4.2

 

 

5.8

 

 

6.4

 

 

5.5

 

 

3.7

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

1

Fixed charges consist of interest on indebtedness and amortization of debt issuance cost plus that portion of lease rental expense representative of the interest factor.

2

Earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges.

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES

The subsidiaries of the Company as of October 2, 2015, are as follows:

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

 

 

Advanced Input Devices, Inc.

 

Delaware

Esterline Input Devices (Shanghai) Ltd.

 

China

Gamesman Ltd.

 

England

LRE Medical GmbH

 

Germany

Memtron Technologies Co.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Armtec Defense Products Co.

 

Delaware

Armtec Coutermeasures Co.

 

Delaware

Armtec Coutermeasures TNO Co.

 

Delaware

Wallop Defence Systems

 

England

 

 

 

Auxitrol S.A.

 

France

Eesterline Sensors Services Americas, Inc.

 

Delaware

Norwich Aero Products Ltd.

 

New York

Weston Aerospace Ltd.

 

England

 

 

 

CMC Electronics Incorporated

 

Canada

CMC Electronics Aurora LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Esterline Belgium BVBA

 

Belgium

 

 

 

Kirkhill - TA Co.

 

California

Darchem Engineering Ltd.

 

Scotland

NMC Group, Inc.

 

California

Hytek Finishes Co.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Korry Electronics Co.

 

Delaware

AVISTA Incorporated

 

Wisconsin

BVR Technologies Co.

 

Delaware

Mason Electric Co.

 

Delaware

Palomar Products, Inc.

 

Delaware

Racal Acoustics Ltd.

 

England

 

 

 

Leach International Corporation

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Leach International Europe S.A.

 

France

 

 

 

Leach International Asia Pacific Ltd.

 

Hong Kong

 

 

 

Souriau S.A.S.

 

France

Joslyn Sunbank Company, LLC

 

California

Souriau Japan K.K.

 

Japan

Souriau USA Inc.

 

Delaware

Technocontact S.A.

 

France

 

The above list excludes certain subsidiaries that, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of October 2, 2015.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

(1)

 

 

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-43843) pertaining to the Esterline Technologies Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan;

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-62650) pertaining to the Esterline Technologies Corporation Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan;

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-103846) pertaining to the Esterline Technologies Corporation Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan;

 

 

 

(4)

 

 

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-113475) pertaining to the Esterline Technologies Corporation 2004 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

 

 

(5)

 

 

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-151823) pertaining to the Esterline Technologies Corporation 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the Esterline Technologies Corporation 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan;

 

 

 

(6)

 

 

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-165613) pertaining to the Esterline Technologies Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan;

 

 

 

(7)

 

 

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-187088) pertaining to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan of Esterline Technologies Corporation;

 

of our reports dated November 25, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Esterline Technologies Corporation, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Esterline Technologies Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Esterline Technologies Corporation, for the eleven months ended October 2, 2015.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Seattle, Washington

November 25, 2015

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Curtis C. Reusser, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Esterline Technologies Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: November 25, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Curtis C. Reusser

 

 

 

 

Curtis C. Reusser

 

 

 

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Robert D. George, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Esterline Technologies Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: November 25, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert D. George 

 

 

 

 

Robert D. George

 

 

 

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and

Corporate Development

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Esterline Technologies Corporation (the “ Company ”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 10-K” ), I, Curtis C. Reusser, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: November 25, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Curtis C. Reusser 

 

 

 

 

Curtis C. Reusser

 

 

 

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Esterline Technologies Corporation (the “ Company ”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “the Form 10-K” ), I, Robert D. George, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: November 25, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert D. George 

 

 

 

 

Robert D. George

 

 

 

 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and
Corporate Development